Notice
Note that when converting this document from its original format to a .pdf file,
some minor font and format changes may occur causing slight variations from the
original printed document. When viewing and printing this document, we cannot
guarantee that your specific PC or printer will support all of the fonts or graphics.
Therefore, when you view the document, fonts may be substituted and your
individual printer may not have the capability to print the document correctly.

192
SYSTEM HARDWARE MANUAL
Stock Number 750363
Issue 7
(Series 8000)

NEC America, Inc. reserves the right to change the specifications, functions, or
features at any time without notice.
NEC America, Inc. has prepared this document for use by its employees and
customers. The information contained herein is the property of NEC America,
Inc. and shall not be reproduced without prior written approval of NEC America,
Inc.
Dterm is a registered trademark of NEC Corporation and Electra Elite is a
registered trademarks of NEC America, Inc. Windows is a registered trademark
of Microsoft Corporation. AT&T is a registered trademark of AT&T Wireless
Services, Inc.
Copyright 2003

NEC Infrontia, Inc.
6535 N. State Highway 161
Irving, TX 75039-2402
Technology Development

Preface
GENERAL INFORMATION
Congratulations! You have purchased the NEC Electra Elite 192 System.
The Electra Elite 192 system is a feature-rich key system that provides over
200 features including Computer Telephony Integration, Least Cost Routing,
Automatic Call Distribution, T1, ISDN-BRI Voice Trunks, ISDN-PRI Voice
Trunks, Voice over Internet Protocol, LAN/KTS Cabling Integration and many
others.
The Electra Elite 192 system provides the customer needs today, and as
business expands the system can be expanded to grow as well.
The Electra Elite 192 system has a set of manuals that provide all the
information necessary to install and support the system. This preface
describes these manuals.
THIS MANUAL
This manual contains detailed instructions to install the Electra Elite 192
KSUs, ETUs, Multiline Terminals, and optional equipment in the following
chapters.
Chapter 1 Introduction
Chapter 1 is a brief description of the Electra Elite 192 system and contains a
detailed list of equipment available with the system.
Chapter 2 System Specifications
Chapter 2 contains detailed specifications for the Electra Elite 192 system and
should be carefully reviewed by the technician before installing the system.
Chapter 3 Hardware Requirements
Chapter 3 contains the hardware requirements for the Electra Elite 192
system and should be read by the technician before installing the system.
Chapter 4 Installing KSUs
Chapter 4 contains the information necessary to install the basic and
expansion KSUs. The technician should become familiar with this section
before starting installation.

Chapter 5 Installing Electronic Telephone Units
Chapter 5 contains instructions to install the ETUs in the Basic and Expansion
KSUs.
Chapter 6 Installing Electra Elite and Dterm Series E Multiline Terminals
Chapter 6 describes each available terminal that can be used with the Electra
Elite 192 system and includes installation instructions.
Chapter 7 Installing Optional Equipment
Chapter 7 contains installation instructions for optional equipment that can be
added to the system as customer business grows.
Chapter 8 Installing Dterm Series i Equipment
Chapter 8 describes each DTR terminal, the DCR console, and each adapter
that is available to allow peripheral equipment to be attached to Multiline
Terminals. Installation instructions are provided where necessary.
Chapter 9 Installing Electra Professional Equipment
Chapter 9 contains instructions for installing Electra Professional terminals on
the Electra Elite 192 system.
Chapter 10 System Maintenance
Chapter 10 is a guide to help the technician troubleshoot and diagnose
problems during and after system installation.
SUPPORTING
DOCUMENTS
Other manuals in the set are described below.
Electra Elite 48/192 Features and Specifications Manual (Stock Number
750361)
This manual describes each available feature for the system.
Electra Elite 192 General Description Manual (Stock Number 750360)
This manual contains general information about the system features,
configuration and standards. This overview of the Electra Elite system is
useful when presenting information to potential customers.
Electra Elite 48/192 Programming Manual (Stock Number 750362)
This manual contains all programming instructions for the Electra Elite
system.

Electra Elite Least Cost Routing Manual (Stock Number 750364)
This manual contains instructions for the service technician to program the
customer system for least cost routing.
Electra Elite Automatic Call Distribution Manual (Stock Number 750365)
This manual contains instructions for the service technician to program the
ACD. This manual can be used also by the ACD supervisor, at the customer
site, to become familiar with the ACD/MIS feature.
Electra Elite 48/192 Job Specifications Manual (Stock Number 750377)
This manual contains instructions to install and maintain the Electra Elite
48/192 system and includes job specification worksheets. Completing the
worksheets provides all system programming values and configuration
information necessary for technicians to maintain the system.
Elite ACD Plus Installation Manual (Stock Number 750359)
This manual provides general information about the Elite ACD Plus features,
installation procedures and feature programming. The NEC Elite ACD Plus is
an Automatic Call Distribution card that supports up to 40 agents and 12
supervisors at one time.
Electra Elite Wireless System Manual (Stock Number 750423
This manual describes the system and provides hardware installation and
programming procedures for the Electra Elite Wireless Communication
System (WCS).
Electra Elite IPK/Electra Elite System Administration Terminal End-User
Manual (Stock Number 750826)
This manual describes the operation of the SAT End-User program for the
Electra Elite Key Telephone system. This program is a user-friendly Windows
application that allows the user to program and configure several features of
the Eletra Elite KTS from the PC environment.
Elite VoIP Gateway Card Installation Manual (Stock Number 750367)
This manual describes the IPT(4)/(8)-U10 ETU, an optional interface for the
Electra Elite KTS, that can combine trunk and tie line calls into Voice over
internet Protocol (VoIP) Gateway trunks.

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

Regulatory Information

Regulatory Information
GENERAL
INFORMATION
Established Federal Communications Commission (FCC) rules permit this
telephone system to be directly connected to the telephone network. A jack is
provided by the telephone company. Jacks for this type of customer provided
equipment are not provided on party lines or coin lines.
The telephone company may change technical operations and procedures.
When such changes affect the compatibility or use of the Electra Elite system,
the telephone company is required to give adequate notice of the changes.
COMPANY
NOTIFICATION
Before connecting this telephone system to the telephone network, the
following information must be provided to the telephone company:
1. Your telephone Number.
2. FCC registration number:
¤ When the system is to be installed as a Key Function system (no dial
access to Trunk Groups/Route Advance Blocks), use the following
number:
NIFMUL-43074-KF-E
¤ When the system is to be installed as a Multifunction system, use the
following number:
NIFMUL-43076-MF-E
¤ When the system is to be installed as a PBX system, use the
following number:
NIFMUL-43075-PF-E
¤ Ringer Equivalence Number (REN): 2.0B
¤ USOC jack required: RJ21X
System Hardware Manual
1

Issue 7
Electra Elite
The Facility Interface Code (FIC), Ringer Equivalent Number (REN), Service
Order Code (SOC), and Jack for each interface ETU are listed in the
following table:
Table 1 FIC, REN, SOC, and Jack Types for Electra Elite System ETUs
Trunk/Station ETU Type
FIC
REN
SOC
Jack
BRT(4)-U( ) ETU
02IS5
N/A
6.0F
N/A
CAMA Trunk
02RV-O
0.7A
9.0F
RJ21X
COI(4)-U( ) ETU (Loop Start)
02LS2
0.7A
9.0F
RJ21X
COI(8)-U( ) ETU (Loop Start)
02LS2
0.7A
9.0F
RJ21X
COI(8)-U( ) ETU (Ground Start)
02GS2
0.7A
9.0F
RJ21X
COIB(4)-U( ) ETU for COID/COI
02LS2
0.7A
9.0F
RJ21X
Mode (Loop Start)
COIB(4)-U( ) ETU for COI Mode
02GS2
0.7A
9.0F
RJ21X
(Ground Start)
COIB(8)-U( ) ETU (Loop Start)
02LS2
0.7A
9.0F
RJ21X
COID(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU (Loop Start)
02LS2
0.7A
9.0F
RJ21X
DID(4)-U( ) ETU
02RV2T
N/A
9.0F
RJ21X
04DU9-BN
04DU9-DN
DTI-U( ) ETU
N/A
6.0P
N/A
04DU9-1KN
04DU9-1SN
OPX(2)-U( ) ETU
0L13C
N/A
9.0F
RJ21X
PRT(1)-U( ) ETU
04DU9-1SN
N/A
6.0P
N/A
TLI(2)-U( ) ETU
TL31M
N/A
9.0F
RJ21X
INCIDENCE OF HARM
When the system is malfunctioning, it could harm the telephone network.
The telephone system should be disconnected until the problem can be
determined and repair is made. When this is not done, the telephone
company may temporarily disconnect service.
2
Regulatory Information

Electra Elite
Issue 7
RADIO FREQUENCY
INTERFERENCE
In compliance with FCC Part 15 rules, the following statement is provided:
IMPORTANT NOTE
"This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and if
not installed and used in accordance with the Installation Service Manual, may
cause interference to radio communications. This equipment has been tested
and approved for compliance with the limits for a Class A computing device
pursuant to Subpart J of Part 15 of FCC Rules, that provide reasonable protection
against such interference when operated in a commercial environment.
Operation of this telephone system in a residential area is likely to cause
interference, in which case, the user, at his or her own expense, is required to
take whatever measures may be required to correct the interference."
HEARING AID
COMPATIBILITY
The NEC Multiline Terminals and NEC Single Line Telephones provided
for this system are hearing aid compatible. The manufacturer of other
Single Line Telephones for use with the system must provide notice of
hearing aid compatibility to comply with FCC rules that prohibit the use of
non-hearing aid compatible telephones.
DIRECT INWARD
DIALING
Operating this equipment without providing proper answer supervision is a
violation of Part 68 of the FCC rules.
Proper Answer Supervision occurs when:
¤ This equipment returns answer supervision to the Public Switched
Telephone Network (PSTN) when Direct Inward Dialing (DID) calls are:
¥ Answered by the called station.
¥ Answered by the Attendant.
¥ Routed to a recorded announcement that can be administered by
the Customer Premise Equipment (CPE) user.
¥ Routed to a dial prompt.
¤ This equipment returns answer supervision on all DID calls forwarded
to the Public Switched Telephone Network (PSTN). Permissible
exceptions are:
¥ A call is unanswered.
¥ A busy tone is received.
¥ A reorder tone is received.
System Hardware Manual
3

Issue 7
Electra Elite
VOICE
ANNOUNCEMENT/
MONITORING OVER
DID LINES
CAUTION
The use of monitoring, recording or listening devices to eavesdrop, monitor, retrieve
or record telephone conversations or other sound activities, whether or not
contemporaneous with its transmission, may be illegal in certain circumstances
under federal or state laws. Legal advise should be sought prior to implementing
any practice that monitors or records any telephone conversation. Some federal
and state laws require some form of notification to all parties to the telephone
conversation, such as using a beep tone or other notification methods, or require the
consent of all parties to the telephone conversation, prior to monitoring or recording
a telephone conversation. Some of these laws incorporate strict penalties.
MUSIC ON HOLD
IMPORTANT NOTE
"In accordance with U.S. Copyright Law, a license may be required from the
American Society of Composers, Authors and Publishers, or other similar
organization, when radio or TV broadcasts are transmitted through the Music On
Hold feature of this telecommunication system. NEC America Inc., hereby disclaims
any liability arising out of the failure to obtain such a license."
SERVICE
REQUIREMENTS
When equipment malfunctions, all repairs will be performed by NEC
America, Inc. or by an authorized agent. The user must report the need for
service to an NEC America, Inc. authorized agent or to NEC America, Inc.
UL REGULATORY
INFORMATION
This equipment has been listed by Underwriters Laboratories and complies
with all applicable requirements of the standard for telephone equipment
UL 1459.
4
Regulatory Information

Electra Elite
Issue 7
INDUSTRY CANADA
REQUIREMENTS
Industry Canada has established rules that permit this telephone system
to be directly connected to the telephone network. Prior to the connection
or disconnection of this telephone system to or from the telephone
network, the telephone company must be provided with the following
information.
1. Your telephone number:
2. IC Certificate number: 140 7942 A
3. Ringer Equivalence Number (REN) of the equipment: 2.1
The Industry Canada label identifies certified equipment. This certification
means that the equipment meets certain telecommunications network
protective, operational and safety requirements as prescribed in the
applicable Terminal Equipment Technical requirements document(s). The
Department does not guarantee that equipment operates to user
satisfaction.
Before installation, the user should ensure that it is permissible to connect
this equipment to the facilities of the local telecommunications company.
The equipment must also be installed using an acceptable method of
connection. The customer should be aware that compliance with the
above conditions may not prevent degradation of service in some
situations.
Repairs to certified equipment should be coordinated by a representative
designated by the supplier. Any repairs or alterations made by the user to
this equipment, or equipment malfunctions, may give the
telecommunications company cause to request the user to disconnect the
equipment.
Users should ensure for their own protection that the electrical ground
connections of the power utility, telephone lines and internal metallic water
pipe system, when present, are connected together. This precaution may
be particularly important in rural areas.
CAUTION
Users should not attempt to make such connections themselves, but
should contact the applicable electric inspection authority, or electrician.
The Ringer Equivalence Number (REN) assigned to each terminal device
provides an indication of the maximum number of terminals allowed to be
connected to a telephone interface. The termination of an interface may
consist of any combination of devices subject only to the requirement that
the sum of the Ringer Equivalent Numbers of all the devices does not
exceed 5.
System Hardware Manual
5

Issue 7
Electra Elite
This equipment is listed by the Canadian Standards Association and
complies with all applicable requirements of the standard for telephone
equipment C 22.2 No. 225.
This equipment meets IC requirements CS03.
This digital apparatus does not exceed the Class A limits for radio noise
emissions from digital apparatus as regulated by the radio interference
regulations of Industry Canada.
Le present appareil numerique n'emet pas de bruits radioelectriques
depassant les limites applicables aux appareils numeriques de Classe A
prescrites dans le reglement sur le brouillage radioelectrique edicte par
Industrie Canada.
BATTERY DISPOSAL
The Electra Elite system includes the batteries listed below. When disposing
of these batteries, KSUs, and/or ETUs, you must comply with applicable
federal and state regulations regarding proper disposal procedures.
Table 2 Battery Types and Quantities for KSUs and ETUs
Unit Name
Type of Battery
Quantity
B64-U10 KSU
Lead Acid
2
CPUB( )-U( ) ETU
Nickel-Cadmium
1
CTI/VP(4)/(8)/(12)/(16)-
Lithium
1
U( )
DTP-1HM-1 TEL
Lithium
1
DTP-1HM-2 TEL
DTP-16HC-1 TEL
Nickel-Cadmium
1
DTR-1HM-1 TEL
Lithium
1
DTR-4R-1 TEL
Nickel-Cadmium
1
DTU-4R-1 TEL
Lead Acid
1
ETW-4R-1 TEL
Nickel-Cadmium
1
FMS(2)/(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU
Nickel-Cadmium
1
MIFA-U( )
Nickel-Cadmium
1
MIFM-U( )
Nickel-Cadmium
1
The Electra Elite CPUB( )-U( ) ETU provides memory backup for
approximately 21 days. The Ni-Cd battery should be replaced about every
two years.
6
Regulatory Information

Electra Elite
Issue 7
IMPORTANT SAFEGUARDS FOR BATTERY DISPOSAL
DO NOT PLACE USED BATTERIES IN YOUR REGULAR TRASH! THE
PRODUCT YOU PURCHASED CONTAINS A NICKEL-CADMIUM OR
SEALED LEAD BATTERY. NICKEL-CADMIUM OR SEALED LEAD
BATTERIES MUST BE COLLECTED, RECYCLED, OR DISPOSED OF IN
AN ENVIRONMENTALLY SOUND MANNER.
The incineration, landfilling or mixing of nickel-cadmium or sealed lead
batteries with the municipal solid waste stream is PROHIBITED BY LAW in
most areas. Contact your local solid waste management officials for other
information regarding the environmentally sound collection, recycling, and
disposal of the battery.
Nickel-Cadmium (or sealed lead) batteries must be returned to a federal or
state approved nickel-cadmium (or sealed lead) battery recycler. This may
be where the batteries were originally sold or a local seller of automotive
batteries. Contact your local waste management officials for other
information regarding the environmentally sound collection, recycling and
disposal of the battery contained in this product. For Ni-Cd batteries, you
can also call 1-800-8-BATTERYSM if further information is required.
The packaging for the Electra Elite system contains the following labels
regarding proper disposal.
System Hardware Manual
7

Issue 7
Electra Elite
PRODUCT PACKAGE LABELING
CONTAINS NICKEL-CADMIUM BATTERY.
BATTERY MUST BE RECYCLED OR
DISPOSED OF PROPERLY. MUST NOT BE
DISPOSED OF IN MUNICIPAL WASTE.
Ni-Cd
CONTAINS SEALED LEAD BATTERY.
BATTERY MUST BE RECYCLED. MUST NOT
BE DISPOSED OF IN MUNICIPAL WASTE.
Pb
CONTAINS NICKEL-METAL HYDRIDE
BATTERY. BATTERY MUST BE RECYCLED
OR DISPOSED OF PROPERLY. MUST NOT
BE DISPOSED OF IN MUNICIPAL WASTE.
Ni-MH
8
Regulatory Information

Chapter 1
Introduction
1st Tab

Introduction
Chapter 1
SEC
TION 1

GENERAL
INFORMATION
1.1
Unique Design
The Electra Elite 192 system is a powerful key system that meets
the ever changing business communications demands of today.
Unique compact design allows it to be easily and quickly installed.
The Electra Elite 192 system can grow with your business. You can
easily and economically increase port size when necessary. Two
expansion units can be added when the CPUB( )-U10 ETU is
installed in the basic cabinet. A full-blown system includes the basic
and two expansion units that provide a capacity of 192 ports.
Electra Elite 192 is a feature-rich system that provides telephone
functions and supports advanced features such as:
¤
Automatic Number Indication (ANI)/Caller ID
¤
Automatic Call Distribution (ACD)
¤
Automatic Route Selection
¤
Caller ID Call Return
¤
Centralized Voice Mail
¤
Computer Telephony Integration (CTI)
¤
Dialed Number Indication Service (DNIS)
¤
Dterm Analog Cordless Terminal
¤
Dterm Cordless II Terminal
¤
Dterm Cordless Lite Terminal
¤
Dterm Handset Cordless Terminal
¤
Elite ACD Plus
¤
Emergency 911 Cut Through
¤
Enhanced 911
¤
Integrated Digital Voice Mail
¤
ISDN-BRI and ISDN-PRI Voice Trunks
¤
K-CCIS Common Channel Interoffice Signaling
¤
LAN/KTS Cabling Integration
¤
Least Cost Routing (LCR)
System Hardware Manual
1 - 1

Issue 7
Electra Elite
¤
Live Monitoring
¤
Live Record
¤
Multiline Conference Bridge
¤
Multilingual LCD Indication
¤
Multiple Music on Hold Using CO Interface
¤
PC Attendant Console
¤
Unified Messaging
¤
Uniform Call Distribution (UCD)
¤
Voice over Internet Protocol (VoIP)
¤
Wireless
¤
Optional 33.6 kbps Modem for Remote Programming and
Maintenance
The Electra Elite 192 system offers a variety of compatible 8-line,
16-line, and 32-line Multiline Terminals with/without LCD. A 2-line
non-LCD terminal and a 60-line Attendant Console are also
available.
A customer with existing Electra Professional terminals can easily
connect them to the Electra Elite 192 system to provide
inexpensive migration. Most Electra Elite 192 system features are
available with the Electra Professional Multiline Terminals.
The Electra Elite 192 system supports a wide range of additional
equipment such as Single Line Telephones, external speakers,
facsimile machines, external microphones, and headsets that can
be connected to the system to accommodate individual customer
needs. The diagram in Figure 1-1 System Configuration Example
shows an Electra Elite system with standard and optional
equipment (some locally provided).
1 - 2
Introduction

Electra Elite
Issue 7

Wireless
PS II
External
Speakerphone
Message
External
Display Board
Speaker
ZT II
Least Cost Routing
Computer Telephony Integration
ElectraMail CTI (Unified Messaging)
Electra Elite Multiline Terminal (DTU)
Dterm Series E Multiline Terminal (DTP)
Automatic Call Distribution
PC Programming
Headset
Electra Elite IPK Multiline Terminal (DTH)
Dterm Series i Multiline Terminal (DTR)
Station Message Detail
Recording (SMDR)
Attendant
Single Line
Facsimile
Answering Machine
Console
Telephone
Voice over Internet
Protocol (VoIP) Trunks
Dterm ISDN EXTender Plus
(Telecommuting)
CO/PBX/Centrex/DID
/Tie/FT1/ISDN-BRI/ISDN-PRI
Dterm Cordless Lite
Dterm Analog Cordless
Dterm Cordless II
Dterm Handset Cordless
Figure 1-1 System Configuration Example
System Hardware Manual
1 - 3

Issue 7
Electra Elite
SEC
TION 2

EQUIPMENT
DESCRIPTION
2.1
Equipment List
The table below lists all equipment used with the Electra Elite
system. The equipment name, a description, and the maximum
quantities that are allowed when a Basic KSU, a Basic KSU with
one Expansion KSU, and a Basic KSU with two Expansion KSUs
are included in the table. The list is alphabetical by category.
¥
The maximum quantity relies on at least one Electronic
Station Interface ETU and one Trunk Interface ETU being
installed.

Basic + 1
Basic + 2
Equipment Name
Description
Basic KSU
Expansion Expansion
KSU
KSUs
Key Service Units, Power Supply Units, and Adapters
The Basic Key Service Unit (KSU) for the Electra
Elite System provides service for outside lines,
Attendant Consoles, and interconnection of the
station terminals. The basic KSU provides 64
ports that can be expanded to a maximum of 192
ports with the addition of two expansion KSUs.
The basic KSU is also used for the expansion
KSUs. System software allows a maximum of 184
ports to be used for stations and trunks. There are
two fixed slots and eight flexible slots.
1 Basic KSU per system
B64-U10 KSU
The Expansion Key Service Unit (KSU) of the
2 expansion KSUs per system
Electra Elite System provides an additional 64
ports. Expansion units can be added to the Basic
KSU to provide 128 ports with one expansion unit
and 192 ports with two expansion units.
Each Expansion KSU provides eight flexible slots
and accommodates any interface cards.
The P64-U10 PSU (power supply unit), backup
batteries, and three PFT relays are included with
each KSU.
The Front Cover Extender Unit is required when a
FCE-U10 Unit
VDH2(8)-U10, IPT(4/8)-U10, or CTI(4/8)-U10 ETU
1 per KSU
is installed.
The Power Supply Unit is included with the
P64-U10 PSU
1 per KSU
B64-U10 KSU.
1 - 4
Introduction

Electra Elite
Issue 7
Basic + 1
Basic + 2
Equipment Name
Description
Basic KSU
Expansion Expansion
KSU
KSUs
Common Electronic Telephone Units
The Central Processing Unit contains a 32-bit
1 CPU per system
microprocessor that has overall control of the
4 PBR circuits
system. This ETU communicates with the interface
boards and supports up to 192 ports (24 interface
16 voice mail ports (analog)
cards).
32 voice mail ports (digital)
64 Physical 128 Physical 192 Physical
ports
ports
ports
8 slots
16 slots
24 slots
CPUB( )-U( ) ETU
56
120
120
Station Ports Station Ports Station Ports
56
64
64
Trunks
Trunks
Trunks
32
32
32
PC
PC
PC
Telephony
Telephony
Telephony
Boards
Boards
Boards
16 Conference Circuits
The Clock Unit provides synchronization for FT1/T1
lines, ISDN-Primary Rate, and ISDN-Basic Rate
1 per system
CLKG-U( ) Unit
connections. The unit is piggybacked on the with FT1, ISDN-BRI, ISDN-PRI or Wireless
CPUB( )-U( ) ETU and supports the BRT(4)-U( ),
connections
BSU(2)-U( ), DTI-U( ), or PRT(1)-U( ) ETU.
The Expansion KSU Controller controls data
EXP-U10 ETU
transmission between the CPUB( )-U( ) ETU and
N/A
1 ETU
2 ETUs
other ETUs installed in the B64-U10 KSU.
This unit is mounted on the MIFA-U( ) ETU and
1 per
KMA(1.0)U
adds ACD.
MIFA-U10 ETU
This unit is mounted on the MIFM-U( ) ETU and
1 per
KMM(1.0)U
adds LCR and Caller ID scrolling and dialing
MIFM-U10 ETU
features.
This ETU provides additional memory for
processing ACD/UCD.
MIFA-U( ) ETU
1 per system
When ACD feature is desired, the KMA(1.0)U must
be installed.
This ETU provides additional memory for PC
programming, SMDR, LCR, Caller ID scrolling, and
MIFM-U( ) ETU
Wireless programming.
1 per system
When the LCR or Caller ID Scroll functions are
desired, the KMM(1.0)U must be installed.
System Hardware Manual
1 - 5

Issue 7
Electra Elite
Basic + 1
Basic + 2
Equipment Name
Description
Basic KSU
Expansion Expansion
KSU
KSUs
This unit is installed on the PCT(S)-U( )Unit or the
Modem Kit Unit
1 per system
MIFM-U( ) ETU.
Trunk Electronic Telephone Units
This Basic Rate Interface unit provides four
channels (eight voice channels) for ISDN-Basic
Rate Interface.
Caller ID is supported.
This ETU is installed in slots S1~S4 in the basic or
4 ETUs
8 ETUs
8 ETUs
BRT(4)-U( ) ETU
first expansion B64-U10 KSU (S7000 or lower).
(32 B
(64 B
(64 B
S8000 or higher has no slot limitations.
Channels)
Channels)
Channels)
The maximum number depends on other trunk
cards installed. This ETU shares the total number
of CO/PBX lines in the system.
A CLKG-U( ) Unit must be installed.
Electrical fuses (posistors) are built into this ETU.
This ETU supports four outside (CO/PBX) lines and
provides circuitry for ring detection, holding, and
dialing.
7 ETUs
15 ETUs
16ETUs
The outside lines must be Loop Start DTMF trunks.
COI(4)-U( ) ETU
This ETU is installed in slots S1~S8 in the basic or
28
60
64
expansion B64-U10 KSU.
CO/PBX
CO/PBX
CO/PBX
This ETU can provide an E911 CAMA trunk.
lines
lines
lines
The maximum number depends on other trunk
cards installed. This ETU shares the total number
of CO/PBX lines in the system.
Electrical fuses (posistors) are built into this ETU.
This ETU supports eight outside (CO/PBX) lines
and provides circuitry for ring detection, holding,
and dialing.
The outside lines can be any combination of Loop
7 ETUs
8 ETUs
8 ETUs
Start or Ground Start DTMF trunks.
COI(8)-U( ) ETU
56
64
64
This ETU is installed in slots S1~S8 in the basic or
CO/PBX
CO/PBX
CO/PBX
expansion B64-U10 KSU.
lines
lines
lines
This ETU can provide an E911 CAMA trunk.
The maximum number depends on other trunk
cards installed. This ETU shares the total number
of CO/PBX lines in the system.
1 - 6
Introduction

Electra Elite
Issue 7
Basic + 1
Basic + 2
Equipment Name
Description
Basic KSU
Expansion Expansion
KSU
KSUs
This ETU can function the same as the COI(4)-U( )
or COID(4)-U( ) ETU to provide Central Office
interface. When ETU is set for COID mode, Loop
Start trunks and /or Caller ID trunks are supported.
When the ETU is set for COI mode, Loop Start or
Ground Start is supported. Caller ID is not
supported in COI mode. Connections for Ground
COI Mode
COI Mode
COI Mode
Start trunks are polarity sensitive.
7 ETUs
15 ETUs
16 ETUs
Only DTMF signaling is supported.
28 CO/PBX
60 CO/PBX
64 CO/PBX
This ETU can provide an E911 CAMA trunk.
Lines
Lines
Lines
COIB(4)-U10 ETU
The maximum number depends on other Trunk
COID mode
COID mode
COID mode
cards installed.

4 ETUs
8 ETUs
8 ETUs
COID mode: Caller ID trunks must be
16 CO
32 CO
32 CO
installed in slots 1~4 in basic or first
(Class) lines
(Class) lines
(Class) lines
expansion KSU (S7000 or lower). S8000 or
higher has no slot limitations.
This ETU shares the total number of CO/PBX lines
in the system.
Tip and Ring electrical fuses are provided to
comply with UL 1459 requirements.
This ETU can function the same as the COI(4)-U( )
or COID(4)-U( ) ETU to provide Central Office
interface. This ETU has transmit and receive pad
controls.. When ETU is set for COID mode, Loop
Start trunks and Caller ID trunks are supported.
When the ETU is set for COI mode, Loop Start is
supported. Ground Start Trunks are not
supported. Caller ID is not supported in COI
mode. Fax CO Branch support is provided on port
4 only.
Only DTMF signaling is supported.
COI Mode
16 ETUs
This ETU can provide an E911 CAMA trunk on port
COIB(4)-U20 ETU
3 only.
For COI mode: ETUs can be installed in any IF
COID Mode
slot.
8 ETUs
For COID mode: Caller ID trunks must be installed
in slots S1~S4 in basic or first expansion
KSU(S7000 or lower). S8000 or higher has no slot
limitations.
The maximum number depends on other Trunk
cards installed.
This ETU shares the total number of CO/PBX lines
in the system.
Tip and RIng electrical fuses are provided to
comply with UL 1459 requirements.
System Hardware Manual
1 - 7

Issue 7
Electra Elite
Basic + 1
Basic + 2
Equipment Name
Description
Basic KSU
Expansion Expansion
KSU
KSUs
This ETU can function the same as the COI(8)-U10
or COID(8)-U10 ETU to provide Central Office
interface. When ETU is set for COID mode, Loop
Start trunks and Caller ID trunks are supported.
When the ETU is set for COI mode, Loop Start is
supported. Ground Start Trunks are not
supported. Caller ID is not supported in COI
mode. Fax CO Branch is not supported.
Only DTMF signaling is supported.
COI Mode
This ETU can provide an E911 CAMA trunk on port
8 ETUs
3 or 7.
COIB(8)-U( ) ETU
For COI mode ETUs can be placed in any IF Slot.
COID Mode
For COID mode: Caller ID trunks must be installed
8 ETUs
in slots S1~S4 in Basic and first expansion KSU
(S7000 or lower). S8000 or higher has no slot
limitations.
The maximum number depends on other Trunk
cards installed.
This ETU shares the total number of CO/PBX lines
in the system.
Tip and RIng electrical fuses are provided to
comply with UL 1459 requirements.
The Central Office Caller ID ETU detects Caller ID
signals from the central office and sends caller
identification to the CPUB( )-U( ) ETU.
Electrical fuses (posistors) are built into this ETU
That supports four outside (CO/PBX) lines and
provides circuitry for ring detection, holding, and
4 ETUs
8 ETUs
8 ETUs
dialing.
COID(4)-U( ) ETU
This ETU is loop start, DTMF only and is installed
16
32
32
in slots S1~S4 in the basic or first expansion
CO (Class)
CO (Class)
CO (Class)
B64-U10 KSU (S7000 or lower). S8000 or higher
lines
lines
lines
has no slot limitations.
This ETU can provide an E911 CAMA trunk.
The maximum number depends on other trunk
cards installed. This ETU shares the total number
of CO/PBX lines in the system.
1 - 8
Introduction

Electra Elite
Issue 7
Basic + 1
Basic + 2
Equipment Name
Description
Basic KSU
Expansion Expansion
KSU
KSUs
The Central Office Caller ID ETU detects Caller ID
signals from the central office and sends caller
identification to the CPUB( )-U( ) ETU.
Electrical fuses (posistors) are built into this ETU
That supports eight outside (CO/PBX) lines and
provides circuitry for ring detection, holding, and
4 ETUs
8 ETUs
8 ETUs
dialing.
COID(8)-U( ) ETU
This ETU is loop start only and is installed in slots
32
64
64
S1~S4 in the basic or first expansion B64-U10 KSU
CO (Class)
CO (Class)
CO (Class)
(S7000 or lower). S8000 or higher has no slot
lines
lines
lines
limitations.
This ETU can provide an E911 CAMA trunk.
The maximum number depends on other trunk
cards installed. This ETU shares the total number
of CO/PBX lines in the system.
The Direct Inward Dialing Interface Unit supports
up to four DID or four 2-way DID lines. Each
DID(4)-U10 ETU requires one interface slot
position in the KSU.

Immediate, wink start, second dial tone, and
7 ETUs
15 ETUs
16 ETUs
delay dial signaling can be combined on this
DID(4)-U( ) ETU
ETU.
28 DID
60 DID
64 DID
This ETU is installed in slots S1~S8 in any
Trunks
Trunks
Trunks
B64-U10 KSU.
The maximum number depends on other trunk
cards installed. This ETU shares the total number
of CO/PBX lines in the system.
System Hardware Manual
1 - 9

Issue 7
Electra Elite
Basic + 1
Basic + 2
Equipment Name
Description
Basic KSU
Expansion Expansion
KSU
KSUs
The Digital Trunk Interface ETU provides for the
termination of Fractional T1 (24 DS-0 channels)
line. This ETU contains circuitry for outside ring
detection, holding, dialing, control function, Tie line
(E&M), and DID signaling.
Automatic Number Indication (ANI) is supported.
Only the DTI-U30 ETU supports K-CCIS common
channel signaling.
A combination of Loop Start and Ground Start
trunks, DID trunks, or Tie lines can be used on the
2 ETUs
3 ETUs
3 ETUs
DTI-U( ) ETU
ETU. Each trunk is assigned in groups of four.
(S7000 or lower)
DTMF or Dial Pulse dialing is supported.
48
64
64
lines
lines
lines
This ETU is installed in slots S1 and S4 in the basic
B64-U10 KSU or slot S1 of the first expansion
B64-U10 KSU.
The maximum number depends on other trunk
cards installed. This ETU shares the total number
of CO/PBX lines in the system.

The maximum combination of DTI-U( ) and
PRT(1)-U( ) ETUs is 3 per system.
A CLKG-U( ) Unit must be installed.
Same as above with the following exceptions:
·
S8000 has no slot limitations.
·
Using System Software S8000 or higher, a
maximum of 14 of the following 4-port trunk
interface ETUs can be installed:
8 ETUs
8 ETUs
8 ETUs
DTI-U( ) ETU

COIB(4)-U( ) installed as COID(4)
(S8000 or higher)
64
64
64

COID(4)-U( ) ETU
lines
lines
lines

DTI-U( ) installed as DTI(4)

IPT(4)-U( ) installed as COID(4) or DTI(4)

PRT(1)-U( ) installed as PRT(4)
1 - 10
Introduction

Electra Elite
Issue 7
Basic + 1
Basic + 2
Equipment Name
Description
Basic KSU
Expansion Expansion
KSU
KSUs
This IP Gateway ETU is an optional Interface that
can combine trunk calls into Gateway trunks.
This ETU can emulate the following ETUs:
TLI(2)-U( ), DID(4)-U( ), COI(4)/(8)-U( ), or
COID(4)/(8)-U( ). Refer to the applicable ETU
4 ETUs
4 ETUs
4 ETUs
assignment for the trunk capacity.
Variable
Variable
Variable
This ETU can be installed in KSU slots that support
IPT(4)-U( ) ETU
the applicable assigned ETU.
IP Gateway
IP Gateway
IP Gateway
The maximum number depends on other trunk
Trunks
Trunks
Trunks
cards installed. This ETU shares the total number
16 lines
32 lines
48 lines
of CO/PBX lines in the system.
When this ETU is installed, the FCE-U10 Unit is
required. This ETU shares the total number of
station ports in the system.
This IP Gateway ETU is an optional Interface that
can combine trunk calls into Gateway trunks.
This ETU can emulate the following ETUs:
TLI(2)-U( ), DID(4)-U( ), COI(4)/(8)-U( ), or
COID(4)/(8)-U( ). Refer to the ETU type
4 ETUs
4 ETUs
4 ETUs
assignment for the trunk cpacity.
Variable
Variable
Variable
This ETU can be installed in KSU slots that support
IPT(8)-U( ) ETU
the applicable assigned ETU.
IP Gateway
IP Gateway
IP Gateway
The maximum number depends on other trunk
Trunks
Trunks
Trunks
cards installed. This ETU shares the total number
of CO/PBX lines in the system.
When this ETU is installed, the FCE-U10 Unit is
required. This ETU shares the total number of
station ports in the system.
The Integrated Service Digital network
(ISDN)-Primary Rate Interface (PRI) is a Public
Switched Telephone Network (PSTN) service that
provides 23 B channels and one D channel
(23B + D) for voice call trunking. The B channels
provide 23 CO/DID connections.
This ETU is installed in slots S1 and S4 in the basic
2 ETUs
3 ETUs
3 ETUs
PRT(1)-U( ) ETU
B64-U10 KSU and slot S1 of the first expansion
(S7000 or lower)
B64-U10 KSU.
46
62
62
lines
lines
lines
The maximum number depends on other trunk
cards installed. This ETU shares the total number
of Trunk lines in the system.

The maximum combination of PRT(1)-U( )
and DTI-U( ) ETUs is three per system.
A CLKG-U( ) Unit must be installed.
System Hardware Manual
1 - 11

Issue 7
Electra Elite
Basic + 1
Basic + 2
Equipment Name
Description
Basic KSU
Expansion Expansion
KSU
KSUs
Same as above with the following exceptions:
·
S8000 has no slot limitations.
·
Using System Software S8000 or higher, a
maximum of 14 of the following 4-port trunk
interface ETUs can be installed:
8ETUs
8 ETUs
8 ETUs
PRT(1)-U( ) ETU

COIB(4)-U( ) installed as COID(4)
(S8000 or higher)

COID(4)-U( ) ETU
62
62
62
lines
lines
lines

DTI-U( ) installed as DTI(4)

IPT(4)-U( ) installed as COID(4) or
DTI(4)

PRT(1)-U( ) installed as PRT(4)
The Tie Line Interface ETU supports the
termination and operation of up to two E&M Tie
lines (4-wire, type I and type V, and 10/20 pps Dial
Pulse or DTMF).

Immediate, wink start, second dial tone, and
7 ETUs
15 ETUs
16 ETUs
delay dial signaling can be combined on this
TLI(2)-U( ) ETU
ETU.
14 Tie lines
30 Tie lines
32 Tie lines
This ETU is installed in slots S1~S8 in the
B64-U10 KSU.
The maximum number depends on other trunk
cards installed. This ETU shares the total number
of CO/PBX lines in the system.
Station Electronic Telephone Units
The Multiline Conference Bridge allows any
intercom user or outside party calling to a port of
the CNF(8)-U( ) ETU to join or make a multiparty
Conference Call.
2 ETUs
2 ETUs
2 ETUs
Each CNF(8)-U( ) ETU supports one 8-party
conference or two 4-party conferences regulated
CNF(8)-U( ) ETU
16
16
16
by a switch setting.
Conference
Conference
Conference
This ETU is installed in slots S1~S8 in the
Ports
Ports
Ports
B64-U10 KSU.
The system recognizes this ETU as SLI(8)-U( )
ETU. This ETU shares the total number of station
ports in the system.
This ETU is a 4-, 8-, 12-, or 16-port Digital Voice
Mail system with ports that can support
TeLANophy, inbound/outbound faxing, and
CTI/VP(4)/(8)/(12)
Hospitality/HVM applications.
1 ETU
/(16)-U( ) ETU
It can be installed in one of the interface slots.
This ETU shares the total number of station ports in
the system.
1 - 12
Introduction

Electra Elite
Issue 7
Basic + 1
Basic + 2
Equipment Name
Description
Basic KSU
Expansion Expansion
KSU
KSUs
The Doorphone interface ETU allows four DP-D-1A
Doorphones to be connected. Two simultaneous
DPH(4)-U( ) ETU
calls are allowed, and four Door Lock Release
1 ETU
1 ETU
1 ETU
relays are provided.
This ETU is installed in slots S1~S8 in any KSU.
The Electronic Station Interface ETU contains eight
circuits. Each circuit can support any Attendant
Console, Multiline Terminal, or Single Line
Telephone adapter.
7 ETUs
15 ETUs
15 ETUs
ESI(8)-U( ) ETU
This ETU is installed in slots S1~S8 in the basic
56
120
120
B64-U10 KSU or expansion B64-U10 KSU.
Extensions
Extensions
Extensions
The maximum number depends on other station
cards installed. This ETU shares the total number
of extension ports in the system.
This ETU is installed in one of the interface slots. It
has two, four or eight channels of built-in Voice
FMS(2)/(4)/(8)-U( )
Mail.
1 ETU
ETU
The system recognizes this as a VMS(4)/(8)-U( )
ETU. This ETU shares the total number of station
ports in the system.
The Off-Premise Extension ETU provides for
termination and operation of two off-premise
extensions. Each ETU has a built-in ringer (RSG).
6 ETUs
14 ETUs
22 ETUs
Up to 1600 ohms of loop resistance (including the
OPX(2)-U( ) ETU
Single Line Instrument) is acceptable between the
12
28
44
OPX ETU and the Single Line Telephone.
extensions
extensions
extensions
This ETU is installed in slots S1~S8 in any
B64-U10 KSU. This ETU shares the total number
of station ports in the system.
The Single Line Interface ETU supports a
maximum of four Single Line Telephones and/or
analog voice mail ports. This ETU provides
Ringing Signal Generator (RSG), and Message
Waiting (MW) LED voltage to Single Line
6 ETUs
14 ETUs
22 ETUs
SLI(4)-U( ) ETU
Telephones.
24
56
88
This ETU is installed in slots S1~S8 in any
ports
ports
ports
B64-U10 KSU.
The maximum number depends on other station
cards installed. This ETU shares the total number
of station ports in the system.
System Hardware Manual
1 - 13

Issue 7
Electra Elite
Basic + 1
Basic + 2
Equipment Name
Description
Basic KSU
Expansion Expansion
KSU
KSUs
The Single Line Interface ETU supports a
maximum of eight Single Line Telephones and/or
voice mail ports. This ETU provides Ringing Signal
Generator (RSG), and Message Waiting (MW) LED
6 ETUs
14 ETUs
14 ETUs
SLI(8)-U( ) ETU
voltage to Single Line Telephones.
48
112
112
This ETU is installed in slots S1~S8 in any KSU.
ports
ports
ports
The maximum number depends on other station
cards installed. This ETU shares the total number
of station ports in the system.
The Voice Data Hub ETU allows integration of both
Terminal and 10Base-T cables for local area
network (LAN) into the same cable (10Base-T and
3 ETUs
6 ETUs
9 ETUs
10Base-2 are supported).
VDH2(8)-U( ) ETU
This ETU is installed in slots S1~S8 in any KSU.
24
48
72
When this ETU is installed, the FCE-U10 Unit is
extensions
extensions
extensions
required. This ETU shares the total number of
station ports in the system.
This ETU is installed in one of the interface slots. It
has two channels of built-in Voice Mail.
VMS(2)-U( ) ETU
1 VMS(2), VMS(4), or VMS(8)-U10 ETU
This ETU shares the total number of station ports in
the system.
This ETU is installed in one of the interface slots. It
has four channels of built-in Voice Mail.
VMS(4)-U( ) ETU
This ETU shares the total number of station ports in
the system.
1 VMS(2), VMS(4), or VMS(8)-U10 ETU
This ETU is installed in one of the interface slots. It
has eight channels of built-in Voice Mail.
VMS(8)-U( ) ETU
This ETU shares the total number of station ports in
the system.
This ETU is installed in one of the interface slots. It
VMS/FMS/CMS(2)/
has up to eight channels of built-in Voice Mail.
1 VMS/FMS/CMS(8)-U30 ETU
(4)/(8)-U30 ETU
This ETU shares the total number of station ports in
the system.
Optional Electronic Telephone Units
The Automatic Call Distribution ETU interfaces the
ACD(8)-U( ) ETU
Elite ACD Plus Server with the Electra Elite KSU.
1 ETU
This ETU is installed in slots S1~S8 in any KSU.
The Base Station Unit ETU interfaces the KSU with
the ZT II Zone Transceiver for wireless
6 ETUs
8 ETUs
8 ETUs
BSU(2)-U( ) ETU
communication with a PS II Personal Station.
This ETU is installed in slots S1~S8 in any KSU.
12 ZT IIs
16 ZT IIs
16 ZT IIs
A CLKG-U( ) ETU must be installed.
1 - 14
Introduction

Electra Elite
Issue 7
Basic + 1
Basic + 2
Equipment Name
Description
Basic KSU
Expansion Expansion
KSU
KSUs
The Common Channel Handler furnishes four
K-CCIS routes to coordinate receiving common
CCH(4)-U( ) ETU
1
channel data from a distant system or to coordinate
sending it to a distant system.
The External Control Relay ETU provides common
audible tone signaling using relay contacts for
external ringing equipment and an audible output
for external paging systems. Four External Tone
ECR-U( ) ETU
Ringer Control relays, one Night Chime relay, three
1 ETU
External Paging relays, and two General Purpose
relays are provided.
This ETU is installed in slots S1~S8 in the basic
B64-U10 KSU.
The Push Button Receiver ETU detects and
translates DTMF tones generated by Single Line
Telephones, modems, or facsimile machines. The
PBR( )-U( ) ETU
PBR provides four circuits for Single Line
1 ETU
Telephones only.

Four circuits are built in the CPUB( )- U( )
ETU.
The Voice Recording Service ETU provides voice
recording messages for internal stations, automatic
answering on incoming outside calls, Delay
VRS(4)-U( ) ETU
2 ETUs
2 ETUs
2 ETUs
Announcement messages for ACD/UCD by a voice
recorded message, and receives DTMF tones.
This ETU is installed in slots S1~S8 in any KSU.
Terminals
This Attendant Console is equipped with 60
programmable line keys (each with 2-color LED).
DCR-60-1
Twelve keys can be programmed as Feature
4
CONSOLE
Access keys and 48 keys can be programmed as
Direct Station Selection or outside line keys.
This Attendant Console is equipped with 60
programmable line keys (each with 2-color LED).
DCU-60-1
Twelve keys can be programmed as Feature
4
CONSOLE
Access keys and 48 keys can be programmed as
Direct Station Selection or outside line keys.
This Doorphone is used when DPH(4)-U( )ETU is
DP-D-1A
4
installed.
System Hardware Manual
1 - 15

Issue 7
Electra Elite
Basic + 1
Basic + 2
Equipment Name
Description
Basic KSU
Expansion Expansion
KSU
KSUs
This Single Line Telephone is a fully modular
terminal with a flash key, Redial key, 3-level
DTP-1-1 TEL
receive volume control, 2-level ring volume control,
56
118
118
DTP-1-2 TEL
data jack, and message waiting lamp.
Each terminal requires an SLI(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU or
SLT(1)-U( ) ADP.
This Single Line Telephone is a fully modular
terminal with a flash key, Redial key, 6-level
receive volume control, 4-level ring volume control,
DTR-1-1 TEL
3-tone ring pitch, data jack, and message waiting
56
118
118
lamp.
Each terminal requires an SLI(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU or
SLT(1)-U10 ADP.
This Single Line Telephone is a fully modular
terminal with a flash key, Redial key, 3-level
receive volume control, 2-level ring volume control,
DTP-1HM-1 TEL
data jack, message waiting lamp, and eight
48
112
112
DTP-1HM -2 TEL
programmable Feature/Speed Dial keys.
Each terminal requires an SLI(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU or
SLT(1)-U( ) ADP.
This Single Line Telephone is a fully modular
terminal with a flash key, Speaker key, Hold key,
Redial key, 6-level receive and speaker volume
control, 4-level ring volume control, 3-tone ring
DTR-1HM-1 TEL
48
112
112
pitch, data jack, message waiting lamp, and eight
programmable Feature/Speed Dial keys.
Each terminal requires an SLI(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU or
SLT(1)-U( ) ADP.
This is a fully modular terminal with two Flexible
Line keys (each with 2-color LED), eight function
keys, built-in Speakerphone, and a large LED to
DTP-2DT-1 TEL
indicate incoming calls and messages.
56
118
118
This phone does not support any adapter.
Each terminal requires an ESI(8)-U( )ETU.
This is a fully modular terminal with two Flexible
Line keys (each with 2-color LED), nine function
keys, built-in Speakerphone, a large LED to
DTR-2DT-1 TEL
indicate incoming calls and messages, and an
56
118
118
Analog SLT Port (outgoing only).
This phone does not support any adapter.
Each terminal requires an ESI(8)-U( ) ETU.
1 - 16
Introduction

Electra Elite
Issue 7
Basic + 1
Basic + 2
Equipment Name
Description
Basic KSU
Expansion Expansion
KSU
KSUs
This Dterm Cordless Lite Terminal can be connected
to the Electra Elite System using a tandem
connection to a Multiline Terminal. The terminal
has a 16-digit, 2-line LCD, dial pad, talk key, chan
key, hold key, transfer key, conf key, mute key, vol
DTU-4R-1 TEL
key, a msg icon, vibrator, and four function keys
30
with red LEDs.
The cordless terminal can be switched to the
Multiline Terminal connected to it by pressing the
Desk key on the base unit of the idle Dterm Cordless
Lite Terminal.
This digital Multiline Terminal has eight
programmable line keys (each with a 2-color LED),
built-in speakerphone, a large LED to indicate
DTP/DTU-8-1 TEL
55
119
119
incoming calls and messages, headset jack, and
compatibility with ADA-U, APA-U, APR-U, CTA-U,
CTU(C)-U, CTU(S)-U, HFU-U, or VDD-U Unit.
This digital Multiline Terminal has eight
programmable line keys (each with a 2-color LED),
nine function keys, built-in speakerphone, a large
DTH-8-1 TEL
LED to indicate incoming calls and messages,
55
119
119
DTR-8-1 TEL
headset jack, and compatibility with AD(A)-R,
AP(A)-R AP(R)-R, or CT(A)-R Unit.
A Directory button allows Caller ID scrolling, and a
Message button allows direct access to voice mail.
This digital Multiline Terminal has eight
programmable line keys (each with a 2-color LED),
built-in speakerphone, a large LED to indicate
incoming calls and messages, headset jack, and
DTP-8D-1 TEL
compatibility with ADA-U, APA-U, APR-U, CTA-U,
56
120
120
DTU-8D-2 TEL
CTU(C)-U, CTU(S)-U, HFU-U, or VDD-U Unit.
This terminal is also equipped with a 24-character,
3-line, adjustable Liquid Crystal Display (LCD) and
four softkeys.
This digital Multiline Terminal has eight
programmable line keys (each with a 2-color LED),
nine function keys, built-in speakerphone, a large
LED to indicate incoming calls and messages,
headset jack, and compatibility with AD(A)-R,
DTH-8D-1 TEL
AP(A)-R AP(R)-R, or CT(A)-R Unit.
56
120
120
DTR-8D-1 TEL
A Directory button allows Caller ID scrolling, and a
Message button allows direct access to voice mail.
This terminal is also equipped with a 24-character,
3-line, adjustable Liquid Crystal Display (LCD) and
four softkeys.
System Hardware Manual
1 - 17

Issue 7
Electra Elite
Basic + 1
Basic + 2
Equipment Name
Description
Basic KSU
Expansion Expansion
KSU
KSUs
This Dterm Handset Cordless Terminal is a stand-
alone telephone with direct connection to a single
DTP-16HC-1 TEL
port on the ESI(8)-U10 ETU.
40
An ACA-U Unit adapter is required for this terminal.
Each terminal requires an ESI(8)-U( ) ETU port.
This digital Multiline Terminal has 16
programmable line keys (each with a 2-color LED),
DTP-16-1 TEL
a built-in speakerphone, a large LED to indicate
55
119
119
DTU-16-1 TEL
incoming calls and messages, headset jack, and
compatibility with ADA-U, APA-U, APR-U, CTA-U,
CTU(C)-U, CTU(S)-U, HFU-U, or VDD-U Unit.
These digital Multiline Terminals are equipped with
16 programmable line keys (each with a 2-color
LED), a built-in speakerphone, a large LED to
indicate incoming calls and messages, headset
DTP-16D-1 TEL
jack, and compatibility with ADA-U, APA-U, APR-U,
56
120
120
DTU-16D-2 TEL
CTA-U, CTU(C)-U, CTU(S)-U, HFU-U, or VDD-U
Unit.
This terminal also has a 24-character, 3-line,
adjustable Liquid Crystal Display (LCD) and four
softkeys.
These digital Multiline Terminals are equipped with
16 programmable line keys (each with a 2-color
LED), nine functions keys, a built-in speakerphone,
a large LED to indicate incoming calls and
messages, headset jack, and compatibility with
DTH-16D-1 TEL
AD(A)-R, AP(A)-R AP(R)-R, or CT(A)-R Unit.
56
120
120
DTR-16D-1 TEL
A Directory button allows Caller ID scrolling, and a
Message button allows direct access to voice mail.
This terminal also has a 24-character, 3-line,
adjustable Liquid Crystal Display (LCD and four
softkeys.
This digital Multiline Terminal has 32
programmable line keys (each with a 2-color LED),
DTP/DTU-32-1 TEL
a built-in speakerphone, a large LED to indicate
55
119
119
incoming calls and messages, headset jack, and
compatibility with ADA-U, APA-U, APR-U, CTA-U,
CTU(C)-U, CTU(S)-U, HFU-U, or VDD-U Unit.
This digital Multiline Terminal is equipped with 32
programmable line keys (each with a 2-color LED),
a built-in speakerphone, a large LED to indicate
DTP-32D-1 TEL
incoming calls and messages, headset jack, and
56
120
120
DTU-32D-2 TEL
compatibility with ADA-U, APA-U, APR-U, CTA-U,
CTU(C)-U, CTU(S)-U, HFU-U, or VDD-U Unit.
This terminal has a 24-character, 3-line, adjustable
Liquid Crystal Display (LCD) and four softkeys.
1 - 18
Introduction

Electra Elite
Issue 7
Basic + 1
Basic + 2
Equipment Name
Description
Basic KSU
Expansion Expansion
KSU
KSUs
This digital Multiline Terminal is equipped with 32
programmable line keys (each with a 2-color LED),
nine function keys, a built-in speakerphone, a large
LED to indicate incoming calls and messages,
DTH-32D-1 TEL
headset jack, and compatibility with AD(A)-R,
56
120
120
DTR-32D-1 TEL
AP(A)-R AP(R)-R, or CT(A)-R Unit.
A Directory button allows Caller ID scrolling, and a
Message button allows direct access to voice mail.
This terminal has a 24-character, 3-line, adjustable
Liquid Crystal Display (LCD) and four softkeys.
The Personal Station wireless terminal provides the
features and benefits of a desktop telephone
Dterm PS II
40
without the inconvenience of having to remain
close to the desktop.
The Dterm Analog Cordless terminal uses 2.4 GHz
Digital Spread Spectrum (DSS) Technology and is
connected to an analog port using SLI(4)/(8)-U( )
DTR-1R-1 TEL
20
or OPX(2)-U( ) ETU, an SLT(1)-U( ) ADP, or an
APR-U Unit connected to the Multiline Terminal.
This terminal does not have an LCD display.
The Dterm Cordless II terminal uses 900 MHz
Digital Spread Spectrum (DSS) Technology and is
connected in tandem to a Multiline Terminal.
DTR-4R-1 TEL
This terminal can be switched between cordless
10
and the Multiline Terminal connected to it using a
key on the base unit or the Handset.
This terminal has a 16-digit by 2-line LCD Display.
This Dterm Cordless Terminal can be connected to
the Electra Elite System using tandem connection
to a Multiline Terminal. This terminal has a
cordless handset, a 10-digit, 2-line LCD, dial pad,
TALK key, HOLD key, TRF key, CNF key, SPD
ETW-4R-1 TEL
key, a MSG LED, optional vibrator, and four
9
function keys with red LED.
This Dterm Cordless Terminal can be switched to
the Multiline Terminal connected to it by pressing
the DESK key on the base unit of the idle Dterm
Cordless Terminal.
This terminal is a fully modular instrument with tilt
stand, eight Flexible Line keys (each with 2-color
ETW-8-1/2 TEL
LED), eight function keys, built-in speakerphone,
55
119
119
ADA compatibility, and a large LED to indicate
incoming calls and messages.
System Hardware Manual
1 - 19

Issue 7
Electra Elite
Basic + 1
Basic + 2
Equipment Name
Description
Basic KSU
Expansion Expansion
KSU
KSUs
This terminal is a fully modular instrument with tilt
stand, 16 Flexible Line keys (each with 2-color
LED), eight function keys, built-in speakerphone,
ETW-16DC-1/2 TEL
ADA compatibility, and a large LED to indicate
56
120
120
incoming calls and messages.
This terminal has a 16-character by 2-line
Liquid Crystal Display (LCD).
This terminal is a fully modular instrument with tilt
stand, 16 Flexible Line keys (each with 2-color
LED), eight function keys, 20 programmable
One-Touch keys with red LEDs, built-in
ETW-16DD-1/2 TEL
56
120
120
speakerphone, ADA compatibility, and a large LED
to indicate incoming calls and messages.
This terminal has a 16-character by 2-line
Liquid Crystal Display (LCD).
This terminal is a fully modular instrument with tilt
stand, 24 Flexible Line keys (each with 2-color
LED), eight function keys, 12 programmable
One-Touch keys, dual-path ability, built-in
ETW-24DS-1/2 TEL
56
120
120
speakerphone, ADA compatibility, and a large LED
to indicate incoming calls and messages.
This terminal has a 16-character by 2-line
Liquid Crystal Display (LCD).
This console has a tilt stand, 48 programmable
keys with dual LEDs (green and red) and 12
EDW-48-1/2
function keys with red LED. All 48 keys can be
4
CONSOLE
assigned as DSS keys, outside line keys, or
function keys.
Adapters and Optional Units
The AC Adapter unit connects to the AP(R)-R Unit
AC-R Unit
or to the CT(A)-R Unit when cable distance
One per Multiline Terminal as required
exceeds 200 feet.
The AC Adapter unit connects to one of the
following: APR-U Unit, CTA-U Unit, CTU(C )-UUnit,
ACA-U Unit
One per Multiline Terminal as required
CTU(S)-U Unit, HFU-U Unit, VDD-U Unit, or
DTP-16HC-1 TEL.
This Ancillary Device adapter provides the Digital
Multiline Terminal with connection for a tape
AD(A)-R Unit
recorder.
56
120
120
This adapter can be installed on any DTH/DTR
Multiline Terminal except DTR-2DT-1 TEL.
1 - 20
Introduction

Electra Elite
Issue 7
Basic + 1
Basic + 2
Equipment Name
Description
Basic KSU
Expansion Expansion
KSU
KSUs
This Ancillary Device adapter provides the Digital
Multiline Terminal with connection for a tape
recorder.
ADA-U Unit
56
120
120
This adapter can be installed on any DTP or DTU
Multiline Terminal except DTP-2DT-1 TEL,
DTP-16HC-1 TEL, or Cordless terminals.
This Ancillary Device adapter provides the Electra
Professional Multiline Terminal with connection for
ADA(1)-W Unit
headset, or audio recorder.
56
120
120
This adapter can be installed on any Electra
Professional Multiline Terminal.
This Ancillary Device adapter provides the Electra
Professional Multiline Terminal with connection for
ADA(2)-W Unit
Cordless Telephone.
56
120
120
This adapter can be installed on any Electra
Professional Multiline Terminal.
This Analog Port adapter without ringer is the
interface used to install a Single Line Telephone,
Modem, Credit Card Reader, Wireless Headset,
AP(A)-R Unit
NEC VoicePoint/VoicePoint Plus Conferencing
56
120
120
unit, or other compatible Analog device.
This adapter can be installed on any DTH/DTR
Multiline Terminal except DTR-2DT-1 TEL.
This Analog Port adapter without ringer is the
interface used to install a Single Line Telephone,
Modem, Credit Card Reader, Wireless Headset,
NEC VoicePoint/VoicePoint Plus Conferencing
APA-U Unit
56
120
120
unit, or other compatible Analog device.
This adapter can be installed on any DTP or DTU
Multiline Terminal except DTP-2DT-1 TEL,
DTP-16HC-1 TEL, or Cordless terminals.
When this Analog Port Ringer adapter is used, an
additional Single Line Telephone or a modem can
AP(R)-R Unit
be connected to a Multiline Terminal.
56
120
120
This adapter can be installed on any DTH/DTR
Multiline Terminal except DTR-2DT-1TEL.
When this Analog Port Ringer adapter is used, an
additional Single Line Telephone or a modem can
be connected to an Electra Elite Multiline Terminal.
APR-U Unit
56
120
120
This adapter can be installed on any DTP or DTU
Multiline Terminal except DTP-2DT-1 TEL,
DTP-16HC-1 TEL, or Cordless terminals.
System Hardware Manual
1 - 21

Issue 7
Electra Elite
Basic + 1
Basic + 2
Equipment Name
Description
Basic KSU
Expansion Expansion
KSU
KSUs
TAPI (Microsoft Telephony Application
Programming Interface) adapter allows a Multiline
Terminal to be connected to a PC. The terminal
must be within 5 feet (1.5m) of the PC. When the
CT(A)-R Unit
32
32
32
length of 24AWG twisted 1-pair cable exceeds 200
feet, an AC(A)-R adapter is necessary.
This adapter can be installed on any DTH/DTR
Multiline Terminal except DTR-2DT-1 TEL.
TAPI (Microsoft Telephony Application
Programming Interface) adapter allows an Electra
Elite Multiline Terminal to be connected to a PC.
CTA-U Unit
32
32
32
This adapter can be installed on any DTP or DTU
Multiline Terminal except DTP-2DT-1 TEL,
DTP-16HC-1 TEL, or Cordless terminals.
This unit is a CTA adapter for Universal Serial Bus
with a Coreline, VDH2(8)-U10 ETU, connection.
CTU(C)-U Unit
This adapter can be installed on any DTP or DTU
32
32
32
Multiline Terminal except DTP-2DT-1 TEL,
DTP-16HC-1 TEL, or Cordless terminals.
This unit is a CTA adapter for Universal Serial Bus
with an ESI(8)-U10 ETU connection.
CTU(S)-U Unit
This adapter can be installed on any DTP or DTU
32
32
32
Multiline Terminal except DTP-2DT-1 TEL,
DTP-16HC-1 TEL, or Cordless terminals.
This Message Display Board is connected to the
ESI(8)-U10 ETU to provide a message waiting light
DBM(B)-U10 Box
8
8
8
for voice mail boxes. Each board supports eight
message waiting lights.
Expansion Message Display Board. Each board
supports eight message waiting lights. Up to five
DBM(E)-U10 Box
40
40
40
DBM(E)-U10s can be connected to one
DBM(B)-U10.
This optional Handsfree Unit provides full-duplex
handsfree communication. This unit comes with
HFU-U(BK)/(WH)
the handsfree adapter and an external microphone.
56
120
120
Unit
This adapter can be installed on any DTP or DTU
Multiline Terminal except DTP-2DT-1 TEL,
DTP-16HC-1 TEL, or Cordless terminals.
NEC PC Telephony Board (TAPI) with a Coreline
interface. The VDD-U Unit is built into the
PCT(C)-U10 so that this unit can connect directly to
PCT(C)-U( ) Unit
the VDH2(8)-U( ) ETU. This unit can be connected
32
32
32
directly to the test port.
This unit can be installed on the ISA bus on any
IBM-compatible PC.
1 - 22
Introduction

Electra Elite
Issue 7
Basic + 1
Basic + 2
Equipment Name
Description
Basic KSU
Expansion Expansion
KSU
KSUs
NEC PC Telephony Board (TAPI) without a
modem.
PCT(S)-U( ) Unit
32
32
32
This unit can be installed on the ISA bus on any
IBM-compatible PC.
This 19" unit is used to simplify installation by rack
RAK-U( ) Unit
1
2
3
mounting the Electra Elite 192 system.
The Single Line Telephone Adapter provides an
interface for Single Line Telephones and other
SLT(1)-U( ) ADP
similar devices from an ESI ETU channel.
8
This adapter can be connected to any ESI port
except 01 and 02.
The Voice/Data Interface Adapter provides LAN
split for digital terminals when the VDH2(8)-U( )
ETU is used. This unit is used to incorporate LAN
and telephone lines into one cable.
VDD-U Unit
24
48
72
This adapter can be installed on any DTP or DTU
Multiline Terminal connected to a VDH2(8)-U( )
ETU except DTP-2DT-1 TEL, DTP-16HC-1 TEL, or
Cordless terminals.
This Wall Mount Unit is used to mount any DTH/
DTR Multiline Terminal except DTR-2DT-1 TEL to
the wall. This unit connects to the back side of the
WM-R Unit
56
120
120
Multiline Terminal.
This unit is required when an AD(A)-R AP(A)-R,
AP(R)-R or CT(A)-R Unit is installed.
This Wall Mount Unit is used to mount any Electra
Elite Multiline Terminal to the wall. This unit
connects to the back side of the Multiline Terminal.
WMU-U Unit
56
120
120
This unit is required when an APA-U, APR-U, CTA-
U, CTU(C)-U, CTU(S)-U, HFU-U, or a VDD-U Unit
is installed.
This universal Wall Mount Unit is used to mount
WMU-W Unit
any Electra Professional Multiline Terminal or
56
120
120
DTP-2DT-1 TEL to the wall.
The Zone Transceiver maintains radio
ZT II
12
16
16
communication with the PS II terminals.
Software
SAT S/W (END
System Administration Terminal Software for End
1
USER) S8000
User
SAT S/W (TECH)
System Administration Terminal Software for
1
S8000
Technician
System Hardware Manual
1 - 23

Issue 7
Electra Elite
Basic + 1
Basic + 2
Equipment Name
Description
Basic KSU
Expansion Expansion
KSU
KSUs
SAT LCR
System Administration Terminal Software for Least
1
Version 2.00
Cost Routing
Wireless Service
Wireless Service Console (WSC) Administration
1
Console (WSC)
Terminal Software
IP Configurator
VoIP Administration Terminal (VAT) Software
1
1 - 24
Introduction

Chapter 2
System Specifications
2nd Tab

System Specifications
Chapter 2
SEC
TION 1

GENERAL
INFORMATION
This chapter provides detailed specifications for the Electra Elite 192
system technician. The technician should review this information carefully
before installing the system.
SEC
TION 2

SYSTEM BLOCK
Figure 2-1 System Block Diagram shows the ETUs that can be installed in
DIAGRAM
the KSU and the number of channels supported when the ETU is installed.
Table 2-1 List of Abbreviations lists abbreviations used in the diagram.
Table 2-1 List of Abbreviations
Abbreviation
Description
ACD
Automatic Call Distribution
AMP
Amplifier
APR
Analog Port Ringer
BRT
Basic Rate Trunk Interface
BSU
Base Station Unit
CCH
Common Channel Handler (K-CCIS)
CNF
Multiline Conference Bridge
COI
Central Office Interface
COIB
Central Office Interface (COI/COID mode)
COID
Central Office Caller ID
COM
Communication
CPU
Central Processing Unit
CTA
Computer Telephony Adapter
CTI/VP/FMS/CMS/
Voice Mail
VMS
DID
Direct Inward Dialing
DPH
Doorphone
System Hardware Manual
2 - 1

Issue 7
Electra Elite
Table 2-1 List of Abbreviations (Continued)
Abbreviation
Description
DTI
Digital Trunk Interface
ECR
External Control Relay
ESI
Electronic Station Interface
HDLC
High Level Data Link Control
HFU
Handsfree Unit
IPT
Internet Protocol Trunk for VoIP
ISDN
Integrated Services Digital Network
LAN
Local Area Network
MIC
Microphone
MIF
Multipurpose Interface
MOH
Music On Hold
OPX
Off-Premise Extension
PBR
Push Button Receiver
PC
Personal Computer
PCM
Pulse Code Modulation
PCT (C)
PC Telephony Board (Coreline Interface)
PCT (S)
PC Telephony Board (without Modem)
PRT
Primary Rate Trunk
PS II
Personal System Wireless Terminal
SLI
Single Line Interface
SLT
Single Line Telephone
SPK
Speaker
TLI
Tie Line Interface
VDD
Voice Data Digital Adapter
VDH
Voice Data Hub
VM
Voice Mail
VoIP
Voice over Internet Protocol
VRS
Voice Recording Service
ZT II
Zone Transceiver
2 - 2
System Specifications

Electra Elite
Issue 7

Package Control Path
Voice Path
(HDLC)
(PCM Highway)
Analog
COI(4)/(8)
CO Line
VM
SLI(4)(8)
COIB(4)/(8)
COI/COID Line
AMP/SPK
SLT
OPX(2)
Audio
COID(4)/(8)
CO Line with Caller ID
Relay
ECR
BSU(2)
ZTII for Wireless
DPH
DPH(4)
CCH(4)
K-CCIS
Tape
Recorder
AD(A)
BRT(4)
ISDN Basic
Modem
AP(A) SERIES i
PRT(1)-U( )
ISDN Primary (S3000)
AP(R) Terminal
Modem
CT(A)
PC
DID(4)
DID
RS-232C
TLI(2)
E&M Tie Lines (4-wire)
PC
CTA
DTI-U( )
T1 Line
Electra
CTU(S)
Electra
Professional
Elite
APA
Terminals
MIFM
COM Port
Terminals
Modem
APR
MIFA
COM Port
HFU
ESI(8)
CNF(8)
Conference Bridge
MIC
CTI/VP 4,8,12,16
Electra
FMS/CMS 2, 4, 8
Voice Mail
Mail
VMS 2, 4, 8
SLT
SLT ADP
ACD(8)
Elite ACD Plus Server
PC
VRS(4)
PCT(S)
PBR( )
PC
CTU(C))
PCT(C)
Coreline
Electra
VDD
Elite
VDH2(8)

IPT(4)/(8)
VoIP
10Base-T
CPUB( )-U10 ETU
MOH
LAN
10Base-T/2
PC
CLKG-U( )
Figure 2-1 System Block Diagram
System Hardware Manual
2 - 3

Issue 7
Electra Elite
SEC
TION 3

MAXIMUM SYSTEM
The maximum capacities available in the Electra Elite System are shown
CAPACITIES
in Table 2-2 Maximum System Capacities.
Table 2-2 Maximum System Capacities
Basic +1
Basic +2
Item
Basic KSU
Expansion
Expansion KSUs
KSU
ACD(8)-U10 ETU
1
AD(A)-R Unit
56
120
120
ADA-U Unit
56
120
120
AP(A)-R/AP(R)-R Unit
56
120
120
APA-U/ APR-U Unit
56
120
120
BRT(4)-U( )ETU
4
8
8
BSU(2)-U( ) ETU
6
8
8
CCH(4)-U( ) ETU
1
CLKG-U( ) Unit
1
1
1
CNF(8)-U( ) ETU
2
2
2
COI(4)-U( ) ETU
7
15
16
COI(8)-U( )ETU
7
8
8
COI mode: 7
COI mode: 15
COI mode: 16
COIB(4)-U( )ETU
COID: 4 (S7000)
COID: 8 (S7000)
COID: 8 (S7000)
COID: 7 (S8000)
COID: 14 (S8000)
COID: 14 (S8000)
COI mode: 7
COI mode: 8
COI mode: 8
COIB(8)-U( ) ETU
COID mode: 4
COID mode: 8
COID mode: 8
4 (S7000)
8 (S7000)
8 (S7000)
COID(4)-U( ) ETU
7 (S8000)
15 (S8000)
16 (S8000)
4 (S7000)
COID(8)-U( ) ETU
8
8
7 (S8000)
CPUB( )-U( )ETU
1
1
1
CT(A)-R Unit
32
32
32
CTA-U Unit
32
32
32
CTI/VP(4)/(8)/(12)/(16)-
1
U( ) ETU
CTU(C)/(S)-U Unit
32
32
32
DBM(B)-U( )Box
8
8
8
DBM(E)-U( ) Box
40
40
40
DID(4)-U( )ETU
7
15
16
DPH(4)-U( ) ETU
1
1
1
2 - 4
System Specifications

Electra Elite
Issue 7
Table 2-2 Maximum System Capacities (Continued)
Basic +1
Basic +2
Item
Basic KSU
Expansion
Expansion KSUs
KSU
Dterm Analog Cordless
20
20
20
Dterm Cordless II
10
10
10
Dterm Handset Cordless
40
40
40
Dterm Personal Station II
40
40
40
2 (S7000)
3 (S7000)
3 (S7000)
DTI-U( ) ETU
7 (S8000)
8 (S8000)
8 (S8000)
ECR-U( ) ETU
1
1
1
ESI(8)-U( )ETU
7
15
15
FMS(2)/(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU
1
1
1
HFU-U Unit
56
120
120
IPT(4)-U( ) ETU
Variable
Variable
Variable
IPT(8)-U( ) ETU
Variable
Variable
Variable
MIFA-U( ) Unit
1
1
1
MIFM-U( ) Unit
1
1
1
OPX(2)-U( ) ETU
6
14
22
PBR( )-U( )ETU
1
1
1
PCT(C)/(S)-U( ) Unit
32
32
32
2 (S7000)
3 (S7000)
3 (S7000)
PRT(1)-U(( ) ETU
7 (S8000)
8 (S8000)
8 (S8000)
SLI(4)-U( ) ETU
7
14
22
SLI(8)-U( ) ETU
7
14
14
TLI(2)-U( ) ETU
7
15
16
VDD-U Unit
24
48
72
VDH2(8)-U( )ETU
3
6
9
VMS(2)/(4)/(8)-U( )ETU
1
1
1
VMS/FMS/CMS( )-U30
1
1
1
VRS(4)-U( ) ETU
2
2
2
ZT II
12
16
16
Only one FMS, VMS, CMS, or CTI/VP can be installed in the system at one time.
System Hardware Manual
2 - 5

Issue 7
Electra Elite
SEC
TION 4

SYSTEM
4.1
Cabling Requirements and Specifications
REQUIREMENTS AND
SPECIFICATIONS
The KSU is connected with each Multiline Terminal and Single Line
Telephone by a separate twisted 1-pair cable or 2-pair cable (only
for Multiline Terminals). Refer to Table 2-3 Multiline Terminal Loop
Resistance and Cable Length, Table 2-4 Cable Connection
Between the Analog Port and the Single Line Equipment, Table 2-5
Cable Connection Between ESI/VDH and PCT Board, Table 2-6
Cabling Requirements, and Table 2-7 Zone Transceiver II Range.
Table 2-3 Multiline Terminal Loop Resistance and Cable Length

Maximum Feet
Maximum Feet
Maximum
by Twisted
by Twisted
Loop
Terminal or Adapter
1-Pair Cable
2-Pair Cable
Resistance
(Ohms)
24 AWG
24 AWG
DBM(B)-U10 Box
N/A
900
900
DCR-60-1 CONSOLE
N/A
1000
1000
DCU-60-1 CONSOLE
N/A
1000
1000
35
DTR-2DT-1 TEL
(26<Zingbat8.5>
600 (450*)
1000 (900*)
Q)
DTU 4R-1 TEL
N/A
650
1000
DTP-8-1 TEL
35
600
1000
DTU-8-1 TEL
DTH-8-1 TEL
36
630
1000
DTR-8-1 TEL
DTP-8D-1 TEL
35
600
1000
DTU-8D-2 TEL
DTH-8D-1 TEL
36
630
1000
DTR-8D-1 TEL
DTP-16-1 TEL
26
450
900
DTU-16-1 TEL
DTP-16D-1 TEL
26
450
900
DTU-16D-2 TEL
DTH-16D-1 TEL
35
600
1000
DTR-16D-1 TEL
DTP-16HC-1 TEL
57
1083
DTP-32-1 TEL
21
360
720
DTU-32-1 TEL
2 - 6
System Specifications

Electra Elite
Issue 7
Maximum Feet
Maximum Feet
Maximum
by Twisted
by Twisted
Loop
Terminal or Adapter
1-Pair Cable
2-Pair Cable
Resistance
(Ohms)
24 AWG
24 AWG
DTP-32D-1 TEL
21
360
720
DTU-32D-2 TEL
DTH-32D-1 TEL
26
450
900
DTR-32D-1 TEL
DTR-1R-1 TEL
35
600
1000
DTR-4R-1 TEL
N/A
650
1000
ETW-8-1/2 TEL
35
600
1000
ETW-16DC-1/2 TEL
26
450
900
ETW-16DD-1/2) TEL
21
360
720
ETW-24DS-1/2 TEL
26
450
900
ETW-4R-1(BK) TEL
N/A
650
650
EDW-48-1 DSS/BLF with AC
N/A
1000
1000
Adapter
SLT(1)-U( ) ADP
35
600
1000
An AC Adapter is required when installing the following devices: DTP-16HC-1 TEL,
Electra Elite DCU/DCR 60, or Electra Professional EDW 48 Attendant Console.
The length for the specified SLT Adapter is the length between the SLT Adapter and the
ESI.
The values (number of ohms and feet of cable) specified with the <Zingbat8.5>Q
include the DTR-2DT-1 TEL plus the Single Line Telephone.

Twisted 2-Pair Cable
ESI
RJ11
Multiline Terminal
Figure 2-2 Connecting the ESI Using Twisted 2-Pair Cable
System Hardware Manual
2 - 7

Issue 7
Electra Elite
Table 2-4 Cable Connection Between the Analog Port and the Single Line
Equipment
Maximum Loop Resistance
Connected Equipment
Cable
(24 AWG) from Connected
Equipment to Telephone
AD(A)-R Unit
Twisted Pair
10 feet
ADA(2)-W Unit
Twisted Pair
10 feet
AP(A)-R or AP(R)-R Unit
Twisted Pair
50 feet
APA-U Unit or APR-U Unit
Twisted Pair
50 feet
OPX(2)-U( ) ETU
Twisted Pair
1,600 ohms
SLI(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU
Twisted Pair
300 ohms
SLT(1)-U( ) ADP
Twisted Pair
50 feet

Mixing digital and analog ports through the same 25-pair cable runs is
not recommended.
Table 2-5 Cable Connection Between ESI/VDH and PCT Board
Maximum Loop
Connected
Attached
Cable
Resistance
Equipment
Telephone
(Ohms)
35
Connected
PCT(C)-U( ) Unit
10 Base-T
31
Not Connected
35
Connected
PCT(S)-U( ) Unit
Twisted 1-Pair
31
Not Connected
Table 2-6 Cabling Requirements
Connected Equipment
Cable
External Amplifier
Hi-Fi Shielded Audio Cable
Music on Hold and Background Music
Hi-Fi Shielded Audio Cable
Sources
Table 2-7 Zone Transceiver II Range
Connected Equipment
Range
ZT II-U Unit without ACA-U Unit
3,000 feet
2 - 8
System Specifications

Electra Elite
Issue 7
Table 2-7 Zone Transceiver II Range
Connected Equipment
Range
ZT II-U Unit with ACA-U Unit
16,404 feet
4.2
Cabling Precautions
4.2.1
Cable Placement
When selecting cables and Main Distribution Frame
(MDF), future expansion or assignment changes should
be considered. Avoid running cables in the following
places:
¥
A place exposed to wind or rain.
¥
A place near heat radiating equipment or where the
quality of station cable covering could be affected
by gases and chemicals.
¥
An unstable place subject to vibration.
4.2.2
Environmental Conditions
Temperature
¥
Operating:
+32°F ~ +104°F (0°C ~ 40°C)
¥
Long Term:
+50°F ~ +90°F (10°C ~ 32.2°C)
Humidity
¥
Operating:
10% ~ 90% noncondensing
4.3
Power Requirements
4.3.1
Power Supply Inputs
AC input requirements for the system are listed below.
AC Input (P64-U10 PSU)
¥
117 Vac ± 10%
¥
60 Hz ± 10%
¥
Single Phase
¥
7.5A circuit
¥
A dedicated outlet, separately fused and grounded
System Hardware Manual
2 - 9

Issue 7
Electra Elite
4.3.2
Power Supply Consumption
The power consumption for the Electra Elite 192 system
is listed in Table 2-8 Power Consumption.
Table 2-8 Power Consumption

Maximum
Watts Used
Watts Used
KSU
RMS
(Idle)
(Maximum)
Current
Basic KSU B64-U10 KSU
2.5 A
120
230
Basic KSU + Expansion KSU
5.0 A
240
460
Basic KSU + 2 Expansion KSUs
7.5 A
360
690
4.3.3
Fuse Replacement
When replacing fuses, refer to the specifications in Table
2-9 Fuse Replacement.

Table 2-9 Fuse Replacement
Fuse
Unit
Specifications
Description
Dimensions
Number
P64-U10 PSU
F1
125V, 6.0A
AC Input
1/4" x 1 1/4"
P64-U10 PSU
F101
250V, 10A
Battery Input
1/4" x 1 1/4"
All fuses are normal blown glass tube.
Do not use slow blow fuses. Replace with a fuse of
the same type and rating.
2 - 10
System Specifications

Electra Elite
Issue 7
4.4
Outside Line Types
The following outside lines can be used with the Electra Elite 192
system.
¥ 2-wire, Loop Start or Ground Start Trunks
¥ 2-wire, 2-way DID Lines (Dial Pulse or DTMF)
¥ 4-wire, E&M Tie Lines (Type I or V, Dial Pulse, or DTMF)
¥ Digital Trunk FT1 (Loop Start, Ground Start, Tie Line (E&M), or
DID Signaling)
¥ ISDN-BRI Trunks
¥ ISDN-PRI Trunks
¥ VoIP Trunks (Internet Protocols)
Refer to Table 1 FIC, REN, SOC, and Jack Types for Electra Elite
System ETUs in the Regulatory Information section in this manual
for a detailed list of Facility Interface Codes, Ringer Equivalence
Numbers, Service Order Codes and Jack Types.
4.5
Transmission, Network, and Control Specifications
4.5.1
Transmission
¥
Data Length
From Multiline Terminal to ESI(8)-U( ) ETU: 23 bits
From ESI(8)-U( ) ETU to Multiline Terminal: 23 bits
¥
Data Transmission Rates:
Between ESI(8)-U( ) ETU and Multiline Terminal:
184K bps (voice and signaling)
¥
Scanning Time for each Multiline Terminal: 32 ms.
4.5.2
Network
Time Division Multiplexing allows transmission of a
number of separate data, voice and/or video
simultaneously over one communications medium. The
information below indicates the specifications the Electra
Elite 192 system uses for switching, clock, data bus,
timeframe.
¥
TDM Switching:
PCM (µ Law)
¥
TDM Clock:
2.048 MHz
System Hardware Manual
2 - 11

Issue 7
Electra Elite
¥
TDM Data Bus:
8 bit
¥
TDM Timeframe: 125 µs.
4.5.3
Control
This section indicates the speed or capacity.
¥
Control: Stored program with distributed processing
¥
Central Processor:
32-bit microprocessor
¥
Clock:
16.384 MHz
¥
Interface ETU:
8-bit or 16-bit microprocessor
¥
Optional ETUs:
16- or 32-bit microprocessor
¥
Multiline Terminal:
8-bit microprocessor
¥
Attendant Console:
4-bit microprocessor
¥
SLT Adapter:
4-bit microprocessor
4.5.4
Electra Elite Terminals and Equipment
The voltage, current, ring signal information for the Elite
Multiline Terminals, Single Line Telephone equipment,
and APA-U/APR-U Unit are listed below.
¥
Multiline Terminal
Voltage:
-11 ~ -26 Vdc
Maximum Current: 250 mA

Acoustical characteristics meet Electronic Industry
Association (EIA) standard proposal SP-1286 and
standard EIA RS-470.
¥
Single Line Telephone
Standard 2500 Set:
500 type network
Nominal Current:
35 mA
Ring Signal:
56 Vac RMS @ 20 Hz
¥
SLT(1)-U( ) ADP
Standard 2500 Set:
500 type network
Nominal Current:
30 mA
Ring Signal:
56 Vac RMS @ 20 Hz
¥
APA-U Unit
Standard 2500 Set:
500 type network
Nominal Current:
30 mA
2 - 12
System Specifications

Electra Elite
Issue 7
¥
APR-U Unit
Standard 2500 Set:
500 type network
Nominal Current:
30 mA
Ring Signal:
56 Vac RMS @ 20 Hz
4.5.5
Electra Elite IPK and Series i Terminals and Equipment
The voltage, current, ring signal information for the Dterm
Series i Multiline Terminals, Single Line Telephone
equipment, and AP(A)-R/AP(R)-R unit are listed below.
¥
Multiline Terminal (Series i)
Voltage:
-11 ~ -48 Vdc
Maximum Current: 250 mA

Acoustical characteristics meet Electronic Industry
Association (EIA) standard proposal SP-1286 and
standard EIA RS-470.
¥
Single Line Telephone
Standard 2500 Set:
500 type network
Nominal Current:
35 mA
Ring Signal:
56 Vac RMS @ 20 Hz
¥
SLT(1)-U( ) ADP
Standard 2500 Set:
500 type network
Nominal Current:
30 mA
Ring Signal:
56 Vac RMS @ 20 Hz
¥
AP(A)-R Unit
Standard 2500 Set:
500 type network
Nominal Current:
30 mA
¥
AP(R)-R Unit
Standard 2500 Set:
500 type network
Nominal Current:
30 mA
Ring Signal:
56 Vac RMS @ 20 Hz
System Hardware Manual
2 - 13

Issue 7
Electra Elite
4.6
Dialing Specifications
4.6.1
Dial Pulse Address Signaling
Dial Pulse address Signaling uses dial pulses (regular
momentary interruptions) to signal the equipment. In the
Electra Elite 192 system, the following Dial Pulse
specifications are used.
¥
Pulse Rate:
10 ± 0.5 pps/20 ± 1.0 pps
¥
Percent Break: 60 ± 1.5%
¥
Interdigit Interval: 10 pps/20 pps 500 ms. ~ 800 ms.
4.6.2
Dual-Tone Multifrequency (DTMF) Address Signaling
DTMF signaling describes push button or Touchtone
dialing. When a key on a telephone is pushed, two tones
(one high frequency and one low frequency) are
provided. In the Electra Elite 192 system, the following
DTMF specifications are used.
¥
Frequencies
Two sinusoidal frequencies are provided, one from
the high frequency group and one from the low
frequency group.
¥
Frequency Deviation: Less than ±1.0%
¥
Signal Level:
Nominal level per frequency: -6 ~ -4 dBm
Minimum level per frequency:
Low Group:
-10 dBm
High Group: -8 dBm
Maximum level per frequency: 0 dBm
¥
Rise Time: Within 5 ms.
¥
Duration of Dual Frequency Signal:
110 ms. default/60 ms. minimum
2 - 14
System Specifications

Electra Elite
Issue 7
¥
Interdigital Time: 80 ms. default/70 ms. minimum
Nominal High Group
Frequencies (Hz)
1209
1336
1477
697
1
2
3
Nominal Low Group
Frequencies (Hz)
770
4
5
6
852
7
8
9
941
,
0
#
4.7
Battery Backup
The Electra Elite system has two battery backup functions: one for
system backup and one for memory backup.
4.7.1
System Backup
During power failure, the system is backed up using a
rechargeable battery. This battery backup supports all of
the system operations for approximately 30 minutes.
4.7.2
Memory Backup
The CPUB( )-U( ) ETU has a battery installed to provide
backup of system memory. When the battery is fully
charged, system memory (customer data) is retained.
for approximately 21 days.
4.8
Weights and Dimensions
Table 2-10 Weights and Dimensions indicates the shipping weight,
height, width, and depth of each of the Electra Elite 192 KSUs,
ETUs, Multiline Terminals, and adapters.
Table 2-10 Weights and Dimensions

Shipping
Unit
Height
Width
Depth
Weight*
5.6 oz
3.61"
6.87"
4.2"
AC-R Unit
(158 g)
(92 mm)
(175mm)
(107 mm)
22.5 oz
3.4"
4.2"
5.2"
ACA-U Unit
(638 g)
(86 mm)
(107 mm)
(133 mm)
System Hardware Manual
2 - 15

Issue 7
Electra Elite
Shipping
Unit
Height
Width
Depth
Weight*
6.4 lbs**
1.89"
11.47"
8.46"
ACD(8)-U( ) ETU
(2903 g)
(48 mm)
(290 mm)
(214 mm)
4.0 oz
2.25"
2.75"
5.5"
AD(A)-R Unit
(113 g)
(56.25 mm)
(68.75mm)
(137.5 mm)
2.3 oz
1.1"
2.3"
3.9"
ADA-U Unit
(65 g)
(29 mm)
(59 mm)
(99 mm)
5.6 oz
2.25"
2.75"
5.5"
AP(A)-R Unit or AP(R)-R Unit
(158 g)
(56.25 mm)
(68.75mm)
(137.5 mm)
4.3 oz
2.4"
2.3"
4.8"
APA-U Unit or APR-U Unit
(122 g)
(60 mm)
(59 mm)
(121 mm)
460.8 oz
13.1"
13.7"
18"
B64-U( ) KSU
(13063 g)
(312 mm)
(348 mm)
(457 mm)
14.6 oz
1.97"
9.45"
7.68"
BRT(4)-U( ) ETU
(414 g)
(50 mm)
(240 mm)
(195 mm)
13.2 oz
1.97"
9.45"
7.68"
BSU(2)-U( ) ETU
(374 g)
(50 mm)
(240 mm)
(195 mm)
12.0 oz
1.97"
9.45"
7.68"
CCH(4)-U( ) ETU
(340 g)
(50 mm)
(240 mm)
(195 mm)
12.0 oz
1.89"
11.47"
8.46"
CNF(8)-U( )ETU
(340 g)
(48 mm)
(290 mm)
(214 mm)
13.6 oz
1.97"
9.45"
7.68"
COI(4)-U( ) ETU
(385 g
(50 mm)
(240 mm)
(195 mm)
16.6 oz
1.97"
9.45"
7.68"
COI(8)-U( ) ETU
(471 g)
(50 mm)
(240 mm)
(195 mm)
14.4 oz
1.97"
9.45"
7.68"
COIB(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU
(408 g)
(50 mm)
(240 mm)
(195 mm)
14.4 oz
1.97"
9.45"
7.68"
COID(4)-U( ) ETU
(408 g)
(50 mm)
(240 mm)
(195 mm)
17.3 oz
1.97"
9.45"
7.68"
COID(8)-U( ) ETU
(490 g)
(50 mm)
(240 mm)
(195 mm)
13.4 oz
1.97"
9.45"
7.68"
CPUB( )-U( ) ETU
(380 g)
(50 mm)
(240 mm)
(195 mm)
4.0 oz
2.25"
2.75"
5.5"
CT(A)-R Unit
(113 g)
(56.25 mm)
(68.75mm)
(137.5 mm)
4.3 oz
2.4"
2.3"
4.8"
CTA-U Unit
(122 g)
(60 mm)
(59 mm)
(121 mm)
12 lbs**
1.89"
11.47"
8.46"
CTI/VP(4)/(8)/(12)/(16)-U( ) ETU
(5.44 Kg)
(48 mm)
(290 mm)
(214 mm)
9.5 oz
2.4"
4.3"
4.4"
CTU(C)-U Unit
(270 g)
(60 mm)
(110 mm)
(112 mm)
2 - 16
System Specifications

Electra Elite
Issue 7
Shipping
Unit
Height
Width
Depth
Weight*
9.5 oz
2.4"
4.3"
4.4"
CTU(S)-U Unit
(270 g)
(60 mm)
(110 mm)
(112 mm)
74.4 oz
2.75"
13.5"
9.75"
DBM(B)-U( ) Box
(2109 g)
(70 mm)
(343 mm)
(248 mm )
74.4 oz
2.75"
13.5"
9.75"
DBM(E)-U( ) Box
(2109 g)
(70 mm)
(343 mm)
(248 mm )
53 oz
4.2"
12.8"
7.14"
DCR-60-1 Console
(1503 g)
(107mm)
(326 mm)
(182mm)
53 oz
3.6"
8.8"
10.6"
DCU-60-1 Console
(1503 g)
(92 mm)
(223 mm)
(270 mm)
15.5 oz
1.97"
9.45"
7.68"
DID(4)-U( ) ETU
(439 g)
(50 mm)
(240 mm)
(195 mm)
8.4 oz
1.5"
5.5"
$.75"
DP-D-1A Doorphone
(238 g)
(38 mm)
(140 mm)
(121 mm)
12.1 oz
1.97"
9.45"
7.68"
DPH(4)-U( ) ETU
(343 g)
(50 mm)
(240 mm)
(195 mm)
13.2 oz
1.89"
11.47"
8.46"
DTI-U( ) ETU
(374 g)
(48 mm)
(290 mm)
(214 mm)
DTP-1-1/DTP-1-2 TEL
26.8 oz
2.36"
6.22"
8.81"
DTP-1HM-1/DTP-1HM-2 TEL
(760 g)
(60 mm)
(158 mm)
(224 mm)
DTR-1-1 TEL
26.8 oz
2.47"
7.65"
9.54"
DTR-1HM-1 TEL
(760 g)
(100 mm)
(195 mm)
(243 mm)
41 oz
4.8"
7.8"
9.3"
DTP-2DT-1 TEL
(1163 g)
(123 mm)
( 197mm
(235 mm)
41 oz
2.47"
7.65"
9.54"
DTR-2DT-1 TEL
(1163 g)
(100 mm)
(195 mm)
(243 mm)
15.4 oz
2.25"
4.25"
7.5"
DTU-4R-1 TEL
(437 g)
(57 mm)
(108)
(191)
DTP-8-1 TEL
41.0 oz
4.8"
7.8"
9.3"
DTU-8-1 TEL
(1163 g)
(123 mm)
(197 mm)
(235 mm)
DTH-8-1 TEL
41.0 oz
4.78"
10.2"
9.8"
DTR-8-1 TEL
(1163 g)
(122 mm)
(260 mm)
(250 mm)
DTP-8D-1 TEL
43.5 oz
4.8"
7.8"
9.3"
DTU-8D-2 TEL
(1233 g)
(123 mm)
(197 mm)
(235 mm)
DTH-8D-1 TEL
43.5 oz
4.78"
10.2"
9.8"
DTR-8D-1 TEL
(1233 g)
(122 mm)
(260 mm)
(250 mm)
53 oz
6.00"
9.08"
8.04"
DTP-16HC-1 TEL
(1503 g)
(152 mm)
(230 mm)
(204 mm)
DTP-16-1 TEL
41 oz
4.8"
7.8"
9.3"
DTU-16-1 TEL
(1162 g)
(123 mm)
(197 mm)
(235 mm)
System Hardware Manual
2 - 17

Issue 7
Electra Elite
Shipping
Unit
Height
Width
Depth
Weight*
DTP-16D-1 TEL
43.5 oz
4.8"
7.8"
9.3"
DTU-16D-2 TEL
(1233 g)
(123 mm)
(197 mm)
(235 mm)
DTH-16D-1 TEL
43.5 oz
4.78"
10.2"
9.8"
DTR-16D-1 TEL
(1233 g)
(122 mm)
(260 mm)
(250 mm)
DTP-32-1 TEL
46 oz
4.8"
8.7"
9.3"
DTU-32-1 TEL
(1304 g)
(123 mm)
(220 mm)
(235 mm)
DTP-32D-1 TEL
48 oz
4.8"
8.7"
9.3"
DTU-32D-2 TEL
(1361 g)
(123 mm)
(220 mm)
(235 mm)
DTH-32D-1 TEL
48 oz
4.78"
10.2"
9.8"
DTR-32D-1 TEL
(1361 g)
(122 mm)
(260 mm)
(250 mm)
14.4oz
4.5"
6.1"
8.62"
DTR-1R-1 TEL
(408 g)
(114 mm)
(153 mm)
(218 mm)
15.4 oz
2.25"
4.25"
7.5"
DTR-4R-1 TEL
(437 g)
(57 mm)
(108)
(191)
21.2 oz
1.97"
9.45"
7.68"
ECR-U( ) ETU
( 344 g)
(50 mm)
(240 mm)
(195 mm)
49 oz
2.72"
6.89"
8.81"
EDW-48-1/2 TEL
(1389 g)
(69 mm)
(175 mm)
(223 mm)
14.5 oz
1.97"
9.45"
7.68"
ESI(8)-U( ) ETU
(411 g)
(50 mm)
(240 mm)
(195 mm)
26oz
3.42"
5.51"
7.48"
ETW-4R-1 TEL
(737 g)
(87 mm)
(140 mm)
(190 mm)
32 oz
3.98"
6.89"
8.81"
ETW-8-1/2 TEL
(907 g)
(101mm)
(175 mm)
(223 mm)
35 oz
3.98"
6.89"
8.81"
ETW-16DC-1/2 TEL
(992 g)
(101mm)
(175 mm)
(223 mm)
39 oz
3.98"
8.07"
8.81"
ETW-16DD-1/2 TEL
(1106 g)
(101mm)
(205 mm)
(223 mm)
39 oz
3.98"
8.07"
8.81"
ETW-24DS-1/2 TEL
(1106 g)
(101mm)
(205 mm)
(223 mm)
14.6 oz
1.89"
11.47"
8.46"
EXP-U10 ETU
(414 g)
(48 mm)
(290 mm)
(214 mm)
6.4 lbs**
1.89"
11.47"
8.46"
FMS(2)/(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU
(2903 g)
(48 mm)
(290 mm)
(214 mm)
6.4 lbs**
1.89"
11.47"
8.46"
FMS/VMS/CMS-U30 ETU
(2903 g)
(48 mm)
(290 mm)
(214 mm)
7.1 oz
2.4"
4.2"
5.2"
HFU-U Unit
(201 g)
(60 mm)
(107 mm)
(133 mm)
32 oz
5.0"
10"
10"
IPT(4)-U( ) ETU
( 907 g)
(127 mm)
(254 mm)
(254 mm)
2 - 18
System Specifications

Electra Elite
Issue 7
Shipping
Unit
Height
Width
Depth
Weight*
32 oz
5.0"
10"
10"
IPT(8)-U( ) ETU
( 907 g)
(127 mm)
(254 mm)
(254 mm)
12.1 oz
1.97"
9.45"
7.68"
MIFA-U( ) ETU
(343 g)
(50 mm)
(240 mm)
(195 mm)
12.3 oz
1.97"
9.45"
7.68"
MIFM-U( ) ETU
(349 g)
(50 mm)
(240 mm)
(195 mm)
13.4 oz
1.97"
9.45"
7.68"
OPX(2)-U( ) ETU
(380 g)
(50 mm)
(240 mm)
(195 mm)
10.7 oz
1.97"
9.45"
7.68"
PBR( )-U( ) ETU
(303 g)
(50 mm)
(240 mm)
(195 mm)
13.2 oz
1.97"
9.45"
7.68"
PRT(1)-U( ) ETU
(374 g)
(50 mm)
(240 mm)
(195 mm)
20 lbs
20"
15
8.5
RAK-U10 Unit
9072g
(507 mm)
(380 mm)
( 216 mm)
13.0 oz
1.97"
9.45"
7.68"
SLI(4)-U( ) ETU
(370 g)
(50 mm)
(240 mm)
(195 mm)
14.1 oz
1.97"
9.45"
7.68"
SLI(8)-U( ) ETU
(400 g)
(50 mm)
(240 mm)
(195 mm)
9 oz.
1.8"
2.8"
4.8"
SLT(1)-U( ) ADP
(255 g)
(45 mm)
(70 mm)
(120 mm)
13.8 oz
1.97"
9.45"
7.68"
TLI(2)-U( ) ETU
(391 g)
(50 mm)
(240 mm)
(195 mm)
12.4 oz
2.5"
8.8"
10.8"
VDD-U Unit
(352 g)
(63 mm)
(224mm)
(275 mm)
18.4 oz
1.97"
9.45"
7.68"
VDH2(8)-U( ) ETU
(522 g)
(50 mm)
(240 mm)
(195 mm)
6.4 lbs**
1.89"
11.47"
8.46"
VMS(2)/(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU
(2903 g)
(48 mm)
(290 mm)
(214 mm)
12.0 oz
1.97"
9.45"
7.68"
VRS(4)-U( ) ETU
(340 g)
(50 mm)
(240 mm)
(195 mm)
10.6 oz
4.1"
5.9"
7.1"
WM-R Unit
(301 g)
(104 mm)
(151 mm)
(180 mm)
10.6 oz
4.1"
5.9"
7.1"
WMU-U Unit
(301 g)
(104 mm)
(151 mm)
(180 mm)
20 oz
5.75"
5.75"
2.5"
WMU-W Unit
(567 g)
(147 mm)
(147 mm)
(63 mm)
* Shipping weight includes the shipping carton.
** Shipping weight includes the shipping carton and documentation.
System Hardware Manual
2 - 19

Issue 7
Electra Elite
4.9
External Equipment Interface
Input signal levels, impedance, contact ratings, and connector
types are listed for externally connected equipment.
4.9.1
Music on Hold/Station Background Music
¥
Auxiliary Input:
0.6V PPS Signal Level
¥
Input Impedance:
600
Music for Station BGM via
COIB/COI( )-U( ) ETU
¥
Auxiliary input:
0.6 V PPS Signal Level
¥
Input Impedance:
600
4.9.2
External Paging (Audio)
¥
Output Power:
-10 dBm Signal Level
¥
Output Impedance:
600
¥
Relay Contact Rating: 500 mA, 24 Vdc
4.9.3
External Tone Ringer/Night Chime Output
¥
Output Power:
-10 dBm
¥
Output Impedance:
600
¥
Relay Contact Rating: 500 mA, 24 Vdc
4.9.4
SMDR Output
¥
Female Connector (System Output):
Standard RS-232C (straight)
4.9.5
PC Connection
¥
Female Connector (System Output):
Standard RS-232C (straight)
4.9.6
ACD/MIS Connector
¥
Female Connector (System Output):
Standard RS-232C
4.9.7
Relay Contact
¥
All Relay Contact Ratings: 500 mA, 24 Vdc
2 - 20
System Specifications

Electra Elite
Issue 7
4.10 Audible and Visual Indications
The tables in this section provide the audible and visual indications
used in the Electra Elite 192 systems.
4.10.1
Tone Patterns
Tones are used in the Electra Elite 192 systems to inform
the station user of various system functions such as, dial
tone, busy tone, or ringback tone. Table 2-11 Tone
Patterns lists the frequency and the pattern for the tones
used in the Electra Elite 192 system.
4.10.2
LED Flash Patterns
The Electra Elite 192 system provides 2-color LEDs.
Green is used primarily for I-Use conditions and for
outside calls. Red is used primarily for Other Use
conditions and internal calls. Refer to Table 2-12 Multiline
Terminal LED Flash Pattern.
System Hardware Manual
2 - 21

Issue 7
Electra Elite
Table 2-11 Tone Patterns

Frequency
System Tone
Intermit
(Hz)
Cycle
(Fixed)
(Default)
(Fixed)
0.5 sec
Busy Tone
480/620
60 IPM
0.5 sec
0.5 sec
Call Waiting Tone
440
60 IPM
0.5 sec
Second Dial Tone
0.2 5 sec
350/440
120 IPM
0.25 s ec
2400 Modulation
Howler Tone
Continuous
(16 Hz)
Internal Dial Tone
350/440
Continuous

1 sec On
1 sec
Internal Ringback Tone
440/480
2 sec Off
2 sec
LCR Dial Tone
440
Continuous
0.25 sec
Reorder Tone
480/620
120 IPM
0.25 sec
Service Set Tone
440
Continuous
0.125 sec
Special Dial Tone
440
240 IPM
0.125 sec

1 sec
Tone Burst 1 Tone
440
Continuous

1 sec
Tone Burst 2 Tone
620
Continuous
2 sec On
Tie/DID Ringback Tone
440/480
2 sec
4 sec Off
4 sec
Camp-On Tone

0.7 sec
Call Alert Notification
440
Continuous
Attendant Tone Override

DIT Alert Tone
480/620
Continuous
0.5 sec
Call Forward Alert Tone
Call Forward
350/440
120 IPM
0.25 sec ON x 2~3 bursts
Configuration Tone
2 - 22
System Specifications

Electra Elite
Issue 7
Table 2-12 Multiline Terminal LED Flash Pattern

LED
Condition
Color
Flash Patterns
I-Use
Green
Busy
Red
Incoming Call
Red
W I-Hold
Green
Call Hold
Red
Hold Recall
Green
Transfer Recall
Green
Live Monitoring Mode
Green
Message Waiting on Line Key
Red
Microphone
ON
Red
MIC
ON (Electra Elite IPK/Series i)
Red
W I-Use
Red
ICM Incoming Call
Red
ICM
Voice Over Broker
Red
Incoming Internal Call
Red
Incoming Outside Call
Green
Large LED
Message from Attendant
Green
Voice Mail Message
Red
P ON
Red
System Data Entry
Red
Conference in Progress/Barge In
Red
R All Conference Circuits Used
Red
Hold Conference Call
Red
ICM Call Hold
Red
SPD Confirmation
Red
O Incoming Trunk
Red
Exclusive Hold
Green
User Ringing Line Preference
Red
Voice Over with Broker's Call
Green
T Callback Set
Red
Auto Repeat Set
Red
ON (to set function)
Red
Call FWD - All Calls Set
Red
W Use, Hold
Red
DND, Call FWD-All Calls Set T Red
BLF or
Special Mode (while pressing

Red
DSS Key
or going off-line)
0
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0 sec.
System Hardware Manual
2 - 23

Issue 7
Electra Elite
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
2 - 24
System Specifications

Chapter 3
Hardware Requirements
3rd Tab

Hardware Requirements
Chapter 3
SEC
TION 1

GENERAL
INFORMATION
The technician should be familiar with the Electra Elite 192 system before
attempting to install it. Review this chapter carefully.
SEC
TION 2

PROGRAMMING
STATIONS
Two programming positions are available in the Electra Elite 192 system.
Station equipment that is connected to the first ESI(8)-U( ) ETU is
automatically set as a programming position that must have a display
Multiline Terminal.
SEC
TION 3

ATTENDANT STATIONS
An unlimited number of Attendant positions can be assigned in the Electra
Elite 192 system. An Attendant Position can have one to four DCU-60-1
Consoles attached. Each Attendant Console must be supported by an
ESI(8)-U( ) ETU. A maximum of four Attendant Consoles can be installed
in each Electra Elite 192 system.
SEC
TION 4

PROGRAMMING FROM
A PC
Electra Elite 192 systems can be programmed using a personal computer.
The Menu Programming option available with PC Programming allows the
technician/end-user easy access to all information that can be
programmed on the Electra Elite 192 system. The PC must be a 486 or
higher and have Windows 95 or higher to be compatible with the Electra
Elite 192 system.
System Hardware Manual
3 - 1

Issue 7
Electra Elite
SEC
TION 5

PROGRAMMING FROM
A MULTILINE TERMINAL
Programming for the Electra Elite 192 system is accomplished through PC
Programming. As an added convenience, programming can be
accomplished using Electra Elite or Electra Professional Multiline
Terminals with LCD. Programming should be used after the system is
installed and initial assignments are made. Using the Multiline Terminal is
a quick way to access system data and make changes. To program from a
Multiline Terminal one of the following terminals is required.
¥
DTP/DTH/DTR-8D-1 TEL
¥
DTU-8D-2 TEL
¥
DTP/DTH/DTR-16D-1 TEL
¥
DTU-16D-2 TEL
¥
DTP/DTH/DTR-32D-1 TEL
¥
DTU-32D-2 TEL
¥
ETW-16DC-1/2 TEL
¥
ETW-16DD-1/2 TEL
¥
ETW-24DS-1/2 TEL
SEC
TION 6

ELECTRA ELITE
REMOTE PC
PROGRAMMING
The Electra Elite 192 system can be programmed from a remote location
using a personal computer.
6.1
Remote Programming
To provide remote programming the following hardware is required:
¥ Analog CO Trunk or system SLT Port (not needed if the
optional internal modem is used)
¥ Straight RS-232C cable and adapter (provided with the
MIFM-U( ) ETU) cable to connect a locally provided modem
(not needed if the optional internal modem is used)
¥ MIFM-U( ) ETU installed in the Electra Elite 192 system
3 - 2
Hardware Requirements

Electra Elite
Issue 7
SEC
TION 7

DETERMINING
REQUIRED EQUIPMENT
To determine equipment type and quantity to be installed, the technician
must be familiar with available station equipment and interface ETUs.
7.1
Station Equipment
The station equipment that can be installed with the Electra Elite
192 system is listed below.
Equipment
Description
DBM(B)-U10 Box
Basic Message Display Board
with 8 LEDs
DBM(E)-U10 Box
Expansion Message Display
Board with 8 LEDs
DCR-60-1/DCU-60-1
Attendant Console with 60
CONSOLE
programmable line keys
DTP/DTH/DTR-2DT-1 TEL
2-line digital Multiline Terminal
without LCD
DTP/DTH/DTR/DTU-8-1 TEL
8-line digital Multiline Terminal
without LCD
DTP/DTH/DTR-8D-1 TEL
8-line digital Multiline Terminal
DTU-8D-2 TEL
with LCD and softkeys
DTP/DTU-16-1 TEL
16-line digital Multiline Terminal
without LCD
DTP/DTH/DTR-16D-1 TEL
16-line digital Multiline Terminal
DTU-16D-2 TEL
with LCD and softkeys
DTP-16HC-1 TEL
16-line digital stand alone
terminal with direct connection
to a single port on the
ESI(8)-U10 ETU
DTP/DTU-32-1 TEL
32-line digital Multiline Terminal
without LCD
DTP/DTH/DTR-32D-1 TEL
32-line digital Multiline Terminal
DTU-32D-2 TEL
with LCD and softkeys
DTR-1R-1 TEL
Dterm Multiline Cordless
Telephone without LCD
DTR-4R-1 TEL
Dterm Multiline Cordless
Telephone with LCD
System Hardware Manual
3 - 3

Issue 7
Electra Elite
Equipment
Description
DTU-4R-1TEL
Multiline Cordless Telephone
with LCD
ETW-8-1/2 TEL
8-line Multiline Terminal without
LCD
ETW-16DC-1/2 TEL
16-line Multiline Terminal with
LCD
ETW-16DD-1/2 TEL
16-line Multiline Terminal with
LCD
ETW-24DS-1/2 TEL
24-line Multiline Terminal with
LCD
ETW-4R-1 TEL
Multiline Cordless Telephone
with LCD
EDW-48-1/2 DSS/BLF
48-line DSS/BLF or outside
lines with 12 function keys.
SLT(1)-U10 ADP
Single Line Telephone interface
Adapter
7.2
Interface ETUs
The slots in the Electra Elite 192 KSUs are flexible except for the
first slot in each KSU that is reserved for the CPUB/I( )-U( ) ETU or
EXP-U10 ETU. Figure 3-1 Interface Slot and System Port Numbers
for an Electra Elite System shows the slot and port numbers.
The MIFA-U( ) ETU must be installed in the ISA slot for MIS to
work.
The MIFA-U( ) ETU with KMA(1.0)U must be installed in the ISA
slot for ACD to work.
MIFM-U( ) ETU must be installed in S1 or S2 for the internal socket
modem to work. It can be installed in the ISA slot or S1/S2 if a
locally provided external modem is used.
The MIFM-U( ) ETU with KMM(1.0)U must be installed in the ISA,
S1, or S2 slot for LCR and Caller ID scrolling and dialing to work.
3 - 4
Hardware Requirements

Electra Elite
Issue 7

Basic and Expansion KSUs for CPUB-U( ) ETU
136
144
152
160
168
176
184
192
135
143
151
159
167
175
183
191
134
142
150
158
166
174
182
190
EXP
133
141
149
157
165
173
181
189
(KSU2)
132
140
148
156
164
172
180
188
131
139
147
155
163
171
179
187
130
138
146
154
162
170
178
186
129
137
145
153
161
169
177
185
S1
S2
S3
S4
S5
S6
S7
S8
72
80
88
96
104
112
120
128
71
79
87
95
103
111
119
127
70
78
86
94
102
110
118
126
EXP
69
77
85
93
101
109
117
125
(KSU1)
68
76
84
92
100
108
116
124
67
75
83
91
99
107
115
123
66
74
82
90
98
106
114
122
65
73
81
89
97
105
113
121
S1
S2
S3
S4
S5
S6
S7
S8
8
16
24
32
40
48
56
64
7
15
23
31
39
47
55
63
ISA
6
14
22
30
38
46
54
62
(BASIC
KSU)
5
13
21
29
37
45
53
61
BUS
4
12
20
28
36
44
52
60
SLOT
3
11
19
27
35
43
51
59
2
10
18
26
34
42
50
58
1
9
17
25
33
41
49
57
S1
S2
S3
S4
S5
S6
S7
S8
Figure 3-1 Interface Slot and System Port Numbers for an Electra Elite System
System Hardware Manual
3 - 5

Issue 7
Electra Elite
7.2.1
Determining Telephone and CO Port Numbers
Telephone and CO Ports numbers are provided with the
Electra Elite 192 system to count the station numbers and
trunk numbers when programming System Data. The
example below indicates how the CO and trunk numbers
can be used.
The following ETUs are installed for the Figure 3-2
Telephone and CO Port Numbering Example.
Slot
ETU
S1
DTI-U( ) (16 channels used)
S2
Open
S3
ESI(8)-U( )
S4
TLI(2)-U( )
S5
COI(8)-U( )
S6
SLI(8)-U( )
S7
DID(4)-U( )
S8
Open

Open
CO
CO
Telephone
CO
CO
Telephone
CO
Ports
Ports
Ports
Ports
Ports
Ports
Ports
Open
1 ~ 8
9 ~
1 ~ 8
17 ~ 18
19 ~ 26
9 ~ 16
27~ 30
16
S1
S2
S3
S4
S5
S6
S7
S8
Figure 3-2 Telephone and CO Port Numbering Example

3 - 6
Hardware Requirements

Electra Elite
Issue 7
7.2.2
Determining the Number of Required Interface ETUs
Table 3-1 Number of Required Interface ETUs lists each
feature and the associated hardware necessary for the
operation of the feature.
Table 3-1 Number of Required Interface ETUs
Maximum
Required
Required
Feature
ETUs per
ETU
Feature Key
System
ANI/Caller ID (Refer to )
MIFM-U( )
KMM(1.0)U
1
Automatic Call Distribution
MIFA-U( )
KMA(1.0)U
1
Least Cost Routing
MIFM-U( )
KMM(1.0)U
1
PC Programming
MIFM-U( )
None
1
SMDR
MIFM-U( )
None
1
Uniform Call Distribution
MIFA-U( )
None
1
Wireless Service Console (WSC) MIFM-U( )
None
1

The Caller ID feature works without the MIFM-U( ) ETU. However, the
Caller ID scrolling and dialing both require the MIFM-U( ) ETU with
KMM(1.0)U attached.
7.2.3
PBR Requirements
The Electra Elite 192 system has four built-in Push Button
Receiver (PBR) circuits on the CPUB( )-U( ) ETU. The
PBR circuit detects and translates DTMF tones generated
by Single Line Telephones, facsimile machines, modems,
or analog voice mail ports. Incoming DTMF signals can
also be detected from a CO trunk using the DISA feature.
The system Auto Attendant feature and DISA feature
must use the CPUB( )-U( ) ETU PBR circuits.
An optional PBR( )-U( ) ETU that provides an additional
four circuits can be installed. The number of PBR( )-U( )
ETUs needed depends on the number of Single Line
Telephones, facsimile machines, modems, and analog
voice mail ports needed. Automated Attendant and DISA
trunks connected to the system must also be considered.
When the optional PBR( )-U( ) ETU is installed, these
PBR circuits can be used only for SLI ports connected to
the system.
System Hardware Manual
3 - 7

Issue 7
Electra Elite
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
3 - 8
Hardware Requirements

Chapter 4
Installing KSUs
4th Tab

Installing KSUs
Chapter 4
SEC
TION 1

GENERAL
INFORMATION
This chapter contains the necessary information to help the technician
install the KSUs for the Electra Elite 192 system. The technician should be
familiar with this section before installing any equipment.
SEC
TION 2

SITE PREPARATION
AND MDF/IDF
CONSTRUCTION
Preinstallation planning is essential. Advanced planning minimizes
installation time, cost, and disruption of the customer business activities.
2.1
Precautionary Information
Observe the following warnings during installation.
1.
Never install telephone wiring during a lightning storm.
2.
Never install telephone jacks in wet locations unless the jack
is specifically designed for wet locations.
3.
Never touch uninsulated telephone wires or terminals unless
the telephone line is disconnected at the network interface.
4.
Use caution when installing or modifying telephone lines.
2.2
Surveying the Customer Site
In most cases, a survey of the customer site is necessary to
determine the proper placement of the Main Distribution Frame
(MDF), the exact dimensions of the area selected for the MDF,
cabling requirements, and possible Intermediate Distribution Frame
(IDF) locations.
System Hardware Manual
4 - 1

Issue 7
Electra Elite
The information obtained at the customer site can permit the
installer to partially assemble the MDF before installation at the
customer premise. This can help reduce the time spent installing at
the customer site to reduce downtime.
2.3
Selecting the Best Location for Proper Installation
2.3.1
Selecting the KSU Installation Site
When a site is selected for the installation of the KSU,
consider the following conditions to ensure proper
installation.
¥
KSUs are normally wall mounted to protect against
accident or flooding.
¥
The KSU should not be located directly beneath
pipes. Leaks or condensation could damage the
Electra Elite system equipment.
¥
The area where the KSU is located must be free of
corrosive and inflammable gases, excessive
chemical or industrial dusts, and other materials that
could cause a hazard to personnel or to the proper
functioning of the equipment.
¥
The operating ambient temperature and humidity
must be within the limits specified in 4.2.2
Environmental Conditions in Chapter 2 System
Specifications.
¥
The operation of the system is virtually noiseless
and allows wide selection of installation sites. Take
care to ensure the KSUs do not present a hazard to
office traffic. To minimize cabling costs, a
centralized location must be chosen.
¥
Locate the KSU at a site where a dedicated AC
power source is readily available.
¥
Connect the KSU only to a dedicated AC
receptacle that is not being used for any other
device such as a computer, copier, or facsimile
machine.
4 - 2
Installing KSUs

Electra Elite
Issue 7
2.3.2
Selecting a Permanent MDF Location
When selecting a permanent site for the MDF, the
technician may encounter some of the following
conditions.
¥
Limited space is available but must be used.
¥
The available space may pose one or more
environmental hazards.
¥
The proposed location has limitations such as
insufficient lighting or the lack of a suitable ground
for the KSUs.
¥
The technician that encounters these conditions
must provide the best possible solution for installing
the equipment. This document cannot cover all
possible situations, precautions, and actions.
2.3.3
Selecting a Site for Installing the Telephones
When a site is selected for telephone installation,
consider the following conditions to ensure proper
installation.
¥
Ensure that the cable length and line resistance
(loop), between the KSU and the telephones,
comply with the specifications show in Table 2-3
Multiline Terminal Loop Resistance and Cable
Length.
¥
Select a place where devices that require an
external power supply can be easily connected to
an AC outlet.
2.4
Constructing the Main Distribution Frame (MDF)
The Main Distribution Frame (MDF) consists of two different
standard quick-connect terminal blocks that are mounted on a 3/4"
plywood backboard. Mounting these blocks on standoffs for ease of
access is recommended. The recommended blocks are 66B50 for
termination of the MDF Cable Assembly and 66M50 for termination
of the station cables.
The Intermediate Distribution Frame (IDF) requires the 66M50
blocks only.
System Hardware Manual
4 - 3

Issue 7
Electra Elite
Both the MDF and the IDF use standard bridging clips for each
terminal block. The bridging clips mate the left half of the terminal
block (terminated cable run) to the right half of the terminal block
(crossconnection wire) to the terminal block (crossconnection wire).
The bridging clips are also useful during troubleshooting to help
isolate the cable runs and terminals/telephones from the central
equipment and the Central Office Network from the system. Refer
to Figure 4-1 Typical Full MDF Layout.
66B50
66M50
Telco
Type
Type
RJ21X
4 Feet
3 Feet
Figure 4-1 Typical Full MDF Layout
The Electra Elite 192 KSU is connected to each of the Multiline
Terminals, Single Line Telephones, optional equipment, CO/PBX,
DID, ISDN, 4-wire E&M Tie lines (Types I and V), and FT1 digital
trunks by separate twisted-pair cable through the MDF. The 4-wire
E&M Tie lines, FT1 lines, and ISDN lines require multiple
twisted-pair cabling. Table 4-1 MDF Cable Connections provides
the necessary cabling information.
4 - 4
Installing KSUs

Electra Elite
Issue 7

Table 4-1 MDF Cable Connections
COI
MDF
Station
Station
COI/
COIB
Running
SLI
SLI
DTI/
Pin
Cable
Cable
ESI
OPX
COID
or
DID
TLI
BRT
ECR
DPH
BSU
Cable
(8)
(4)
PRT
N0.
DTU
ETW
(8)
COID
(4)
First ETU
26
WHBL
GN
BK
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
GND
TA
TA-1
EP
DP
ZT II
Zone 3
1
1
BLWH
RD
YL
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
--
TB
TB-1
1
27
WHOR
GN
BK
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
E-1
RA
RA-1
EP
DP
Zone 2
2
2
ORWH
RD
YL
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
M-1
RB
RB-1
28
WHGN
GN
BK
T
T
T
--
T
T
T
T-1
--
TA-2
EP
DP
ZT II
Zone 1
3
3
GNWH
RD
YL
R
R
R
--
R
R
R
R-1
--
TB-2
2
29
WHBR
GN
BK
T
T
T
--
T
T
T
T1-1
--
RA-2
Night
DP
Chime
4
4
BRWH
RD
YL
R
R
R
--
R
R
R
R1-1
--
RB-2
30
WHSL
GN
BK
T
T
--
--
T
--
--
GND
--
TA-3
External
Tone
DLR
Ringer
1
5
SLWH
RD
YL
R
R
--
--
R
--
--
--
--
TB-3
4
31
RD--BL
GN
BK
T
T
--
--
T
--
--
E-2
--
RA-3
External
Tone
DLR
Ringer
2
6
BLRD
RD
YL
R
R
--
--
R
--
--
M-2
--
RB-3
3
32
RD-OR
GN
BK
T
T
--
--
T
--
--
T-2
--
TA-4
External
Tone
DLR
Ringer
3
7
ORRD
RD
YL
R
R
--
--
R
--
--
R-2
--
TB-4
2
33
RDGN
GN
BK
T
T
--
--
T
--
T1-2
--
RA-4
External
Fax
Tone
DLR
Brnch
Ringer
4
8
GNRD
RD
YL
R
R
--
--
R
--
R1-2
--
RB-4
1
System Hardware Manual
4 - 5

Issue 7
Electra Elite
Table 4-1 MDF Cable Connections (Continued)
COI
MDF
Station
Station
COI/
COIB
Running
SLI
SLI
DTI/
Pin
Cable
Cable
ESI
OPX
COID
or
DID
TLI
BRT
ECR
DPH
BSU
Cable
(8)
(4)
PRT
N0.
DTU
ETW
(8)
COID
(4)
Second ETU
TA*
ZT II
34
RDBR
GN
BK
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
GND
EP
DP
TA-1
1
Zone 3
1
9
BRRD
RD
YL
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
--
TB*
TB-1
35
RDSL
GN
BK
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
E-1
RA*
RA-1
EP
DP
Zone 2
2
10
SLRD
RD
YL
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
M-1
RB*
RB-1
ZT II
36
BKBL
GN
BK
T
T
T
--
T
T
T
T-1
--
EP
DP
TA-2
2
Zone 1
3
11
BLBK
RD
YL
R
R
R
--
R
R
R
R-1
--
TB-2
37
BKOR
GN
BK
T
T
T
--
T
T
T
T1-1
--
RA-2
Night
DP
Chime
4
12
ORBK
RD
YL
R
R
R
--
R
R
R
R1-1
--
RB-2
38
BKGN
GN
BK
T
T
--
--
T
--
--
GND
--
TA-3
External
Tone
DLR
Ringer
1
13
GNBK
RD
YL
R
R
--
--
R
--
--
--
--
TB-3
4
39
BKBR
GN
BK
T
T
--
--
T
--
--
E-2
--
RA-3
External
Tone
DLR
Ringer
2
14
BRBK
RD
YL
R
R
--
--
R
--
--
M-2
--
RB-3
3
40
BKSL
GN
BK
T
T
--
--
T
--
--
T-2
--
TA-4
External
Tone
DLR
Ringer
3
15
SLBK
RD
YL
R
R
--
--
R
--
--
R-2
--
TB-4
2
41
YLBL
GN
BK
T
T
--
--
T
--
T1-2
--
RA-4
External
Fax
Tone
DLR
Brnch
Ringer
4
16
BLYL
RD
YL
R
R
--
--
R
--
R1-2
--
RB-4
1
* Series 8000 or higher
4 - 6
Installing KSUs

Electra Elite
Issue 7
Table 4-1 MDF Cable Connections (Continued)
COI
MDF
Station
Station
COI/
COIB
Running
SLI
SLI
DTI/
Pin
Cable
Cable
ESI
OPX
COID
or
DID
TLI
BRT
ECR
DPH
BSU
Cable
(8)
(4)
PRT
N0.
DTU
ETW
(8)
COID
(4)
Third ETU
42
YLOR
GN
BK
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
GND
TA*
TA-1
DP
ZT II
EP
1
1
Zone 3
17
ORYL
RD
YL
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
--
TB*
TB-1
43
YLGN
GN
BK
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
E-1
RA*
RA-1
EP
DP
Zone 2
2
18
GNYL
RD
YL
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
M-1
RB*
RB-1
44
YLBR
GN
BK
T
T
T
--
T
T
T
T-1
--
TA-2
EP
DP
ZT II
Zone 1
3
2
19
BRYL
RD
YL
R
R
R
--
R
R
R
R-1
--
TB-2
45
YLSL
GN
BK
T
T
T
--
T
T
T
T1-1
--
RA-2
Night
DP
Chime
4
20
SLYL
RD
YL
R
R
R
--
R
R
R
R1-1
--
RB-2
46
VIBL
GN
Bk
T
T
--
--
T
--
--
GND
--
TA-3
Ext
DLR
Ringer 4
1
21
BLVI
RD
YL
R
R
--
--
R
--
--
--
--
TB-3
47
VIOR
GN
BK
T
T
--
--
T
--
--
E-2
--
RA-3
Ext
DLR
Ringer 3
2
22
ORVI
RD
YL
R
R
--
--
R
--
--
M-2
--
RB-3
48
VIGN
GN
BK
T
T
--
--
T
--
--
T-2
--
TA-4
Ext
DLR
Ringer 2
3
23
GNVI
RD
YL
R
R
--
--
R
--
--
R-2
--
TB-4
49
VIBR
GN
BK
T
T
--
--
T
--
T1-2
--
Fax
RA-4
Ext Tone
DLR
Brnch
Ringer 1
4
24
BRVI
RD
YL
R
R
--
--
R
--
R1-2
--
RB-4
50
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
25
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
* Series 8000 or higher

PFT circuits are only connected to AMP3.

AMP1 is connected to S1, S2, and S3.

AMP2 is connected to S4, S5, and S6.

AMP3 is connected to S7 and S8.
System Hardware Manual
4 - 7

Issue 7
Electra Elite

Table 4-2 MDF PFT Connections (J3 Onl y)
MDF Pin
PFT
Number
Connection
26
Not Used
Not Used
1
Not Used
Not Used
27
Not Used
Not Used
2
Not Used
Not Used
28
Not Used
Not Used
3
Not Used
Not Used
29
Not Used
Not Used
4
Not Used
Not Used
30
Not Used
Not Used
5
Not Used
Not Used
31
Not Used
Not Used
6
Not Used
Not Used
32
Not Used
Not Used
7
Not Used
Not Used
33
Not Used
Not Used
8
Not Used
Not Used
34
Not Used
Not Used
9
Not Used
Not Used
35
Not Used
Not Used
10
Not Used
Not Used
36
Not Used
Not Used
11
Not Used
Not Used
37
Not Used
Not Used
12
Not Used
Not Used
38
Not Used
Not Used
13
Not Used
Not Used
39
Not Used
Not Used
14
Not Used
Not Used
40
Not Used
Not Used
15
Not Used
Not Used
41
Not Used
Not Used
16
Not Used
Not Used
4 - 8
Installing KSUs

Electra Elite
Issue 7
Table 4-2 MDF PFT Connections (J3 Only) (Continued)
MDF Pin
PFT
Number
Connection
42
PFT1 CO
(Tip)
17
PFT1 CO
(Ring)
43
PFT1 SLI
(Tip)
18
PFT1 SLI
(Ring)
44
PFT1 SLT
(Tip)
19
PFT1 SLT
(Ring)
45
PFT2 CO
(Tip)
20
PFT2 CO
POWER
(Ring)
FAILURE
46
PFT2 SLI
TRANSFER
(Tip)
RELAY 1
21
PFT2 SLI
(Amp 3
(Ring)
Connections
47
PFT2 SLT
Only)
(Tip)
22
PFT2 SLT
(Ring)
48
PFT3 CO
(Tip)
23
PFT3 CO
(Ring)
49
PFT3 SLI
(Tip)
24
PFT3 SLI
(Ring)
50
PFT3 SLT
(Tip)
25
PFT3 SLT
(Ring)

PFT circuits are only connected
to AMP3.

AMP1 is connected to S1, S2,
and S3.

AMP2 is connected to S4, S5,
and S6.

AMP3 is connected to S7 and
S8.
System Hardware Manual
4 - 9

Issue 7
Electra Elite
2.5
Power Failure Transfer
The Power Failure Transfer relay is located in the KSU. When
selecting a Single Line Telephone for power failure transfer, make
sure it matches the CO line dialing type (10 pps, 20 pps, or DTMF)
where it is connected. A Single Line Telephone with a ground
button must be used with Ground Start Trunks. Figure 4-2 Power
Failure Transfer Connections is a relay diagram. The relay is shown
with the power ON.

There are three PFT Circuits for each B64-U10 KSU.

T
E
M
Tip
C
L
D
O
Relay 1
C
F
I
Ring
O
M
S
Tip
D
L
F
I
SLT
Ring
Figure 4-2 Power Failure Transfer Connections
4 - 10
Installing KSUs

Electra Elite
Issue 7
2.6
Fax CO Branch Connection
This connection is made via the fourth port on any COI(4)-U( ),
COIB(4)-U( ), or COID(4)-U( ) ETU. Refer to Figure 4-3 Fax CO
Branch Connection. The facsimile machine is connected to the
eighth port for the slot where the COI(4)-U( ), COIB(4)-U( ), or
COID(4)-U( ) ETU is installed.
Demark
T1
T
R1
R
T2
T
R2
R
CO
T3
T
R3
R
T4
T
R4
R
T8
R8
FAX
RJ-11
Figure 4-3 Fax CO Branch Connection
SEC
TION 3

INSTALLING BASIC
AND EXPANSION
KSUS
The compact design of the Electra Elite 192 KSU provides easy
installation. The KSUs can be floor mounted or wall mounted. Only the
Basic KSU can be floor mounted. The floor mounting option is for
demonstration purposes only. The information in this section provides
detailed instructions for installing the KSU.
Before installing the system; observe the following
precautions.
¥
Before beginning installation, ensure that the Power Supply
Unit (PSU) is OFF and that the power cord is disconnected
from the AC outlet.
¥
Do not touch the soldered surfaces of the ETUs.
System Hardware Manual
4 - 11

Issue 7
Electra Elite
3.1
General Information
3.1.1
Basic KSU
The B64-U10 KSU provides service for outside lines,
Attendant Consoles, and interconnection of the station
terminals. The B64-U10 KSU provides 64 ports and has
two fixed and eight flexible slots. The first fixed slot is
reserved for the CPUB( )-U( ) ETU in the basic KSU or for
the EXP-U10 ETU in expansion KSUs. The second fixed
slot is for the MIFA-U( ) or MIFM-U( ) ETU. A Power Supply
Unit (P64-U10 PSU) and backup batteries are provided
with the basic KSU.
3.1.2
Expansion KSUs
The B64-U10 KSU is also used as the expansion unit that
can be attached to the basic KSU to provide an additional
64 ports. Two expansion units can be added to the Electra
Elite 192 system, providing a maximum of 192 ports. Each
expansion KSU provides eight flexible slots and
accommodates 8-channel interface cards. A Power Supply
Unit (P64-U10 PSU) and backup batteries are included with
each expansion unit.
The installation instructions provided in this chapter apply
to the basic B64-U10 KSU and the expansion B64-U10
KSUs unless otherwise specified.
3.2
Removing the KSU Cover
To access the battery, cables, and ETU slots, the front cover must
be removed.
1.
Loosen the screw that is located near the ON/OFF switch, on
the right side of the KSU. Do not remove screw from the unit.
4 - 12
Installing KSUs

Electra Elite
Issue 7
2.
To remove the front panel, slide it to the right and pull.
Figure 4-4 Removing the Front Panel of the KSU
3.3
Installing a Front Cover Extender (FCE-U10 Unit)
When installing a VDH2(8)-U( ) ETU, a Front Cover Extender is
required to allow for the cabling.
Figure 4-5 Front Cover Extender (FCE-U10 Unit)
System Hardware Manual
4 - 13

Issue 7
Electra Elite
1.
Install the ETU in the KSU and connect the applicable cables.
When installing a VDH2(8)-U( ) ETU, install the cable clamp
on the KSU frame as shown in Figure 4-6 Mounting the Cable
Clamp on the KSU Frame.
Figure 4-6 Mounting the Cable Clamp on the KSU Frame
2.
Attach the sponge (provided) to the inner surface of the
clamp lining and close the clamp over the cables as shown in
Figure 4-7 Attaching the Sponge to the Clamp.
Sponge
Figure 4-7 Attaching the Sponge to the Clamp
4 - 14
Installing KSUs

Electra Elite
Issue 7
3.
Place the hooks at the top of the cover (previously removed)
into the hangers on the extender and slide left to engage.
Attach the front cover to the front cover extender using the
two screws. Refer to Figure 4-8 Attaching the Front Cover
and Front Cover Extender.
Figure 4-8 Attaching the Front Cover and Front Cover Extender
4.
To install the front cover and front cover extender on the
KSU, place the hooks at the top of the front extender in the
KSU slots and slide left to engage. Install the provided screw.
Refer to Figure 4-9 Attaching the Front Cover and the Front
Cover Extender to the KSU.
System Hardware Manual
4 - 15

Issue 7
Electra Elite

Figure 4-9 Attaching the Front Cover and the Front Cover
Extender to the KSU
3.4
Securing Cables Using the Velcro Strap
Amphenol cables attached to the side of the KSU can be secured
using the provided velcro strap. When wall mounting, this should be
done prior to attaching the KSU to the wall mount bracket.
1.
Thread the velcro strap through the hook on the back side of
the KSU.
Figure 4-10 Threading the Velcro Strap Through the Hook on
the KSU
4 - 16
Installing KSUs

Electra Elite
Issue 7
2.
To install Expansion KSUs, use the Expansion Cable
(included with the EXP-U10 ETU) to connect the
CPUB( )-U( ) ETU to the Expansion ETU. Secure the
Expansion Cable to the KSU Frame using tie wraps. To only
install a basic KSU, proceed to the next step.
Tie Wraps
Tie Wraps
Figure 4-11 Connecting the Expansion Cable
3.
When one or two amphenol cables are attached to the KSU,
the velcro strap can be threaded around the cable and
through the hooks.
Figure 4-12 Threading the Velcro Strap to Secure One or Two
Amphenol Cables
System Hardware Manual
4 - 17

Issue 7
Electra Elite
4.
When all three amphenol cables are used, the velcro strap is
threaded around the cables and attached to the KSU.
Figure 4-13 Threading the Velcro Strap to Secure Three
Amphenol Cables
3.5
Wall Mounting the Basic KSU
1.
Before wall mounting the KSU, Use the four (locally provided)
screws to attach the wall mount bracket to the wall as shown
in Figure 4-14 Attaching the Wall Mount Bracket.
Figure 4-14 Attaching the Wall Mount Bracket
4 - 18
Installing KSUs

Electra Elite
Issue 7
2.
After the bracket is mounted to the wall, peel off the spacer
backing. Place and adhere the spacer to the position shown
in Figure 4-15 Attaching the Wall Mount Bracket with Spacer.
2.17 in.
Spacer
2.56 in.
Figure 4-15 Attaching the Wall Mount Bracket with Spacer
3.
Hang the KSU on the two hooks protruding from the wall
mount bracket as shown in Figure 4-16 Hanging the Basic
KSU on the Bracket.
System Hardware Manual
4 - 19

Issue 7
Electra Elite

Figure 4-16 Hanging the Basic KSU on the Bracket
4.
Secure the KSU to the wall by placing a screw (locally
provided) and washer into the hole in the center of the wall
mount bracket as shown in Figure 4-17 Securing the Basic
KSU to the Wall.
Figure 4-17 Securing the Basic KSU to the Wall
4 - 20
Installing KSUs

Electra Elite
Issue 7
3.6
Wall Mounting the Expansion KSU
1.
Fit the bottom of the Expansion Wall Mount Bracket to the top
of the Basic Wall Mount Bracket. Refer to Figure 4-18
Attaching the Expansion Wall Mount Bracket to the Basic
Wall Mount Bracket.

Figure 4-18 Attaching the Expansion Wall Mount Bracket
to the Basic Wall Mount Bracket
2.
Hang the KSU on the two hooks protruding from the
expansion wall mount bracket as shown in Figure 4-16
Hanging the Basic KSU on the Bracket.
3.
To secure the KSU to the wall, install a screw (locally
provided) in the hole in the center of the wall mount bracket
as shown in Figure 4-24 Securing the KSU to the Floor
Mounting Bracket.
System Hardware Manual
4 - 21

Issue 7
Electra Elite
3.7
Rack Mounting the Basic KSU
1.
Mount the RAK-U10 Unit to the equipment rack using the six
provided screws. Refer to Figure 4-19 RAK-U10 Unit and
KSU. Use three screws on the right side (at 1, 2, and 3) and
three screws on the left side.
Wall Mount
Bracket
A
1
A1
KSU
2
3
RAK-U10 Unit
Figure 4-19 RAK-U10 Unit and KSU
2.
Mount the Wall Mount Bracket onto the RAK-U10 Unit using
the four provided screws. Install two screws in the upper
holes (at A) and two screws in the lower holes (at A1).
4 - 22
Installing KSUs

Electra Elite
Issue 7
3.
After the bracket is mounted to the RAK-U10 Unit, hang the
KSU on the two hooks protruding from the Wall Mount
Bracket, as shown in Figure 4-20 Hanging the KSU on the
Bracket.
Hooks
KSU
Figure 4-20 Hanging the KSU on the Bracket
4.
Secure the KSU to the RAK-U10 Unit by installing a provided
screw into the KSU tab and bracket hole A2. Refer to Figure
4-21 Securing the KSU to the RAK-U10 Unit.
A2
Tab
KSU
Figure 4-21 Securing the KSU to the RAK-U10 Unit
System Hardware Manual
4 - 23

Issue 7
Electra Elite
3.8
Rack Mounting the Expansion KSU
1.
Refer to Figure 4-22 Location for Rack Mounting the KSUs,
for the proper location of rack mounting the Basic KSU and
the Expansion KSUs.
C
C
C
C
2nd Exp.
C
KSU
B
B
B
1st Exp.
B
B
KSU
A
A
A
A
Basic
A
KSU
RAK-U10 Unit
Figure 4-22 Location for Rack Mounting the KSUs
2.
The Basic KSU is installed in the lower position of the rack
mounting bracket. The Basic KSU is secured using the five
threaded screw holes marked A.
3.
The 1st Expansion KSU is installed in the center position and
is secured using the five threaded screw holes marked B.
4.
The 2nd Expansion KSU is installed in the upper position and
is secured using the five threaded screw holes marked C.
4 - 24
Installing KSUs

Electra Elite
Issue 7
3.9
Floor Mounting the Basic KSU
Only the B64-U10 KSU with no expansion KSU can be floor
mounted.
1.
Use the four locally provided screws to attach the floor mount
bracket to the floor.
2.
Slide the KSU over the four hooks protruding from the floor
mount bracket as shown in Figure 4-23 Floor Mounting the
Basic KSU.
Figure 4-23 Floor Mounting the Basic KSU
3.
To secure the KSU to the floor mounting bracket, install the
two screws as indicated in Figure 4-24 Securing the KSU to
the Floor Mounting Bracket.
System Hardware Manual
4 - 25

Issue 7
Electra Elite

Figure 4-24 Securing the KSU to the Floor
Mounting Bracket
3.10 Cable Routing
3.10.1
Connecting the Battery Expansion Cables on the KSU
1.
Use the DC Expansion Cable (included with the
EXP-U ETU) to connect the BATTERY EXT on the
Basic KSU to the BATTERY EXT of the Expansion
KSU.
Power Cable
Tie Wrap
Expansion Cable
Power Cable
FG Terminal
Figure 4-25 Connecting DC Expansion Cables
4 - 26
Installing KSUs

Electra Elite
Issue 7
2.
To connect an Expansion KSU, use the two screws
to attach the FG plate to the Basic and Expansion
KSUs. Refer to Figure 4-26 Attaching the Frame
Ground Plate. (When installing a second Expansion
KSU, another FG plate is required.)
FG Plate
Figure 4-26 Attaching the Frame Ground Plate
3.10.2
Grounding Requirements
The KSUs must be properly grounded. The Electra Elite
KSUs are provided with a typical AC third-wire ground. If
this ground is questionable, an alternative ground must
be provided.
1.
Connect the grounding cable (green wire) to the
ground terminal on the right side of the Basic KSU.
The locally provided grounding cable AWG must be
greater than #16.
System Hardware Manual
4 - 27

Issue 7
Electra Elite

Figure 4-27 KSU Grounding
2.
Provide a suitable ground inside of a building in
accordance with local telephone company
procedures.
3.
When no suitable ground is available, a ground rod
should be installed in accordance with the operating
procedures of the local telephone company.
4 - 28
Installing KSUs

Electra Elite
Issue 7
3.11 Replacing the Power Supply Unit in the KSU
The Electra Elite 192 system has a P64-U10 PSU for each KSU.
The Power Supply Unit has a battery backup interface and accepts
117 Vac and outputs +5V and 24V to the system.

Before replacing the PSU, remove the defective PSU and
verify that the power cord on the replacement PSU is
unplugged.
3.11.1
Connecting the Power Supply Unit to the Basic KSU
1.
Connect the 8-wire cable from the PSU to the
connector on the backboard of the KSU.
Cable
Connections
Figure 4-28 Connecting Wires to the PSU
System Hardware Manual
4 - 29

Issue 7
Electra Elite
2.
Install the P64-U10 PSU into the bottom space of
the KSU and attach to the KSU using the two
provided screws.
Figure 4-29 Mounting the PSU onto the KSU
3.
Lead the KSU power cable through the clamp and
connect the PSU as shown in Figure 4-30
Connecting the PSU Power Cable to the Basic KSU.
Clamp
Clamp
FG Terminal
Clamp
Power Cable
Figure 4-30 Connecting the PSU Power Cable to the
Basic KSU
4 - 30
Installing KSUs

Electra Elite
Issue 7
3.11.2
Connecting Battery Expansion Cables to the Expansion
KSU
1.
Lead the Battery Expansion Cables (included in the
Expansion KSU) through the clamps and tie them to
the KSU with a tie wrap on the expansion KSU.
Tie Wrap
Frame
Ground
Terminal
DC
Expansion
Cable
DC
Expansion
Cable
Figure 4-31 Connecting Battery Expansion Cables to the
Expansion KSU
2.
When using two expansion KSUs, connect the PSU
of each expansion KSU with the Battery expansion
cables, lead the cables through the clamps, and tie
them with a tie wrap.
System Hardware Manual
4 - 31

Issue 7
Electra Elite
3.11.3
Fuse Replacement
For continued protection against risk of fire,
replace fuses with the same type and rating
originally installed.
1.
Turn off the power switch and remove the front
cover on the KSU. (Refer to Figure 4-4 Removing
the Front Panel of the KSU.)
2.
Pull out the drawer that holds the PSU and
disconnect the cable as shown in Figure 4-32
Removing the PSU from the KSU.
Cable
Connections
Figure 4-32 Removing the PSU from the KSU
4 - 32
Installing KSUs

Electra Elite
Issue 7
3.
Replace the fuses as necessary and return the PSU
to the KSU. Fuse F1 is a 125V, 6A fuse for AC input.
Fuse F101 is a 125V, 6.0A fuse for DC input.
F101 (DC In)
F1 (AC In)
Figure 4-33 PSU Fuse Replacement
3.12 Installing Built-In and External Batteries in the KSU
3.12.1
Built-In Battery Installation
1.
Connect the two batteries in series as shown in
Figure 4-34 Connecting Built-In Batteries. The red
cord attaches to the red terminal and the black cord
attaches to the black terminal.
Be careful, and properly connect the
terminals of the batteries.

Figure 4-34 Connecting Built-In Batteries
System Hardware Manual
4 - 33

Issue 7
Electra Elite
2.
Install the batteries into the bottom space at the left
side the KSU. Refer to Figure 4-35 Placing the
Batteries into the KSU.
3.
Install the battery cover as illustrated in Figure 4-35
Placing the Batteries into the KSU.
Figure 4-35 Placing the Batteries into the KSU
4.
Connect the cable to the BATTERY INT connector
of the PSU as shown in Figure 4-36 Connecting the
Batteries to the Power Supply Unit.
Figure 4-36 Connecting the Batteries to the Power
Supply Unit
4 - 34
Installing KSUs

Electra Elite
Issue 7
3.12.2
External Battery Installation
Batteries that are purchased locally can be connected to
the system as external batteries.
When installing external batteries, disconnect
the battery cable for the built-in batteries from
the BATTERY EXT connector of each KSU. When
the built-in batteries are connected with the
external batteries, a large charging current could
flow from the external batteries to the built-in
batteries and burn the battery cables.
3.12.2.1
Basic KSU
1.
Connect cabling to the external batteries
as shown in Figure 4-37 Connecting
Cables for External Batteries in the Basic
KSU.
Figure 4-37 Connecting Cables for External
Batteries in the Basic KSU
System Hardware Manual
4 - 35

Issue 7
Electra Elite
2.
Connect the external batteries to the
KSU in the location shown in Figure 4-38
Connecting the External Battery to the
Basic KSU. Connect the external battery
cable to the EXT connector on the PSU
of the Basic KSU. Bundle any extra
cabling together.
Figure 4-38 Connecting the External Battery
to the Basic KSU
3.
Route the cables through the clamps on
the KSU as shown in Figure 4-39
Threading the Cables Through the
Clamps on the Basic KSU.
4 - 36
Installing KSUs

Electra Elite
Issue 7

Figure 4-39 Threading the Cables Through the
Clamps on the Basic KSU
4.
Before putting the cover on the Basic
KSU, remove the knockout (indicated by
the arrow) with nippers. Refer to Figure
4-40 Removing the Knockout on the
Cover of the Basic KSU.
Figure 4-40 Removing the Knockout on the Cover
of the Basic KSU
System Hardware Manual
4 - 37

Issue 7
Electra Elite
5.
Lead the battery cables through the
knockout and secure the front cover on
the Basic KSU. Refer to Figure 4-41
Leading the Battery Cables out of the
Basic KSU.
Figure 4-41 Leading the Battery Cables out of
the Basic KSU
3.12.2.2
Expansion KSU
When connecting batteries to the Expansion
KSUs, connections that must also be made to
the Basic KSU are noted in the following
instructions. Although a 3-cabinet drawing is
not provided, the third KSU draws its external
battery power by connecting a cable to the
EXT connection of the second KSU. This
provides a daisy-chain connection between all
three KSUs.
1.
Connect cabling provided by NEC to the
external batteries as shown in Figure
4-37 Connecting Cables for External
Batteries in the Basic KSU.
4 - 38
Installing KSUs

Electra Elite
Issue 7
2.
Connect the external battery cable to the
EXT connector on the PSU of the Basic
KSU and the Expansion KSU as shown
in Figure 4-42 External Battery Cable
Installation. Bundle any extra cabling
together.
Connecting this cable to PSU
EXT connector solves voltage
drop problems.

To EXT
To
T E
XT
To EXT
Figure 4-42 External Battery Cable Installation
System Hardware Manual
4 - 39

Issue 7
Electra Elite
3.
Connect the battery cable that comes
from the Expansion KSU to the Basic
KSU to the EXT connector on the PSU of
the Basic KSU. Route the cables through
the clamps on the Basic and Expansion
KSUs as shown in Figure 4-43 Threading
the Cables through the Clamps on the
Basic and Expansion KSUs.
Figure 4-43 Threading the Cables through the
Clamps on the Basic and Expansion
KSUs
4 - 40
Installing KSUs

Electra Elite
Issue 7
4.
Connect the battery cable that comes
from the Basic KSU to the extra battery
connector of the battery cable above.
Before putting the covers on the Basic
and Expansion KSUs, remove the
knockouts (indicated by the arrows) with
nippers. On the Basic KSU, knockouts
must be removed from the top and the
bottom of the KSU cover. On the
Expansion KSU, only the bottom
knockout is removed. Refer to Figure
4-44 Removing the Knockouts on the
Covers of Basic and Expansion KSUs.
Basic KSU
Expansion KSU
Figure 4-44 Removing the Knockouts on the
Covers of Basic and Expansion
KSUs
System Hardware Manual
4 - 41

Issue 7
Electra Elite
5.
Lead the battery cables through the
knockouts on the Basic and Expansion
KSUs and secure the front covers on the
KSUs. Refer to Figure 4-45 Leading the
Battery Cables out of the Basic and
Expansion KSUs.
Figure 4-45 Leading the Battery Cables out of
the Basic and Expansion KSUs
4 - 42
Installing KSUs

Chapter 5
Installing Electronic
Telephone Units
5th Tab

Installing Electronic
Telephone Units
Chapter 5
SEC
TION 1

GENERAL
INFORMATION
Each Electronic Telephone Unit (ETU) is installed in a slot in the Basic or
Expansion KSU.
The B64-U10 KSU has 10 slots that are divided into three categories.
CPU/EXP Slot
This is the first slot on the left in the KSU. A CPUB( )-U( ) ETU must be
installed in this slot in the Basic KSU and an EXP-U10 ETU must be
installed in this slot in the Expansion KSU.
When the CPUB( )-U( ) ETU is installed in slots
S1~S8, it will be damaged!
ISA/ Slot
This slot, the second slot in the KSU, is reserved for the MIFA-U( ) or
MIFM-U( )ETU.

Do not install a CPU or EXP ETU in this slot in the Expansion KSU.
Interface Slots (S1~S8)
In the B64-U10 KSU, interface slots are physically located in slots 3~10
but are labeled S1~S8 on the KSU. All other interface ETUs can be
installed in any of these slots.
Slots S1 and S2 of the B64-U10 KSU are universal slots that support the
MIFA-U( ) ETU or MIFM-U( ) ETU.
This chapter describes each ETU and the installation procedures.
System Hardware Manual
5 - 1

Issue 7
Electra Elite
SEC
TION 2

INSTALLATION
2.1
Installation Precautions
Observe the following precautions when installing
the ETUs to avoid static electricity damage to
hardware or exposure to hazardous voltages.
¥
The ETUs used in this system make extensive use of CMOS
technology that is very susceptible to static; therefore,
extreme care must be taken to avoid static discharge when
handling ETUs.
¥
Make all switch setting changes on the ETU before inserting it
into the KSU.
¥
When installed, the component side of all ETUs must face the
left side of the KSU. Ejector tabs are always on top. Refer to
Figure 5-1 Inserting the ETU into the KSU.
Figure 5-1 Inserting the ETU into the KSU
¥
When carrying an ETU, keep it in a conductive polyethylene
bag to prevent damage due to static electricity.
¥
When handling an ETU, the installer must wear a grounded
wrist strap to protect the ETU from static electricity.
5 - 2
Installing Electronic Telephone Units

Electra Elite
Issue 7
¥
When inserting or removing an ETU, be sure the wrist strap is
connected to the Frame Ground Terminal on the KSU.
ETU
KSU
Wrist
Strap
Frame
Ground
Terminal
Figure 5-2 Inserting or Removing ETUs from the KSU
¥
When holding an ETU, do not touch the components or the
soldered surfaces with your bare hands. Place one hand
under the bottom corner of the ETU and with the other hand
hold the ejector tab (located in the top corner of the ETU).
Ejector
Tab
Figure 5-3 Handling an ETU
System Hardware Manual
5 - 3

Issue 7
Electra Elite
¥
When setting switches on the ETU, wear a wrist strap and
stand on a grounded conductive work surface to avoid static
electricity.
ETU
Wrist
Strap
Grounded
Conductive
Surface
Figure 5-4 Safety Precautions when Setting Switches on an ETU
¥
Do not touch the surface of the ETU. A small screw driver
can be used to change the switch settings when the installer
follows the recommended safety precautions.
5 - 4
Installing Electronic Telephone Units

Electra Elite
Issue 7
2.2
Inserting an ETU into the KSU Slots
1.
To unlock the ETUs slots, move the slide bar to the left.
2.
Slide the ETU into the proper slot in the KSU.
3.
After the ETU is pushed all the way to the back of the KSU,
move the slide bar to the right to lock the ETU slots.

Figure 5-5 Sliding the ETU into the KSU Slot
System Hardware Manual
5 - 5

Issue 7
Electra Elite
2.3
Removing an ETU from the KSU
1.
To unlock the ETUs, move the slide bar to the left.
2.
Lift the ejector tab on the ETU and pull the ETU out of the slot.
Figure 5-6 Lifting the Ejector Tabs on the ETU
3.
To secure remaining ETUs, move slide bar to the right.
5 - 6
Installing Electronic Telephone Units

Electra Elite
Issue 7
SEC
TION 3

COMMON CONTROL
UNITS
The Electronic Telephone units described in this section control the
common functions of the KSU.
3.1
CPUB( )-U( ) ETU
3.1.1
Description
The CPUB( )-U( ) ETU is the Central Processing Unit for
the system. This ETU has a Central Processing Unit and
a Microprocessing Unit and supports a maximum of 192
ports for the Electra Elite system.
A 32-bit microprocessor executes the programs stored on
the Flash ROM ICs of the MPU unit. This controls the
entire system when data is transferred to and from other
ETUs.
This ETU provides the following items:
¥
Time Division Switch (TDSW)
¥
Static Random Access Memory (SRAM)
¥
32-bit Processor
¥
4-channel DTMF Receiver (PBR)
¥
Sixteen 4-party Conference Circuits
¥
Internal (digital music) Music-on-Hold source
¥
External Music-on-Hold input (also used for station
background music)
¥
Flash ROM
¥
Call Progress and DTMF Tone Generator
¥
Memory Backup Battery (Retains memory for
approximately 21 days)
¥
Key Function (KF)/Multifunction (MF) Registration
System Hardware Manual
5 - 7

Issue 7
Electra Elite
3.1.2
Installation
Each system must have a CPUB( )-U( ) ETU in the CPU/
EXP slot of the basic B64-U10 KSU. Refer to Figure 5-7
CPUB( )-U( ) ETU.
When the CPUB( )-U10 ETU is
installed in slots S1~S8, it will be
damaged!

Figure 5-7 CPUB( )-U( ) ETU
5 - 8
Installing Electronic Telephone Units

Electra Elite
Issue 7
3.1.3
Switch Settings
Refer to Table 5-1 CPUB( )-U( ) ETU Default Switch
Settings.
Table 5-1 CPUB( )-U( ) ETU Default Switch Set tings
SW1-1
SW1-2
Description
Off
Off
Normal Operation
On
Off
Flash ROM load from COM1 port
Off
On
Factory Test
On
On
Flash ROM load from EPROM
SW1-3
Description
Off
MF Mode
On
KF Mode
SW2
Description
Momentary Switch
System Reset
SW3-1
Description
On
System boot by EPROM
Off
System boot by Flash ROM
SW3-2
Description
N/A
Not Used

P P
r res
essisi
n n
g g
SW
SW 2 i
2 i n
ntte
e r
r r
r u
u p
ptts al
s al l s
e
s r
e v
r i
v c
i e a
c
n
e a d
nd
c c
a aus
use e
s s a
a
s
sec econd i
ond init n
ia it
li ia
zaltiza
i
ti
on. on.

UseTh

is
this
s
sww
it itc
ch h
s
only hou
as ld
a
no
last r t be
esort us
.
ed in an
System Hardware Manual
5 - 9

Issue 7
Electra Elite
3.1.4
Connectors
Before programming System Data, the battery must be
connected to CN4 to allow memory retention if a power
failure or brownout occurs. If a brownout or power failure
does occur, and the battery backup circuit is not activated,
System Data resets to the default values, all stations in
the system reset to the default values, and all data
programmed on individual stations is cleared.
When a CPUB( )-U( ) ETU is installed in the system, the
clock/calendar must be set. This also applies when
battery backup fails for any reason.
When CPUB( )-U( ) ETU is removed for long term storage,
disconnect the battery from CN4. This prevents the
battery from discharging completely. The fully charged
battery retains memory for approximately 21 days.
The CPUB( )-U( )ETU has the following connectors:
¥
CN1
Connects to the backboard
¥
CN2
Connects to the ISA-bus
¥
CN3
Connects to CN2 on the EXP-U10 ETU
using the expansion cable
¥
CN4
Connects to the memory backup battery
using the battery cable (factory installed)
¥
CN5
Connects to CN1 of the CLKG-U( ) Unit
¥
CN6
Connects to CN2 of the CLKG-U( ) Unit
3.1.5
LED Indications
Table 5-2 CPUB( )-U( ) ETU LED Indications
LED
Description
On
Flashing Off
LIVE
CPU status
Operation stopped
Normal Operation
No Power
(Power On)
LED2
Power status
System Power On
Not Used
System Power Off
5 - 10
Installing Electronic Telephone Units

Electra Elite
Issue 7
3.1.6
Replacing Memory Backup Battery
The CPUB( )-U( ) ETU provides memory backup for
approximately 21 days. The Ni-Cad battery should be
replaced about every two years.
1.
Remove the battery cable from CPUB( )-U( ) ETU
CN4. Refer to Figure 5-7 CPUB( )-U( ) ETU.
2.
Connect the cable from the new battery to CN4 on
the CPUB( )-U( ) ETU.
3.
Turn off the KSU power.
4.
Remove the CPUB( )-U( ) ETU from the slot in the
KSU.
5.
Using a suitable cutting tool, cut the tie wrap and
remove the old the battery.
6.
Fasten the new battery with a tie wrap.
7.
Install the CPUB( )-U( ) ETU again.
8.
Turn on the KSU power.
3.2
CLKG-U( ) Unit
3.2.1
Description
The CLKG-U( ) Unit provides clock synchronization for
FT1 lines, ISDN-BRI lines, ISDN-PRI, and Wireless lines
that are connected to the system.
This unit works with DTI-U( ), BRT(4)-U( ), PRT(1)-U( )
and BSU(2)-U( ) ETUs and is piggybacked on the
CPUB( )-U( ) ETU.
System Hardware Manual
5 - 11

Issue 7
Electra Elite

Figure 5-8 CLKG-U( ) Unit
3.2.2
Installation
Only one CLKG-U( ) Unit can be installed.
3.2.3
Connectors
The CLKG-U( ) Unit has two connectors:
¥
CN1
Connects to CN5 on the CPUB( )-U( ) ETU
¥
CN2
Connects to CN6 on the CPUB( )-U( ) ETU
3.2.4
Switch Settings
Leave SW1 set to ISDN.PHS when ISDN/T1 or ISDN/T1
and Wireless trunks are installed.
When only Wireless trunks are installed, set SW1 to PHS.
5 - 12
Installing Electronic Telephone Units

Electra Elite
Issue 7
3.3
EXP-U10 ETU
3.3.1
Description
The EXP-U10 ETU is the Expansion KSU Controller. This
ETU controls transmission between the CPUB( )-U( )
ETU and the other ETUs installed in the expansion KSU if
it is installed.
Figure 5-9 EXP-U10 ETU
3.3.2
Installation
Turn system power off, and install the EXP-U10 ETU in
the CPU slot of the expansion KSU.
System Hardware Manual
5 - 13

Issue 7
Electra Elite
3.3.3
Connectors
The EXP-U10 ETU has three connectors:
¥
CN1
Connects to the backboard
¥
CN2
Connected to CN3 on the CPUB( )-U( )
ETU or CN3 on EXP-U10 ETU (installed in
the first expansion cabinet) using an
expansion cable
¥
CN3
Connected to the CN2 on the EXP-U10
ETU installed in the third expansion
cabinet using the expansion cable

Not used when the EXP-U10 ETU is
installed in the last Expansion KSU.
3.4
KMA(1.0)U
3.4.1
Description
The KMA(1.0)U is a feature module that is installed on the
MIFA-U( ) ETU to provide ACD with MIS.
3.4.2
Installation
Like all ICs, this unit has a notch on one side. Find the
notch on the IC6 silkscreen, and align the KMA(1.0)U so
the notches are on the same side before installing.
3.5
KMM(1.0)U
3.5.1
Description
The KMM(1.0)U is a feature module that is installed on the
MIFM-U( ) ETU to provide LCR or Caller ID scrolling and
dialing features.
3.5.2
Installation
Like all ICs, this unit has a notch on one side. Find the
notch on the IC6 silkscreen, and align the KMM(1.0)U so
that the notches are on the same side before installing.
5 - 14
Installing Electronic Telephone Units

Electra Elite
Issue 7
3.6
MIFA-U( ) ETU
3.6.1
Description
The MIFA-U( ) provides additional memory and
processing power to support UCD and ACD with MIS
features. UCD is standard with this ETU, but the ACD
with MIS requires a KMA(1.0)U to be installed on the
MIFA-U( )ETU.
Figure 5-10 MIFA-U( ) ETU
3.6.2
Installation
Only one MIFA-U( ) can be installed in the system. When
ACD MIS is used, the MIFA-U( ) must be installed in the
ISA slot and have the KMA(1.0)U installed on it. The
MIFA-U10 ETU can be installed in the first or second IF
slot of the basic B-64 KSU if KMA(1.0)U is not installed.
System Hardware Manual
5 - 15

Issue 7
Electra Elite
3.6.3
Switch Settings
Refer to Table 5-3 MIFA-U( ) Default Switch Settings.

Table 5-3 MIFA-U( ) Default Switch Settings
SW2-1
SW2-2
Description
Off
Off
Normal Operation
On
Off
Factory Test
Off
On
Not Used
On
On
Flash ROM load from
EPROM
SW1
Description
On
System boot by Flash ROM
Off
System boot by EPROM
3.6.4
LED Indications
Table 5-4 MIFA-U( ) LED Indications
LED
Description
On
Flashing Off
LIVE
ETU status
Operation stopped
Normal Operation
No Power
(Power On)
LED1
Programming status
Problem when
Loading Flash ROM
Not Used
loading Flash ROM
from EPROM
or
PC or LCR
Programming
connected
5 - 16
Installing Electronic Telephone Units

Electra Elite
Issue 7
3.6.5
Connectors
The MIFA-U( )ETU has four connectors:
¥
CN1
Connects to the backboard
¥
CN2
Connects to the backboard
¥
CN3 Used to connect the ETU backup battery
during installation, and disconnect the
battery when storing the ETU
¥
IC6 Socket
for
the
optional
KMA(1.0)U
The ACD MIS cable connects at the COM4, a standard
female RS-232C DCE port, on the KSU that contains the
MIFA-U( ) ETU. A straight RS-232C cable is required.
System Hardware Manual
5 - 17

Issue 7
Electra Elite
3.7
MIFM-U( ) ETU
3.7.1
Description
This ETU provides additional memory and processing
power for PC Programming, Wireless activation, SMDR,
LCR, and ANI/Caller ID. PC Programming/Wireless
activation and SMDR are standard with this ETU. LCR
and Caller ID scrolling and dialing require installation of
the KMM(1.0)U on the MIFM-U( ) ETU.
When the MIFM-U( ) ETU is installed in an IF slot (as
opposed to the ISA slot) the Modem Kit Unit can be
mounted on the MIFM-U( ) ETU. This method is desirable
because the Modem Kit Unit does not require external
cabling analog ports.
The MIFM-U( ) can be installed in the ISA slot or the first
or second IF slot in the basic B64 KSU.
Figure 5-11 MIFM-U( ) ETU
3.7.2
Installation
Only one MIFM-U( ) ETU can be installed in the system.
5 - 18
Installing Electronic Telephone Units

Electra Elite
Issue 7
3.7.3
Switch Settings
Refer to Table 5-5 MIFM-U( ) Default Switch Settings.

Table 5-5 MIFM-U( ) Default Switch Settings
SW2-1
SW2-2
Description
Off
Off
Normal Operation
On
Off
Factory Test
Off
On
Not Used
On
On
FROM (Flash ROM) load
from EPROM (Erasable
Programmable Read Only
Memory)
SW1
Description
On
System boot by Flash ROM
Off
System boot by EPROM
3.7.4
LED Indications
Table 5-6 MIFM-U( ) LED Indications
LED
Description
On
Flashing Off
LIVE
ETU status
Operation stopped
Normal Operation
No Power
(Power On)
LED1
Programming status
Problem when
Loading Flash ROM
Not Used
loading Flash ROM
from EPROM
or
PC or LCR
Programming
connected
System Hardware Manual
5 - 19

Issue 7
Electra Elite
3.7.5
Connectors
The MIFM-U( ) ETU has six connectors:
¥
CN1
Connects to the Backboard
¥
CN2
Connects to the Backboard
¥
CN3 Used to connect the ETU backup battery
during installation

Always disconnect the battery when
storing the ETU.
¥
CN4,5 Connectors for the optional Modem Kit Unit
¥
IC6 Socket
for
the
optional
KMM(1.0)U
SMDR and PC Programming connections are made (via
COM ports) on the side of the KSU that contains the
MIFM-U( ) ETU.
¥
COM1
PC/LCR/Wireless Programming
¥
COM2
SMDR
Both COM ports are standard female RS-232C DCE
ports. A straight cable is required.
When an external modem is used, connect the modem to
COM1 port via the modem cable adapter. A straight
RS-232C cable is required.
3.8
Modem Kit Unit
3.8.1
Description
This optional modem mounts on the MIFM-U( ) ETU or
PCT(S)-U( ) Unit and does not require analog port
connection. The MIFM-U( ) must be installed in IF slot S1
or S2 of the Basic KSU for this on-board modem to work.
3.8.2
Installation
The Modem Kit Unit pins and the pins of the CN4 and
CN5 socket are labeled. Align the Modem Kit Unit pins
before installing the unit. Installing it backward could
damage the Modem Kit Unit.
SEC
TION 4

TRUNK ETUS
The Electronic Telephone Units described in this section provides a link
between trunks in the Electra Elite 192 system and outside equipment. All
ETUs are installed in the interface slots of the KSU.
5 - 20
Installing Electronic Telephone Units

Electra Elite
Issue 7
4.1
BRT(4)-U( ) ETU
4.1.1
Description
The Basic Rate Trunk (BRT) Interface ETU terminates
ISDN Basic Rate Trunk lines and supports four ISDN-BRI
circuits. Each trunk supports two B channels. These
eight B channels can be used for CO trunks with DTMF
signaling. Tip and Ring electrical fuses are provided to
comply with UL 1459 requirements.
This ETU uses an S/T-type interface. When connecting to
a CO, a locally provided Network Termination unit (NT1)
is required. Caller ID is supported.
One BRT ETU provides a maximum of four ISDN circuits
that provide eight B channels to use as trunks.
Figure 5-12 BRT(4)-U( ) ETU
System Hardware Manual
5 - 21

Issue 7
Electra Elite
4.1.2
Installation
When a BRT(4)-U( ) ETU is installed, a CLKG-U( ) Unit
must be installed on the CPUB( )-U( ) ETU.
A maximum of 8 BRT(4)-U( ) ETUs can be installed in
slots S1~S4 in the basic or first expansion KSU in the
system (S7000 or lower).
Using S8000 or higher, a maximum of eight BRT(4)-U( )
ETUs can be installed in any interface slot in the system,
limited by 64 trunks.
4.1.3
Switch Settings
SW1 is the reset switch.
4.1.4
Jumpers
CN101 and CN102
¥
Set the 100 termination to On or Off for Channel 1.
Jumper Pins 1 and 2 are shorted together at the
factory to turn on the 100 terminal.
CN201 and CN202
¥
Set the 100 termination to On or Off for Channel 2.
Jumper Pins 1 and 2 are shorted together at the
factory to turn on the 100 terminal.
CN301 and CN302
¥
Set the 100 termination to On or Off for Channel 3.
Jumper Pins 1 and 2 are shorted together at the
factory to turn on the 100 terminal.
CN401 and CN402
¥
Set the 100 termination to On or Off for Channel 4.
Jumper Pins 1 and 2 are shorted together at the
factory to turn on the 100 terminal.
5 - 22
Installing Electronic Telephone Units

Electra Elite
Issue 7
4.1.5
LED Indications
Table 5-7 BRT(4)-U( ) ETU LED Indications
LED
Description
On
Flashing Off
LED1
ETU status
Operation stopped
Normal Operation
No Power
(Power On)
LED2
L1 status - BRI CKT1
L1 working
Not Used
L1 idle
LED3
L1 status - BRI CKT2
L1 working
Not Used
L1 idle
LED4
L1 status - BRI CKT3
L1 working
Not Used
L1 idle
LED5
L1 status - BRI CKT4
L1 working
Not Used
L1 idle
LED6
B1 or B2 status
Busy
Not Used
Idle
Channel 1
LED7
B1 or B2 status
Busy
Not Used
Idle
Channel 1
LED8
B1 or B2 status
Busy
Not Used
Idle
Channel 1
LED9
B1 or B2 status
Busy
Not Used
Idle
Channel 1
LED10
Communication
Communication error
Not Used
Normal
or self-diagnostics
or
Self-diagnostics in
progress
LED11
Communication
Communication error
Not Used
Normal
or self-diagnostics
or
Self-diagnostics in
progress
4.1.6
Connectors
The BRT ETU has one connector:
¥
CN1
Connects to the backboard
System Hardware Manual
5 - 23

Issue 7
Electra Elite
4.1.7
Connections

MDF for BRT ETU
TA 1
TELCO
ST/4 Wire
TB 1
NT1
Channel 1
RA 1
RB 1
Network U Interface / 2 Wire
and CO
TA 2
ST/4 Wire
NT1
TB 2
RA 2
Channel 2
RB 2
TA 3
NT1
ST/4 Wire
TB 3
RA 3
Channel 3
RB 3
TA 4
NT1
ST/4 Wire
TB 4
RA 4
Channel 4
RB 4
Figure 5-13 BRT(4)-U( ) ETU Connections
5 - 24
Installing Electronic Telephone Units

Electra Elite
Issue 7
4.2
COI(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU
4.2.1
Description
The COI(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU provides the Central Office
interface. The COI ETU contains circuitry for outside ring
detection, holding, dialing, and control functions.
This ETU can provide a CAMA trunk for Enhanced E911.
The COI(8)-U( ) ETU provides identical circuits to serve
up to eight CO trunks that can be any combination of
Loop Start or Ground Start with DTMF signaling. The
COI(4)-U( ) is for Loop Start trunks with DTMF signaling
only. ETU Tip and Ring electrical fuses are provided to
comply with UL 1459 requirements. Refer to Figure 5-14
COI(8)-U( ) ETU.
Figure 5-14 COI(8)-U( ) ETU
System Hardware Manual
5 - 25

Issue 7
Electra Elite
4.2.2
Installation
A maximum of 16/8 COI(4)/(8)-U( ) ETUs can be installed
in any IF slot in the system, limited by 64 trunks.
4.2.3
Switch Settings
Refer to Table 5-8 COI(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU Default Switch
Settings.
Table 5-8 COI(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU Default Switch Settings
Switch
Setting
Description
Set according to the
Switches between Loop Start (LP)
SW1~8
line type.
or Ground Start (GS) Trunks on
Default Setting: LP
Lines 1~8 of COI(8)-U( )ETU.
SW1~4
LP only
Always LP for COI(4)-U( ) ETU
Reset
N/A
Resets the COI ETU
4.2.4
LED Indications
Table 5-9 COI(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU LED Indications
LED
Description
On
Flashing Off
LIVE
ETU status
Operation stopped
Normal Operation
No Power
(Power On)
LED 1
Line 1 status
Busy
Not Used
Idle
COI(4)/COI(8)
LED 2
Line 2 status
Busy
Not Used
Idle
COI(4)/COI(8)
LED 3
Line 3 status
Busy
Not Used
Idle
COI(4)/COI(8)
LED 4
Line 4 status
Busy
Not Used
Idle
COI(4)/COI(8)
LED 5
Line 5 status COI(8)
Busy
Not Used
Idle
LED 6
Line 6 status COI(8)
Busy
Not Used
Idle
LED 7
Line 7 status COI(8)
Busy
Not Used
Idle
LED 8
Line 8 status COI(8)
Busy
Not Used
Idle
5 - 26
Installing Electronic Telephone Units

Electra Elite
Issue 7
4.2.5
Connectors
The COI(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU has one connector:
¥
CN1
Connects to the backboard
4.2.6
Connections
MDF
Demark
T 1
T
R 1
R
MDF
Demark
T 2
T
T 1
T
R 2
R
R 1
R
T 3
T
T 2
T
R 3
R
R 2
R
T 4
T
CO
T 3
T
R 4
R
CO
R 3
R
T 5
T
T 4
T
R 5
R
R 4
R
T 6
T

R 6
R
T 7
T
R 7
R
T 8
T
R 8
R
COI(4)-U( ) ETU
COI(8)-U( ) ETU
Figure 5-15 COI(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU Connections
System Hardware Manual
5 - 27

Issue 7
Electra Elite
4.3
COIB(4)-U( ) ETU
4.3.1
Description
This ETU can function the same as the COI(4)-U( ) or
COID(4)-U( ) ETU to provide Central Office Interface.
When the ETU is set for COID mode, Loop Start trunks
and/or Caller ID trunks are supported. When the ETU is
set for COI mode, Loop Start or Ground Start is
supported. Caller ID is not supported in the COI mode.
Connections for Ground Start Trunks are polarity
sensitive.
This ETU contains circuitry for outside ring detection,
holding, dialing, and control functions. It can also
provide a CAMA trunk for E911.
When functioning as a COI(4)-U( ) or COID(4)-U( ) ETU
only DTMF signaling is supported. Tip and Ring electrical
fuses are provided to comply with UL 1459 requirements.
Refer to Figure 5-16 COIB(4)-U( ) ETU.
Figure 5-16 COIB(4)-U( ) ETU
5 - 28
Installing Electronic Telephone Units

Electra Elite
Issue 7
4.3.2
Installation
In COI mode, a maximum of 16 COIB(4)-U( ) ETUs can
be installed in any IF slot in the system limited by 64
trunks. When used for Caller ID trunks in COID mode it
must be installed in slots S1~S4 in the basic and first
expansion B64-U10 KSUs (S7000 or lower).
Using S8000 or higher, a maximum of 14 COIB(4)-U( )
ETUs can be installed in any interface slot in the system,
limited by 64 trunks.
4.3.3
Switch Settings
Refer to Table 5-10 COIB(4)-U( ) ETU Default Switch
Settings.
Table 5-10 COIB(4)-U( ) ETU Default Switch Settings
Switch
Setting
Description
SW100
Set for line type.
Switches between Loop Start (LP)
~400
Default Setting: LP
or Ground Start (GS) Trunks.
Open for COI
Selects the function for
S1
Shorted (default) for
COIB(4)-U( ) ETU between COI
COID
or COID mode
Reset
N/A
Resets the COIB(4)-U( ) ETU
4.3.4
LED Indications
Table 5-11 COIB(4)-U( ) ETU LED Indications
LED
Description
On
Flashing Off
LIVE
ETU status
Operation stopped
Normal Operation
No Power
(Power On)
LED 1/CH1
Channel 1 status
Busy
Not Used
Idle
LED 2/CH2
Channel 2 status
Busy
Not Used
Idle
LED 3/CH3
Channel 3 status
Busy
Not Used
Idle
LED 4/CH4
Channel 4 status
Busy
Not Used
Idle
FAX
FAX status)
Busy
Not Used
Idle

Switch SW400 must be set to Loop Start for FAX CO function to work
System Hardware Manual
5 - 29

Issue 7
Electra Elite
4.3.5
Connectors
The COIB(4)-U( ) ETU has the following connectors:
¥
CN1
Connects to the backboard
¥
CN2
Future
¥
CN3 Future
4.3.6
Connections
MDF
Demark
T 1
T
R 1
R
T 2
T
R 2
R
CO
T 3
T
R 3
R
T 4
T
R 4
R
COIB(4)-U( ) ETU
Figure 5-17 COIB(4)-U( ) Connections
5 - 30
Installing Electronic Telephone Units

Electra Elite
Issue 7
4.4
COIB(4)-U20 ETU
4.4.1
Description
This ETU can function the same as the COI(4)-U( ) or
COID(4)-U( ) ETU to provide Central Office Interface.
Transmit and receive pad controls have been added to
the COIB(4)-U20 ETU. Ground Start trunks are not
supported. When the ETU is set for COID mode, Loop
Start trunks and Caller ID trunks are supported. Caller ID
does not work in the COI mode. Fax CO Branch support
is provided on the COIB(4)-U20 port 4 only.
This ETU contains circuitry for outside ring detection,
holding, dialing, and control functions.
This ETU can provide a CAMA trunk for E911.
CAMA trunk support is provided on COIB(4)-U20 port 3.
When functioning as a COI(4)-U( ) or COID(4)-U( ) ETU
only DTMF signaling is supported. Tip and Ring electrical
fuses are provided to comply with UL 1459 requirements.
Refer to Figure 5-18 COIB(4)-U20 ETU.
Figure 5-18 COIB(4)-U20 ETU
System Hardware Manual
5 - 31

Issue 7
Electra Elite
4.4.2
Installation
In COI mode, a maximum of 16 COIB(4)-U20 ETUs can
be installed in IF slots in the Electra Elite 192 system
limited by 64 trunks.
For Caller ID in COID mode, a maximum of eight
COIB(4)-U20 ETUs can be installed in slots S1~S4 in the
basic or first expansion KSU (S7000 or lower).
Using S8000 or higher, a maximum of 14 COIB(4)-U20
ETUs can be installed in any interface slot in the system,
limited by 64 trunks.
4.4.3
Switch Settings
Refer to Table 5-12 COIB(4)-U20 ETU Default Switch/
Jumper Settings.
Table 5-12 COIB(4)-U20 ETU Default Switch/Jumper Settings
Switch/
Setting
Description
Jumper
JP100~
Jumpers 1-2 shorted6dB increase
Receive pad for related channel.
400
Jumpers 2-3 shorted (default)No Gain
Jumpers 3-4 shorted6dB decrease
JP101~
Jumpers 1-2 shorted6dB increase
Transmit pad for related channel.
401
Jumpers 2-3 shorted (default)No Gain
Jumpers 3-4 shorted6dB decrease
S1
Open for COI
Selects the function for
Shorted (default) for COID
COIB(4)-U20 ETU between COI
or COID mode
Reset
N/A
Resets the COIB(4)-U20 ETU
5 - 32
Installing Electronic Telephone Units

Electra Elite
Issue 7
4.4.4
LED Indications
Table 5-13 COIB(4)-U20 ETU LED Indications
LED
Description
On
Flashing Off
LIVE
ETU status
Operation stopped
Normal Operation
No Power
(Power On)
LED 1
Channel 1 status
Busy
Not Used
Idle
LED 2
Channel 2 status
Busy
Not Used
Idle
LED 3
Channel 3 status
Busy
Not Used
Idle
LED 4
Channel 4 status
Busy
Not Used
Idle
FAX
FAX status
Busy
Not Used
Idle
4.4.5
Connectors
The COIB(4)-U20 ETU has the following connectors:
¥
CN1
Connects to the backboard
¥
CN2
Future
¥
CN3 Future
4.4.6
Connections
MDF
Demark
T 1
T
R 1
R
T 2
T
R 2
CO
R
T 3
T
R 3
R
T 4
T
R 4
R
Fax
T 8
T
Branch
R 8
R
Figure 5-19 COIB(4)-U20 ETU Connections
System Hardware Manual
5 - 33

Issue 7
Electra Elite
4.4.7
ETU Feature Chart
Caller ID
Pad
Loop
Ground
Fax
CAMA
ETU
See Note
Control
Start
Start
Branch
Trunk
COI(4)-U( )
X
X
X
COI(8)-U( )
X
X
X
COID(4)-U( )
X
X
X
X
COID(8)-U( )
X
X
X
C
OIB(4)-U( )
X
X
X
X
X
COIB(4)-U20
X
X
X
X
X
COIB(8)-U( )
X
X
X
X

Caller ID is not supported for Ground Start trunks.

CAMA trunk support is provided on COIB(4)-U20 port 3. Other ETUs listed, except COIB(8)-
U( ) ETU, support CAMA trunks on all ports.
5 - 34
Installing Electronic Telephone Units

Electra Elite
Issue 7
4.5
COIB(8)-U( ) ETU
4.5.1
Description
This ETU can function the same as the COI(8)-U( ) or
COID(8)-U( ) ETU to provide Central Office Interface.
Transmit and receive pad controls have been added to
the COIB(8)-U( ) ETU. Ground Start trunks are not
supported. When the ETU is set for COID mode, Loop
Start trunks and Caller ID trunks are supported. Caller ID
does not work in the COI mode.
This ETU contains circuitry for outside ring detection,
holding, dialing, and control functions.
This ETU can provide a CAMA trunk for E911.
CAMA trunk support is provided on COIB(8)-U( ) ports 3
and 7 only.
When functioning as a COI(8)-U( ) or COID(8)-U( ) ETU
only DTMF signaling is supported. Tip and Ring electrical
fuses are provided to comply with UL 1459 requirements.
Refer to Figure 5-20 COIB(8)-U( ) ETU.
Figure 5-20 COIB(8)-U( ) ETU
System Hardware Manual
5 - 35

Issue 7
Electra Elite
4.5.2
Installation
In COI mode, a maximum of eight COIB(8)-U( ) ETUs can
be installed in IF slots in the Electra Elite 192 system
limited by 64 trunks.
For Caller ID In COID mode, eight COIB(8)-U( ) ETUs
can be installed in slots S1~S4 in the basic or first
expansion KSU (S7000 or lower).
Using S8000 or higher, a total of eight COIB(8)-U( )
ETUs can be installed in any interface slot in the system,
limited by 64 trunks.
4.5.3
Switch Settings
Refer to Table 5-14 COIB(8)-U( ) ETU Default Switch/
Jumper Settings.
Table 5-14 COIB(8)-U( ) ETU Default Switch/Jumper Settings
Switch/
Setting
Description
Jumper
Jumpers 1-2 shorted
6dB increase
Receive pad for related channel
JP100~
Jumpers 2-3 shorted (default)
No Gain
800
Jumpers 3-4 shorted
6dB decrease
Jumpers 1-2 shorted
6dB increase
Transmit pad for related channel
JP101~
Jumpers 2-3 shorted (default)
No Gain
801
Jumpers 3-4 shorted
6dB decrease
Open for COI
Selects the function for the
S1
Shorted (default) for COID
COIB(8)-U( ) ETU between COI
or COID mode
Reset
N/A
Resets the COIB(8)-U( ) ETU
5 - 36
Installing Electronic Telephone Units

Electra Elite
Issue 7
4.5.4
LED Indications
Table 5-15 COIB(8)-U10 ETU LED Indications
LED
Description
On
Flashing Off
LIVE
ETU status
Operation stopped
Normal Operation
No Power
(Power On)
LED 1
Channel 1 status
Busy
Not Used
Idle
LED 2
Channel 2 status
Busy
Not Used
Idle
LED 3
Channel 3 status
Busy
Not Used
Idle
LED 4
Channel 4 status
Busy
Not Used
Idle
LED 5
Channel 5 status
Busy
Not Used
Idle
LED 6
Channel 6 status
Busy
Not Used
Idle
LED 7
Channel 7 status
Busy
Not Used
Idle
LED 8
Channel 8 status
Busy
Not Used
Idle
4.5.5
Connectors
The COIB(8)-U( ) has the following connector:
¥
CN1
Connects to the backboard
4.5.6
Connections
MDF
Demark
T 1
T
R 1
R
T 2
T
R 2
R
T 3
T
R 3
R
T 4
T
R 4
R
CO
T 5
T
R 5
R
T 6
T
R 6
R
T 7
T
R 7
R
T 8
T
R 8
R
Figure 5-21 COIB(8)-U( ) ETU Connections
System Hardware Manual
5 - 37

Issue 7
Electra Elite
4.5.7
ETU Feature Chart
Caller ID
Pad
Loop
Ground
Fax
CAMA
ETU
See Note
Control
Start
Start
Branch
Trunk
COI(4)-U( )
X
X
X
COI(8)-U( )
X
X
X
COID(4)-U( )
X
X
X
X
COID(8)-U( )
X
X
X
COIB(4)-U( )
X
X
X
X
X
COIB(4)-U20
X
X
X
X
X
COIB(8)-U( )
X
X
X
X

Caller ID is not supported for Ground Start trunks.

CAMA trunk support is provided on COIB(8)-U( ) ports 3 and 7. Other ETUs listed, except
COIB(4)-U20, support CAMA trunks on all ports.
5 - 38
Installing Electronic Telephone Units

Electra Elite
Issue 7
4.6
COID(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU
4.6.1
Description
The COID(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU is the Central Office interface
for Caller ID Detection. This ETU provides circuitry for
outside ring detection, hold, dialing, Caller ID detection,
and control functions.
This ETU can provide a CAMA trunk for Enhanced 911.
The COID(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU provides four/eight trunks that
are Loop Start with DTMF signaling only. Tip and Ring
electrical fuses are provided to comply with UL 1459
requirements.
Figure 5-22 COID(8)-U( ) ETU
System Hardware Manual
5 - 39

Issue 7
Electra Elite
4.6.2
Installation
A maximum of 8 COID(4)/(8)-U( ) ETUs can be installed in
slots S1~S4 in the basic and first expansion B64-U10
KSUs (S7000 or lower).
Using S8000 or higher, 14 COID(4)-U( ) or eight
COID(8)-U( ) ETUs can be installed in any interface slot in
the system, limited by 64 trunks.
4.6.3
Switch Settings
The RESET switch resets the unit.
4.6.4
LED Indications
Table 5-16 COID(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU LED Indications
LED
Description
On
Flashing Off
LIVE
ETU status
Operation stopped
Normal Operation
No Power
(Power On)
LED 1
Line 1 status
Busy
Not Used
Idle
COID(4)/COID(8)
LED 2
Line 2 status
Busy
Not Used
Idle
COID(4)/COID(8)
LED 3
Line 3 status
Busy
Not Used
Idle
COID(4)/COID(8)
LED 4
Line 4 status
Busy
Not Used
Idle
COID(4)/COID(8)
LED 5
Line 5 status COID(8)
Busy
Not Used
Idle
LED 6
Line 6 status COID(8)
Busy
Not Used
Idle
LED 7
Line 7 status COID(8)
Busy
Not Used
Idle
LED 8
Line 8 status COID(8)
Busy
Not Used
Idle
4.6.5
Connectors
The COID( )-U( ) has one connector:
¥
CN1
Connects to the backboard
5 - 40
Installing Electronic Telephone Units

Electra Elite
Issue 7
4.6.6
Connections
MDF
Demark
T 1
T
R 1
R
MDF
Demark
T 2
T
T 1
T
R 2
R
R 1
R
T 3
T
T 2
T
R 3
R
R 2
R
T 4
T
CO
T 3
T
R 4
R
CO
R 3
R
T 5
T
T 4
T
R 5
R
R 4
R
T 6
T

R 6
R
T 7
T
R 7
R
T 8
T
R 8
R
COID(4)-U( ) ETU
COID(8)-U( ) ETU
Figure 5-23 COID(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU Connections
System Hardware Manual
5 - 41

Issue 7
Electra Elite
4.7
DID(4)-U( ) ETU
4.7.1
Description
The DID(4)-U( ) ETU is the interface for Direct Inward
Dialing lines and 2-way DID lines. This ETU provides a
maximum of four DID lines. Wink start, delay start,
immediate start, and second Dial Tone are
accommodated with this ETU. Dial Pulse and DTMF are
also supported. There are four built-in DTMF signal
detectors. Tip and Ring electrical fuses are provided to
comply with UL 1459 requirements.
Figure 5-24 DID(4)-U( ) ETU
5 - 42
Installing Electronic Telephone Units

Electra Elite
Issue 7
4.7.2
Installation
A maximum of 16 DID(4)-U( ) ETUs can be installed in
slots S1~S8 in any system KSU.
4.7.3
LED Indication
Table 5-17 DID(4)-U( ) ETU LED Indications
LED
Description
On
Flashing Off
LIVE
ETU status
Operation stopped
Normal Operation
No Power
(Power On)
LED 1
Line 1 status
Busy
Not Used
Idle
LED 2
Line 2 status
Busy
Not Used
Idle
LED 3
Line 3 status
Busy
Not Used
Idle
LED 4
Line 4 status
Busy
Not Used
Idle
4.7.4
Connectors
The DID(4)-U( ) ETU has one connector:
¥
CN1
Connects to the backboard.
4.7.5
Connections
MDF
Demark
T 1
T
R 1
R
T 2
T
R 2
R
CO
T 3
T
R 3
R
T 4
T
R 4
R
Figure 5-25 DID(4)-U10 ETU Connections
System Hardware Manual
5 - 43

Issue 7
Electra Elite
4.8
DTI-U( ) ETU
4.8.1
Description
The DTI-U( ) ETU is a Digital Trunk Interface that
provides for the termination of FT1 trunks (up to 24 DS-0
channels) that support K-CCIS and Automatic Number
Indication (ANI) on T1.
A combination of Loop Start and Ground Start signaling
can be used on the DTI-U( ) ETU. DTMF, Dial Pulse
dialing, Tie line (E&M), and DID are supported. The DTI-
U( ) ETU has 24 built-in DTMF detectors. Tip and Ring
electrical fuses are provided to comply with UL 1459
requirements.

Figure 5-26 DTI-U( ) ETU
5 - 44
Installing Electronic Telephone Units

Electra Elite
Issue 7
When channels are assigned to ANI, the DTI-U10
supports Feature Group D incoming only signaling using
System Software S3000. The DTI-U20 supports Feature
Group D incoming MF/outgoing DTMF signaling using
System Software S4500 or higher.
Only the DTI-U30 can support the K-CCIS feature with
point-to-point E&M Tie lines. System Software S7000
or higher is required.
4.8.2
Installation
When a DTI-U( ) ETU is installed, a CLKG-U( ) Unit must
be installed on the CPUB( )-U( ) Unit.
A maximum of three DTI-U( ) ETUs can be installed in
Slot S1 or S4 in the B64-U10 KSU or Slot S1 of the first
expansion KSU in the system (S7000 or lower).
Using S8000 or higher, a maximum of eight DTI-U( )
ETUs can be installed in any interface slot in the system,
limited by 64 trunks.
4.8.3
Switch Settings
Refer to Table 5-18 DTI-U( ) ETU Default Switch Settings.
Table 5-18 DTI-U( ) ETU Default Switch Settings
Switch
Setting
Description
SW11
On:
Indicates channel alarm
Used to assign LED
or loopback status.
Indications
Off:
Indicates channel is busy
or idle (Default)
SW12
On:
Loopback on
Switches Loopback on
Off: Loopback off (Default)
and off
SW13
On:
DTE Software Loopback
Sets Loopback
in the DTI ETU)
Off:
Line Loopback to CO
This switch is active only
(Default)
when SW1-2 is On.
SW14
On:
Test Mode
Switches between normal
Off:
Normal Operation
operation and test mode
(Default)
SW15
N/A
N/A
SW16
N/A
N/A
SW2
N/A
Resets the DTI ETU
System Hardware Manual
5 - 45

Issue 7
Electra Elite
4.8.4
LED Indications
Table 5-19 DTI-U( ) ETU LED Indications
LED
Description
On
Flashing Off
LIVE
ETU status
Operation stopped
Normal Operation
No Power
(Power On)
LED
Channel Status
On
On
Off
Switch SW1-1 Off
Switch SW1-1 On
LED 1
Channel 1
Busy
LSA Alarm
Idle
LED 2
Channel 2
Busy
AIS Alarm
Idle
LED 3
Channel 3
Busy
OOF Alarm
Idle
LED 4
Channel 4
Busy
RAI Alarm
Idle
LED 5
Channel 5
Busy
CRC Alarm
Idle
LED 6
Channel 6
Busy
BPV Alarm
Idle
LED 7
Channel 7
Busy
SLIP Alarm
Idle
LED 8
Channel 8
Busy
N/A
Idle
LED 9
Channel 9
Busy
TSC Alarm
Idle
LED 10
Channel 10
Busy
ESA Alarm
Idle
LED 11
Channel 11
Busy
LOS Alarm
Idle
LED 12
Channel 12
Busy
N/A
Idle
LED 13
Channel 13
Busy
N/A
Idle
LED 14
Channel 14
Busy
N/A
Idle
LED 15
Channel 15
Busy
N/A
Idle
LED 16
Channel 16
Busy
N/A
Idle
LED 17
Channel 17
Busy
Line Loopback On
Idle
LED 18
Channel 18
Busy
DTE Loopback On
Idle
LED 19
Channel 19
Busy
N/A
Idle
LED 20
Channel 20
Busy
N/A
Idle
LED 21
Channel 21
Busy
N/A
Idle
LED 22
Channel 22
Busy
N/A
Idle
LED 23
Channel 23
Busy
N/A
Idle
LED 24
Channel 24
Busy
N/A
Idle
5 - 46
Installing Electronic Telephone Units

Electra Elite
Issue 7
4.8.5
Alarm Conditions
A brief description of each alarm condition is given below.
¥
Alarm Indication Signal (AIS) Detection
On red when the system is receiving an Alarm
Indication Signal from an FT1 trunk.
¥
Controlled Slip Event Detection (SLIP)
On red when the timing difference between a
synchronous receiving terminal and the received
signal exceeds the buffering ability of the terminal.
¥
Cyclic Redundancy Check (CRC) Error Event
Detection
On red when a CRC Error occurs.
¥
Excessive Bipolar Violation (BPV) Detection
On red when excessive BPV is detected.
¥
Line Synchronization Alarm (LSA) Detection
On red when an FT1 trunk loses frame
synchronization.
¥
Out-of-Frame (OOF) Condition Detection
On red when two of the four or five framing data bits
received are in error.
¥
Remote Alarm Indication (RAI) Detection
On red when RAl is received.
4.8.6
Connectors
The DTI-U( ) ETU has one connector:
¥
CN1
Connects to the backboard
System Hardware Manual
5 - 47

Issue 7
Electra Elite
4.8.7
Connections
MDF
TA
TELCO
T1
4 Wire
CSU/DSU
TB
Provider
RA
RB
Figure 5-27 DTI-U( ) ETU Connector
5 - 48
Installing Electronic Telephone Units

Electra Elite
Issue 7
4.9
IPT(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU
4.9.1
Description
The IP Gateway IPT(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU is an optional
interface for the Electra Elite KSU that can combine
various trunk and Tie line calls into Gateway trunks.
This ETU can be assigned as a 2-port TLI(2)-U( ), 4-port
DID(4)-U( )/COI(4)-U( )/COID(4)-U( ) ETU, or 8-port
COI(8)/COID(8)-U( ) ETU.

Figure 5-28 IPT(8)-U( ) ETU
System Hardware Manual
5 - 49

Issue 7
Electra Elite
The IP Gateway trunk board has the following options:
Table 5-20 IP Gateway Options
Number of Ports
Installation Slot
#
Configuration
IPT(4) IPT(8)
Elite 48 Elite 192
1
COI
4
8
S3~S7
S1~S8
2
COID
4
8
S3/S4
S1~S4*
3
DID
4
4
S3~S7
S1~S8
4
TLI
2
2
S3~S7
S1~S8
* S8000 or higher allows slots S1~S8
4.9.2
Installation
The Gateway ETU can be installed in KSU slots that
support the applicable ETU simulated.
The IPT(4)-U( ) ETU is converted to IPT(8)-U( ) by
installing daughter board IPE(4)-U( ) Unit.
Refer to Elite IP Gateway Card Installation Manual.
4.9.3
LED Indications
¥
HS
When Switch S1 is placed to PD, this LED lights red.
The IPT ETU starts shutdown. When shut down is
complete, this LED goes off along with all others to
indicate that the ETU can be removed from the KSU.
¥
CH8~1
Indicates the status of associated channel or trunk
as in COID/DID as follows:
Trunk Status
COID LED
DID LED
Not Installed or Idle
Off
Off
Incoming
Off
On
Busy
On
On
¥
Live
Flashes red when KSU power is received.
5 - 50
Installing Electronic Telephone Units

Electra Elite
Issue 7
¥
Ethernet Status
Two built-in LEDs (one green and one yellow) on
the RJ-45 indicate Ethernet connection status. The
yellow LED is On when the Ethernet link is up. The
green LED flashes to indicate activity.
¥
Status
This bi-color (red and green) LED shows status of
all Gateway trunks. When an error is detected, the
location is indicated by the following table.
Trunk Status
LED Condition
Error Location
Power On
Off
BIOS, Hardware
Start DSP download
Red
DSP Driver
DSP download OK
Red and Green
DSP Download
Successful Application
Green
Application Load
Start
4.9.4
IPT(4)-U( ) to IPT(8)-U( ) ETU Conversion
The IPE(4)-U( ) Unit is attached to the IPT(4)-U( ) ETU to
convert it to the IPT(8)-U( ) ETU. This unit comes with
two attached standoffs with an extra screw in the bottom.
1.
Remove the screw from the bottom of each
standoff.
2.
Line up the IPE(4)-U( ) Unit standoffs with Holes 1
and 2 and connector J1 with IPT(4)-U( ) ETU
connector J5, and press down until the IPE(4)-U( )
Unit is firmly attached to the IPT(4)-U( ) ETU.
3.
Install the two previously removed screws through
holes 1 and 2 to Connect the standoffs to the
IPT(4)-U( ) ETU.
4.9.5
Connectors
The IPT(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU has two connectors:
¥
CN1
Connects to the backboard
¥
RJ-45
Connects to the Ethernet
System Hardware Manual
5 - 51

Issue 7
Electra Elite
4.9.6
Switch S1
Switch S1 must be in power down (PD) for ETU
installation, and placed in power up (PU) to activate the
ETU. After the ETU is activated, S1 is placed in PD to
power down the ETU for removal.
4.9.7
Connections
RJ-45
Connector
VoI
Ga P
t
e Tru
wa n
y k
Ethernet
Car
Tr d
unk Card
Figure 5-29 IPT(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU Connections
5 - 52
Installing Electronic Telephone Units

Electra Elite
Issue 7
4.10
PRT(1)-U( ) ETU
4.10.1
Description
The PRT(1)-U( ) ETU is a Digital Trunk Interface that
provides for the termination of an ISDN-PRI line for voice
service only.
The PRT(1)-U( ) ETU supports AT&T 4ESS (Custom),
AT&T 5ESS (Lucent), DMS-100 (Custom or National
ISDN) and NI-2 protocols. Call-by-Call and Universal call
handling are also supported. Tip and Ring electrical fuses
are provided to comply with UL 1459 requirements.

Figure 5-30 PRT(1)-U( ) ETU
System Hardware Manual
5 - 53

Issue 7
Electra Elite
4.10.2
Installation
When a PRT(1)-U( ) ETU is installed, a CLKG-U( ) Unit
must be installed on the CPUB( )-U10 ETU.
The PRT(1)-U( ) ETU (3 maximum) can be installed in
slots S1 and S4 of the basic B64-U10 KSU and Slot S1 of
the first expansion KSU in the system (S7000 or below).
Using S8000 or higher, a maximum of eight PRT(1)-U( )
ETUs can be installed in any interface slot in the system,
limited by 64 trunks.
4.10.3
Switch Settings
SW1, a 4-position DIP switch, assigns the application.
Refer to Table 5-21 PRT(1)-U( ) ETU SW1 Settings.

SW1-4 is not used and must be OFF.
Table 5-21 PRT(1)-U( ) ETU SW1 Settings
SW11
SW12
SW13
SW14
Application
ON
ON
ON
OFF
NI-2
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
4ESS (AT&T Custom)
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
AT&T 5ESS (Lucent Custom)
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
DMS-100 (Custom) *
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
DMS-100 (National ISDN) **
*
Nortel Specification NIS-A211-1
** Nortel Specification NIS-A233-1
Switch SW2 is an 8-position rotary switch that can be set
even during operation. A small flat screwdriver can be
used to set positions as follows:
Position 0
Alarm Indications
Position
1
B Channels 01~12 Status Indication
using LEDs 1~12
Position
2
B Channels 13~23 Status Indication
using LEDs 1~12
Positions 3
CO Trunks 01~12 assigned to PRT ETU
Status Indication using LEDs 1~12
Positions 4
CO Trunks 13~23 assigned to PRT ETU
Status Indication using LEDs 1~12
5 - 54
Installing Electronic Telephone Units

Electra Elite
Issue 7
Positions 5 & 6 Not Used
Position 7
Inspection Mode in production line
4.10.4
LED Indications
Table 5-22 PRT(1)-U( ) ETU LED Indicat ions
LED
Description
On
Flashing Off
LIVE
ETU status
Operation stopped
Normal Operation
No Power
(Power On)
LED
Channel/Trunk Status
On (Alarms)
On
On
SW2 Position 0
SW2 Position 1
SW2 Position 3
LED 1
Channel 1
Layer 1 Active
Channel Busy
CO Trunk 1 Busy
LED 2
Channel 2
SLIP
Channel Busy
CO Trunk 2 Busy
LED 3
Channel 3
RAI
Channel Busy
CO Trunk 3 Busy
LED 4
Channel 4
LOF
Channel Busy
CO Trunk 4 Busy
LED 5
Channel 5
AIS
Channel Busy
CO Trunk 5 Busy
LED 6
Channel 6
CRC Error
Channel Busy
CO Trunk 6 Busy
LED 7
Channel 7
Active Call
Channel Busy
CO Trunk 7 Busy
LED 8
Channel 8
Not Used
Channel Busy
CO Trunk 8 Busy
LED 9
Channel 9
Not Used
Channel Busy
CO Trunk 9 Busy
LED 10
Channel 10
Not Used
Channel Busy
CO Trunk 10 Busy
LED 11
Channel 11
Not Used
Channel Busy
CO Trunk 11 Busy
LED 12
Channel 12
Not Used
Channel Busy
CO Trunk 12 Busy
LED
Channel/Trunk Status
N/A
On
On
SW2 Position 2
SW2 Position 4
LED 1
Channel 13
N/A
Channel Busy
CO Trunk 13 Busy
LED 2
Channel 14
N/A
Channel Busy
CO Trunk 14 Busy
LED 3
Channel 15
N/A
Channel Busy
CO Trunk 15 Busy
LED 4
Channel 16
N/A
Channel Busy
CO Trunk 16 Busy
LED 5
Channel 17
N/A
Channel Busy
CO Trunk 17 Busy
LED 6
Channel 18
N/A
Channel Busy
CO Trunk 18 Busy
LED 7
Channel 19
N/A
Channel Busy
CO Trunk 19 Busy
LED 8
Channel 20
N/A
Channel Busy
CO Trunk 20 Busy
LED 9
Channel 21
N/A
Channel Busy
CO Trunk 21 Busy
LED 10
Channel 22
N/A
Channel Busy
CO Trunk 22 Busy
System Hardware Manual
5 - 55

Issue 7
Electra Elite
Table 5-22 PRT(1)-U( ) ETU LED Indications (Continued)
LED
Description
On
Flashing Off
LED 11
Channel 23
N/A
Channel Busy
CO Trunk 23 Busy
LED 12
Not Used
N/A
Not Used
Not Used
4.10.5
Alarm Conditions
A brief description of each alarm condition referred to
under the SW2, position 0 alarm indications is given
below.
¥
Layer 1 Status
LED Lights red when layer 1 is active. The LED is
off when layer 1 is inactive.
¥
Controlled Slip indication (SLIP)
When the difference between the timing of a
synchronous receiving terminal and the received
signal exceeds the buffering ability of the
synchronous terminal, the LED lights red.
¥
Remote Alarm Indication (RAI) Detection
When RAI is received the LED lights red.
¥
Loss of Frame (LOF) Condition Detection
When two of the four or five framing data bits
received are in error, the LED lights red.
¥
Alarm Indication Signal (AIS) Detection
When the system is receiving an Alarm Indication
Signal from a PRT trunk, the LED lights red.
¥
Cyclic Redundancy Check (CRC) Error Event
Detection
When a CRC Error occurs, the LED lights red.
¥
Active Call
LED Lights red to indicate an active call.
5 - 56
Installing Electronic Telephone Units

Electra Elite
Issue 7
4.10.6
Connectors
The PRT(1)-U( )ETU has two connectors:
¥
CN1
Connects to the backboard
¥
CN3
9-pin RS-232C connector used for
maintenance
4.10.7
Connections

MDF
TA
ISDN PRI
ISDN PRI
TB
Provider
CSU
RA
RB
The CSU may not always be required.
Figure 5-31 PRT(1)-U( ) ETU Connector
System Hardware Manual
5 - 57

Issue 7
Electra Elite
4.11
TLI(2)-U( ) ETU
4.11.1
Description
The TLI(2)-U( ) ETU provides for the termination and
operation of a maximum of two E&M Tie lines (4-wire,
Type I, or Type V, 10 pps or 20 pps, Dial Pulse, or DTMF).
Immediate Start, Delay Start, Wink Start, and second Dial
Tone signaling are also provided. The TLI(2)-U( ) ETU has
two built-in DTMF signal detectors.
1
CN
LED 3
LED 2
LED 1
TYPE V
TYPE V
SW101
SW201
TYPE I
TYPE I
Figure 5-32 TLI(2)-U( ) ETU
4.11.2
Installation
A maximum of 16 TLI(2)-U( ) ETUs can be installed in
Slots S1~S8 in any system KSU.
5 - 58
Installing Electronic Telephone Units

Electra Elite
Issue 7
4.11.3
Switch Settings
Refer to Table 5-23 TLI(2)-U( ) ETU Default Switch
Settings.
Table 5-23 TLI(2)-U( ) ETU Default Switch Settings
Switch
Setting
Description
SW101
When lines provided by this unit
Switch Type I
are used for back-to-back
or Type V for
connections, set to Type V.
Line 1
When connection is to a Central
Office, set to Type I.
Default: Type V
SW201
When lines provided by this unit
Switch Type I
are used for back-to-back
or Type V for
connections, set to Type V.
Line 2
When connection is to a Central
Office, set to Type I.
Default: Type V
4.11.4
LED Indications
Table 5-24 TLI(2)-U( ) ETU LED Indications
LED
Description
On
Flashing Off
LED 1
ETU status
Operation stopped
Normal Operation
No Power
(Power On)
LED 2
Line 1 status
Busy
Not Used
Idle
LED 3
Line 2 status
Busy
Not Used
Idle
4.11.5
Connectors
The TLI(2)-U( ) ETU has one connector:
¥
CN1
Connects to the backboard
System Hardware Manual
5 - 59

Issue 7
Electra Elite
4.11.6
Connections
Side A
Side B
Telco
MDF
E
E
M
M
T
T
T
T
R
R
T
T
R
R
R
R
Figure 5-33 TLI(2)-U( ) ETU Connections
5 - 60
Installing Electronic Telephone Units

Electra Elite
Issue 7

SECTION 5

STATION ETUS
The station Electronic Telephone Units are installed in the interface slots of
the KSU.
5.1
CNF(8)-U( ) ETU
5.1.1
Description
The Multiline Conference Bridge allows any intercom user
and any outside party calling to a port of the CNF(8)-U( )
ETU to make a multiparty conference call. One 8-party
conference or two 4-party conferences are supported and
regulated by a switch setting.
Figure 5-34 CNF(8)-U( ) ETU
5.1.2
Installation
Only two CNF(8)-U( ) ETUs can be installed in slots S1~S8
in any KSU.
System Hardware Manual
5 - 61

Issue 7
Electra Elite
5.1.3
Switch Settings
Table 5-25 CNF(8)-U( ) ETU Reset Switches
Switch
Setting
Description
SW2
Press to Reset
Host Reset Switch

Table 5-26 CNF(8)-U( ) ETU Maximum Conference Time Switch
Switch
Setting
Max Conference Time
CTS
SW3-2
SW3-3
ON
ON 1
Hour
ON OFF
2
Hour
OFF ON
3
Hour
OFF
OFF
No Limit

Table 5-27 CNF(8)-U( ) ETU Party Size Switch
Switch
Setting
Description
SW3-1
ON
1 Eight-Party Conference
SW3-1
OFF
2 Four-Party Conferences
5 - 62
Installing Electronic Telephone Units

Electra Elite
Issue 7
5.1.4
LED Indications
Table 5-28 CNF(8)-U( ) ETU LED Indications
LED
Description
On
Flashing Off
STATUS
ETU status
Operation stopped
Normal Operation
No Power
(Power On)
CH 0
Status
Busy
Not Used
Idle
CH 1
Status
Busy
Not Used
Idle
CH 2
Status
Busy
Not Used
Idle
CH 3
Status
Busy
Not Used
Idle
CH 4
Status
Busy
Not Used
Idle
CH 5
Status
Busy
Not Used
Idle
CH 6
Status
Busy
Not Used
Idle
CH 7
Status
Busy
Not Used
Idle
5.1.5
Connectors
This ETU has three connectors:
¥
J1
Connects to the backboard
¥
J2
Not currently used
¥
J3
Nine-pin RS-232C connector for
maintenance
System Hardware Manual
5 - 63

Issue 7
Electra Elite
5.2
CTI/VP(4)/(8)/(12)/(16)-U( ) ETU
5.2.1
Description
The CTI/VP(4)/(8)/(12)/(16)-U( ) ETU is a 4-, 8-, 12-, or
16-port Digital Voice Mail system that can support
TeLANophy, inbound or outbound faxing and Hospitality/
HVM applications.
The EliteMail VP cannot support TeLANophy or faxing
and Hospitality/HVM applications, but it can be upgraded
to EliteMail CTI when these features are required.
For a 4- or 8-port system, only one board is required. For
the 12- or 16-port system, the Daughter board is also
required.
This ETU is a PC platform, installed in the Electra Elite
192 system, that contains hard disk space for voice
recording storage and application software. A digital
signal processor/voice processing section handles the
following functions:
¥
DTMF detection/generation
¥
General tone detection
¥
FAX CNG tone detection
¥
PCM compression for audio recording/playback
¥
Automatic gain control
¥
A serial port (direct connect speeds up to 115,200
bps) used for direct connection console
programming and backup/restore
¥
A LAN port with an RJ-45 connector (activated only
with CTI)
¥
Up to two fax ports (activated only with CTI)
¥
A built-in modem for remote console programming
that supports up to 19.2 Kbps
Refer to Table 5-29 Configuration Support.
5 - 64
Installing Electronic Telephone Units

Electra Elite
Issue 7
Table 5-29 Configuration Support
Function
Support
Applications
Automated Attendant/Voice Mail with call
forwarding (release transfer)
Automated Attendant/Voice Mail without call
forwarding (await answer transfer)
Voice Mail only (no transfer)
Call forwarding
Supported
Connections
Connects to backplane of the KSU
RJ-45 LAN connection
RJ-11 Modem connection
VGA connection for monitor support
PS2 Keyboard and Mouse connections
Hardware
One CTI/VP(4)/(8)/(12)/(16)-U( ) ETU
Message Notification
Uses Message waiting lamps
Operator Console
100 (default)
Positive connect: Digital signal
Telephone
One of the following telephones is required to
program Electra Elite System data:
¥
DTP/DTH/DTR-8D-1 TEL
¥
DTU-8D-2 TEL
¥
DTP/DTH/DTR-16D-1 TEL
¥
DTU-16D-2 TEL
¥
DTP/DTH/DTR-32D-1 TEL
¥
DTU-32D-2 TEL
¥
ETW-16DC-1/2 TEL
¥
ETW-16DD-1/2 TEL
¥
ETW-24DS-1/2 TEL
System Hardware Manual
5 - 65

Issue 7
Electra Elite
Figure 5-35 EliteMail CTI System Board
5.2.1.1
System Board Components
Refer to Table 5-30 System Board
Components.
Table 5-30 System Board Componen ts
Item
Description
A
Backplane connector
B
Sw
itch SW2
Not used. Keep indicated default settings.
C
Sw
itch SW1
Not used. Keep indicated default settings.
5 - 66
Installing Electronic Telephone Units

Electra Elite
Issue 7
Table 5-30 System Board Components (Continued)
Item
Description
D
Port Expansion Board (PEB) cable
E
Modem connector
F
Hard Drive (HD) LED
G
Universal Serial Bus (USB) connector
H
Local-Area Network (LAN) connector
I
Keyboard connector
J
Mouse connector
K
COM Serial Port connector
L
VGA Monitor connector
M
Sw
itch SW3
DIP switch 1 default is Off so the voice messaging application starts
when the board is turned On. Set this switch On to start OS/2
software only.
DIP switch 2 default is Off for direct serial remote access
connections. Set this switch On for modem connections.
DIP switches 3 and 4 are not used and should be left On.
N
The power button cuts the power to the board from the PC and the
hard drive and should not be used.
O
Voice messaging software LED.
Green when software is active
Amber when active with possible application problem
Red when inactive or shut down
P
Shutdown switch
Default is On. Place Off to shut down the software and system board
properly before turning off the telephone system and disconnecting
the system board.
Place On before restarting The board restarts only when the switch
is On.
Q
Shutdown LED
Red when switch is On
Green when switch is Off
After the LED goes off, turn off power to the KSU and disconnect the
board.
R
Make Busy switch and LED
Do not use. Must always be On with a red LED.
System Hardware Manual
5 - 67

Issue 7
Electra Elite
Figure 5-36 EliteMail CTI Daughter Board
5.2.1.2
Daughter Board Components
Refer to Table 5-31 Daughter Board
Components.
Table 5-31 Daughter Board Components
Item
Description
A
F206 LED
B

CGA LED
C
Application LED
D~K
VM Channel LEDs 1~8 respectively
L, M
Fax Channel LEDs Channel 1, Channel 2
5 - 68
Installing Electronic Telephone Units

Electra Elite
Issue 7
Figure 5-37 EliteMail CTI Port Expansion Board
5.2.1.3
Port Expansion Board
Refer to Table 5-32 Port Expansion Board
Components.
Table 5-32 Port Expansion Board Components
Item
Description
A
Backplane connector
B
MB LED Always on when board is installed
C
MB switch Do not use, leave On
D
F206 LED
E
CGA Live LED
F~M
VM Channels 9~16, respectively
System Hardware Manual
5 - 69

Issue 7
Electra Elite
5.2.2
Installation
Only one CTI/VP(4)/(8)/(12)/(16)-U( ) ETU should be
installed in the system.

Each system can have one FMS(2)/(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU, one
VMS(2)/(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU, or one VMS/FMS/CMS-U30 in
place of the CTI/VP.
The HD LED flashes red when the hard drive is active.

Do not reset the ETU when the HD LED is flashing.
5.2.3
Installation Precautions
System ETUs use CMOS technology that is very
susceptible to static electricity. Always use the
following precautions to Avoid Static Discharge:
¥
Wear a grounding strap when you handle an ETU.
¥
Ensure that the KSU is off and that all DIP switch
changes are made before it is inserted in the KSU.
¥
Carry ETU in a conductive polyethylene bag to
prevent static electricity.
5 - 70
Installing Electronic Telephone Units

Electra Elite
Issue 7
5.3
DPH(4)-U( ) ETU
5.3.1
Description
The DPH(4)-U( ) ETU provides connection for four
Doorphones (DP-D-1A), and also provides the associated
four Door Lock Release relays.
Doorphones and relays are paired together so that a
station user talking into a doorphone, controls only that
Door Lock Release relay when the feature code is dialed.
The DPH(4)-U( ) has two audio paths to be shared by four
doorphones. Two simultaneous doorphone calls are
allowed. Doorphones 1/3 and 2/4 are paired together.
Figure 5-38 DPH(4)-U( ) ETU
5.3.2
Installation
Only one DPH(4)-U( ) ETU can be installed in any S1~S8
slot in any system KSU.
System Hardware Manual
5 - 71

Issue 7
Electra Elite
The DP-D-1A Doorphone that is connected to the ETU
has the following dimensions:
¥
Height:
5.125 in.
130.18 mm
¥
Width:
3.875 in.
98.43 mm
¥
Depth:
1.00 in.
25.4 mm
5.3.3
Switch Settings
Refer to Table 5-33 DPH(4)-U( ) Default Jumper Settings.
Table 5-33 DPH(4)-U( ) Default Jumper Settings
Jumper
Setting
Description
S101
Shorted
Remove short bar to increase DP1
and DP3 volume by 6 dB.
S201
Shorted
Remove short bar to increase DP2
and DP4 volume by 6 dB.
S102
Shorted
Remove short bar to increase DP1
and DP3 transmit volume by 6 dB.
S202
Shorted
Remove short bar to increase DP2
and DP4 transmit volume by 6 dB.
5.3.4
LED Indications
Live LED indications are listed below.
¥
Blinking Red
Normal Operation
¥
Steady Red
Operation Stopped (power On)
¥
Off
No Power
LED 1 indication are listed below.
¥
Steady Red
A Circuit Is Busy
¥
Off
All Circuits Are Idle
5 - 72
Installing Electronic Telephone Units

Electra Elite
Issue 7
5.3.5
Connectors
The DPH(4)-U( ) ETU has three connectors:
¥
CN1
Connects to the Backboard
¥
Relay
Connections Provided at the
MDF
¥
Doorphone Connections
Provided
at
the
MDF Connection
MDF
Doorphone
DPH 1
T
R
Doorphone
T
DPH 2
R
Doorphone
T
DPH 3
R
Doorphone
T
DPH 4
R
Figure 5-39 DPH(4)-U( ) ETU Doorphone Connections
5.3.6
Specifications
¥
Relay contacts are 24 Vdc at 500 mA
System Hardware Manual
5 - 73

Issue 7
Electra Elite
5.4
ESI(8)-U( ) ETU
5.4.1
Description
The Electronic Station Interface ETU provides an 8-port
interface for Multiline Terminals, ElectraMail CTI,
Attendant Consoles, Single Line Telephone Adapter
SLT(1)-U( ) ADP, and DBM(B)-U( ) Box.
Figure 5-40 ESI(8)-U( ) ETU
5.4.2
Switch Settings
SW1 resets the ETU.
5.4.3
Installation
A maximum of 15 ESI(8)-U( ) ETUs can be installed in
slots S1~S8 in any system KSU.
5 - 74
Installing Electronic Telephone Units

Electra Elite
Issue 7
5.4.4
LED Indications
Live LED indications are listed below.
¥
Blinking Red
Normal Operation
¥
Steady Red
Operation Stopped (power On)
¥
Off
No Power
LED1 indications are listed below.
¥
Steady Red
Some port(s) busy
¥
Off
All ports idle
5.4.5
Connectors
The ESI(8)-U( ) ETU has one connector:
¥
CN1
Connects to the backboard
5.4.6
Connections

YL O RD O
T1
BK O GR O
R1
T2
RJ-11
R2
T3
R3
T4
MDF
R4
Multiline Telephone
T5
R5
T6
R6
T7
R7
T8
R8
Figure 5-41 ESI(8)-U( ) ETU Connection
System Hardware Manual
5 - 75

Issue 7
Electra Elite
5.5
FMS(2)/(4)/(8)-U( )ETU
5.5.1
Description
The FMS(2)/(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU is an up to 8-port Digital Voice
Mail system.
This ETU is a PC platform installed in the Electra Elite 192
that contains Flash ROM data storage for voice recording
and application software. A digital signal processor/voice
processing section handles the following functions:
¥
DTMF detection
¥
DTMF generation
¥
General tone detection
¥
FAX CNG tone detection
¥
PCM compression for audio recording/playback
¥
Automatic gain control (AGC)
¥
A serial port (direct connect speeds up to 19.2 Kbps)
This ETU provides 2-, 4, or 8-ports for digital voice mail.
Refer to Table 5-34 Configuration Support Table.

Table 5-34 Configuration Support Tab le
Function
Configuration Support
Applications
Automated Attendant/Voice Mail with call
forwarding (release transfer)
Automated Attendant/Voice Mail without call
forwarding (await answer transfer)
Voice Mail only (No transfer)
Call Forwarding
Supported
Connections
Connects to backplane connector of the KSU
Hardware
One FMS(2)/(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU
Message Notification
Through message waiting lamps
Operator Console
100 (default)
Positive disconnect: Digital Signal
5 - 76
Installing Electronic Telephone Units

Electra Elite
Issue 7
Table 5-34 Configuration Support Table (Continued)
Function
Configuration Support
Telephone
One of the following telephones is required to
program Electra Elite 192 System Data:
DTP/DTH/DTR-8D-1/DTU-8D-2 TEL
DTP/DTH/DTR-16D-1/DTU-16D-2 TEL
DTP/DTH/DTR-32D-1/DTU-32D-2 TEL
ETW-16DC-1/2 TEL
ETW-16DD-1/2 TEL
ETW-24DS-1/2 TEL
MDM-F-20 Unit
Used for remote connection
5.5.2
Installation
Only one FMS(2)/(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU can be installed in any
S1~S8 slot in each system.
COM1
Figure 5-42 FMS(2)/(4)-U( ) ETU
System Hardware Manual
5 - 77

Issue 7
Electra Elite
Figure 5-43 FMS(8)-U( ) ETU
5 - 78
Installing Electronic Telephone Units

Electra Elite
Issue 7
5.5.3
Switch Settings
Refer to Table 5-35 FMS(2)/(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU Switch Settings
for Revision Q26031 v 6.65 or Lower.
For Revision Q05631 v 6.68 or Higher, refer to Table 5-36
FMS DIP Switch Functions.
Table 5-35 FMS(2)/(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU Switch Settings
Switch
Description
1
No

rmally Off
(On to enable COM1)
2
No

rmally Off
When 1 and 2 are both On, COM1 is enabled
for HOSTKEY and the VM application is
stopped for Maintenance.
3
On to enable COM2 for remote RS-232/RJ-11.
Off to allow COM1 local connection.
4

Not Used
Table 5-36 FMS DIP Switch Functions
DIP DIP DIP DIP
Description
1
2
3
4
ON
To enable HostKey and run Manufacturing Test
(NEC Production only
ON
ON
To enable HostKey with floppy disk redirection and
run Manufacturing Test (NEC Production only
ON
To connect to CoSession using modem instead of
direct cable connection
ON
To start BRU Host with direct cable connection
ON
ON
To start BRU Host with modem connection
ON
ON
To connect to CoSession using direct cable
connection but not start voice mail software
(Troubleshooting or Maintenance Mode)
Used for Revision Q05631 v 6.68 or Higher
System Hardware Manual
5 - 79

Issue 7
Electra Elite
5.5.4
LED Indications
Table 5-37 FMS(2)/(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU LED Indications
LED
Description
On
Flashing Off
LIVE
ETU status
Receiving power
Not Used
No Power
CH1
Port status (2, 4, 8)
Busy
Not Used
Idle/Not used
CH2
Port status (2, 4, 8)
Busy
Not Used
Idle/Not used
CH3
Port status (4, 8)
Busy
Not Used
Idle/Not used
CH4
Port status (4, 8)
Busy
Not Used
Idle/Not used
CH5
Port status (8 only)
Busy
Not Used
Idle/Not used
CH6
Port status (8 only)
Busy
Not Used
Idle/Not used
CH7
Port status (8 only)
Busy
Not Used
Idle/Not used
CH8
Port status (8 only)
Busy
Not Used
Idle/Not used
MB
MB Switch status
ON
Not Used
OFF
BIOS
DOS status
BIOS Error
Not Used
No error
BCLR
Application status
Red DOS started
Not Used
Idle
(VM not ready)
Green VM running
Orange Error
If BCLR LED is orange, check error type on console screen. After error is corrected, LED automatically
changes to green. Do Not connect link between console and ETU until BCLR turns green during booting.
HD
Flash status
Not Used
Compact Flash Disk
Flash inactive
active **

Do not reset the ETU while the HD LED is flashing.
5 - 80
Installing Electronic Telephone Units

Electra Elite
Issue 7
5.5.5
Connectors
The FMS(2)/(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU has six connectors:
¥
J2 and J3
Used to install the MDM-F-20 Unit
¥
J9
Connects to the backboard
¥
9-pin RS-232(COM2)
Not used (MDM-F-20 Unit)
¥
RJ-11 modem port(COM2)
Remote connector on serial interface (MDM-F-20
Unit)
¥
9-pin RS-232(COM1)
Local Serial connector on main ETU for direct
connection.
5.5.6
Installation Precautions
The ETUs used in this system make extensive use of
CMOS technology that is very susceptible to static
electricity.

Static discharge must be avoided when handling
ETUs.
Always use the following precautions:
¥
Wear a grounding strap anytime you handle the ETU.
¥
Make all ETU DIP switch setting changes before
inserting it in the KSU. Ensure that KSU is off.
¥
Carry ETU in a conductive polyethylene bag to
prevent static electricity damage.
System Hardware Manual
5 - 81

Issue 7
Electra Elite
5.6
VMS/FMS/CMS( )-U30 ETU
5.6.1
Description
The EliteMail VMS, VMS( )-U30 ETU, is a 2-port, 4-port,
or 8-port interface that can be installed in any interface
slot in the Electra Elite system. The 2-port or 4-port
configuration includes one digital signal processor (DSP);
the 8-port configuration requires an additional DSP-30
Unit.
The EliteMail Limited, FMS( )-U30 ETU, is a 2-port, 4-
port, or 8-port interface that can be installed in any
interface slot in the Electra Elite system. The 2-port or 4-
port configuration includes one digital signal processor
(DSP); the 8-port configuration requires an additional
DSP-30 Unit.
The EliteMail CMS, CMS( )-U30 ETU, is a 2-port, or 4-
port interface that can be installed in any interface slot in
the Electra Elite system.
This electronic telephone unit is a PC platform installed in
the Electra Elite system and contains hard disk space for
voice recording storage and application software. A
digital signal processor/voice processing section handles
the following functions:
DTMF detection
DTMF generation
General tone detection
FAX CNG tone detection
PCM compression for audio recording/playback
Automatic gain control (AGC)
A serial port capable of direct connect speeds up to 38.4
Kbps.
The number of EliteMail ports installed has a direct
impact on the total number of system ports available.
5.6.2
Installation
Only one VMS/FMS/CMS-U30 ETU can be installed in
any S1~S8 slot in each system.
5 - 82
Installing Electronic Telephone Units

Electra Elite
Issue 7
5.6.3
Upgrade EliteMail VMS(2)/(4)-U30 ETU to 8 Ports
To upgrade a VMS(2)/(4)-U30 ETU to 8 ports, the DSP-
U30 must be installed. When the VMS(8)/FMS-U30 ETU
is purchased, the DSP-U30 is installed at the factory.
Refer to Figure 5-44 VMS DSP-U30 Unit Installation.

Piggyback on ETU
(DSP-U30 Unit)
Auxiliary DSP
Figure 5-44 VMS DSP-U30 Unit Installation
System Hardware Manual
5 - 83

Issue 7
Electra Elite
Piggyback on ETU
(DSP-U30 Unit)
Auxiliary DSP
Figure 5-45 FMS/CMS( )-U30 ETU
5.6.4
Upgrade EliteMail Limited FMS(2)/(4)-U30 to 8 Ports
To upgrade a FMS(2)/(4)-U30 to 8 ports, the DSP-U30
must be installed. When the FMS-U30 ETU is
purchased, the DSP-U30 is installed at the factory. Refer
to Figure 5-45 FMS/CMS( )-U30 ETU.
5.6.5
Switch Settings
Refer to Table 5-38 Switch Settings for EliteMail VMS/
FMS/CMS-U30 ETU
5 - 84
Installing Electronic Telephone Units

Electra Elite
Issue 7

Table 5-38 Switch Settings for EliteMail VMS/FMS/CMS-U30 ETU
Reset Power Switch S1
Used for development only.
DIP Switch S2
DIP SW 1
DIP SW 2
DIP SW 3
DIP SW 4
Description
Enable HostKey and run Manufacturing Test (NEC Production use
ON
only)
Enable HostKey with floppy disk redirection and run Manufactur-
ON
ON
ing Test (NEC Production use only)
Connect to CoSession using modem instead of direct cable con-
ON
nection
ON
Start BRU Host with direct cable connection
ON
ON
Start BRU Host with modem connection
Connect to CoSession using direct cable connection, but do not
ON
ON
start the voice mail software (for troubleshooting and maintenance
only)
SHUT DOWN Switch S3
Used to identify the position of SW3
RUN Position
LED 6 is on Red
SHUT DOWN Position
LED 7 is on Red
5.6.6
Jumper Settings
Refer to Table 5-39 Jumper Settings
Table 5-39 Jumper Settings
J1 (only used on the FMS/CMS ETU)
1 - 2
No external modem connected (default)
2 - 3
External modem connected
J7 (only used on the VMS ETU)
1 - 2
Compact Flash is master drive
2 - 3
HDD is master drive (default)
System Hardware Manual
5 - 85

Issue 7
Electra Elite
5.6.7
LED Indications
Refer to Table 5-40 VMS/FMS/CMS-U30 ETU LED
Indications
Table 5-40 VMS/FMS/CMS-U30 ETU LED Indications
LED
Description
On
Flashing Off
LED 1, AP1
Running without errors Green
Not Used
Not Used
Running with errors
Amber
Application Software:
Not Running
Red
LED 2, AP2
Not Used
Not Used
Not Used
Not Used
LED 3, DRIVE
Hard Drive Access
Red if accessed
Not Used
When not accessed
LED 4, CF PWR
Power to the ETU
Red if power is on
Not Used
No power to ETU
LED 5, ICGA
Live LED
Not Used
Red every 125ms
Operation is shut
during operation
down
LED 6, Switch S3
Do not remove Voice
Red when S3 in
Not Used
S3 not in RUN
Indication
Mail from KSU
RUN
position
LED 7, SHUT DOWN
Safe to remove Voice
Red when S3 in
Not Used
S3 not in SHUT
Mail from KSU
SHUT DOWN
DOWN position
LED 8, Power
Receiving KSU power Red if power is on
Not Used
No KSU power
LED 9, FED DSP
For development only
Not Used
Not Used
Not Used
LED 10, CH1
OFF/ON HOOK status Red for Off Hook
Not Used
On Hook
LED 11, CH2
OFF/ON HOOK status Red for Off Hook
Not Used
On Hook
LED 12, CH3
OFF/ON HOOK status Red for Off Hook
Not Used
On Hook
LED 13, CH4
OFF/ON HOOK status Red for Off Hook
Not Used
On Hook
LED 14, CH5
OFF/ON HOOK status Red for Off Hook
Not Used
On Hook
LED 15, CH6
OFF/ON HOOK status Red for Off Hook
Not Used
On Hook
LED 16, CH7
OFF/ON HOOK status Red for Off Hook
Not Used
On Hook
LED 17, CH8
OFF/ON HOOK status Red for Off Hook
Not Used
On Hook
The first four channel LEDS are also used during startup to signify:
LED 1,BICOM driver loaded
LED 2, Scandisk completed successfully
LED 3, CoSession Host loaded successfully
LED 4, Voice Mail started successfully
After system is up and running these LEDs are turned off, and all channels are ready to receive calls.
When Voice Mail fails to start, all eight channel LEDs and the BCLR LED (AP1) are on.
5 - 86
Installing Electronic Telephone Units

Electra Elite
Issue 7
5.6.8
Connectors
The VMS/FMS/CMS-U30 has six Connectors:
¥
J2
Connects to the backboard
¥
J6
Connects to Compact Flash (FMS only).
¥
J8
Connects to the Harddrive
¥
J9
Connects to the LAN when used (VMS only)
¥
J10 Not Used
¥
J11
COM Port for console programming
¥
J12 Connector for DSP-U30 Unit to support ports
5~8
5.6.9
Installation Precautions
The ETUs used in this system make extensive use of
CMOS technology that is very susceptible to static
electricity.

Static discharge must be avoided when handling
ETUs.
Always use the following precautions:
¥
Wear a grounding strap anytime you handle the
ETU.
¥
Make all ETU DIP switch setting changes before
inserting it in the KSU. Ensure that KSU is off.
¥
Carry ETU in a conductive polyethylene bag to
prevent static electricity damage.
System Hardware Manual
5 - 87

Issue 7
Electra Elite
5.7
OPX(2)-U( ) ETU
5.7.1
Description
The OPX(2)-U( ) ETU is the interface for two off-premise
extensions. This ETU has a built-in ringing generator
(RSG). A maximum of 1600 of loop resistance (including
about 200 for the Single Line Telephone) is acceptable
between the OPX(2)-U( ) ETU and a Single Line
Telephone.
This ETU also provides circuitry for loop status detection,
talk battery, sending ringing signals from the RSG unit to
the Single Line Telephones, and dial pulse detection.

The PBR circuit in the CPUB( )-U( ) ETU or PBR( )-U( )
ETU is required with Single Line Telephone Connection.
Figure 5-46 OPX(2)-U( ) Unit
5 - 88
Installing Electronic Telephone Units

Electra Elite
Issue 7
5.7.2
Installation
A maximum of 22 OPX(2)-U( ) ETUs can be installed in
slots S1~S8 in any system KSU. The extension can be
run up to three miles (5 km) using 24 AWG wiring.
5.7.3
LED Indications
Live LED indications are listed below.
¥
Blinking Red
Normal Operation
¥
Steady Red
Operation Stopped (power On)
¥
Off
No Power
LED1 indications are listed below.
¥
Steady Red
Some port(s) busy
¥
Off
All ports idle
5.7.4
Connectors
The OPX(2)-U( ) ETU has one connector:
¥
CN1
Connects to the backboard
5.7.5
Connections
MDF
YL O RD O
T1
BK O GR O
R1
T2
RJ-11
R2
Single Line
Telephone
Figure 5-47 OPX(2)-U( ) CN1 Connection
System Hardware Manual
5 - 89

Issue 7
Electra Elite
5.8
SLI(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU
5.8.1
Description
The SLI(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU is the interface for Single Line
Telephones and for analog voice mail units. It has a
built-in ringing generator (RSG) and supports Single Line
Telephones or analog Voice Mail ports.
This ETU also provides circuitry for loop status detection,
talk battery, sending ringing signals, message waiting,
and loop disconnect for dial pulse signal detection.

The PBR circuit in the CPUB( )-U( ) ETU or PBR( )-U( )
ETU is required with Voice Mail or DTMF Single Line
Telephones.
Figure 5-48 SLI(8)-U( ) ETU
5 - 90
Installing Electronic Telephone Units

Electra Elite
Issue 7
5.8.2
Installation
A maximum of 14 SLI(8)-U( ) ETUs or 22 SLI(4)-U( )
ETUs can be installed in Slots S1~S8 in any system KSU.
5.8.3
LED Indications
Live LED indications are listed below.
¥
Blinking Red
Normal Operation
¥
Steady Red
Operation Stopped (power On)
¥
Off
No Power
BUSY indications are listed below.
¥
Steady Red
Some port(s) busy
¥
Off
All ports idle
5.8.4
Connectors
The SLI(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU has one connector:
¥
CN1
Connects to the backboard
5.8.5
Connections
MDF
MDF
YL O RD O
T1
YL O RD O
T1
BK O GR O
R1
BK O GR O
R1
T2
T2
RJ-11
R2
RJ-11
R2
T3
T3
Single Line
Single Line
R3
R3
Telephone
T4
T4
Telephone
R4
R4
T5
R5
SLI(4)-U( ) Card
SLI(8)-U( ) Card
T6
R6
T7
R7
T8
R8
Figure 5-49 SLI(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU Connections
System Hardware Manual
5 - 91

Issue 7
Electra Elite
5.9
VDH2(8)-U( ) ETU
5.9.1
Description
The VDH2(8)-U( ) ETU integrates both LAN and station
cabling. This is a standard ESI ETU with additional
circuitry for the LAN integration function.
Key Telephones and Attendant Consoles can be
connected to the VDH2(8)-U( ) ETU using a VDD-U Unit.
Each VDH2(8)-U( ) ETU has a built-in HUB facility that
has eight ports (IEEE 802.3 10Base-T).
A VDD-U Unit adapter is required at each digital station or
Attendant Console. Refer to Installing a VDD-U Unit on a
Multiline Terminal in Chapter 7 Installing Optional
Equipment.
5.9.2
Specifications
Refer to Table 5-41 VDH2(8)-U( ) ETU Specifications.
Table 5-41 VDH2(8)-U( ) ETU Specifications
Description
Specifications
General Specifications
Access Method
CSMA/CD Method (IEEE 802.3)
Transmission Speed
10 Mbps
Transmission Interface
10Base-2:
1 port
10Base-T + Dterm Interface:
8 ports
Transmission Interface Connectors
10Base-2
BNC (coaxial cable)
10Base-T + Dterm Interface
RJ-45 (modular for 10Base-T)
Transmission Cable Type and Maximum Cable Length
10Base-2
Coaxial Cable 606.8 feet (185 meters)
10Base-T + Dterm Interface
Twisted Pair Cable (LAN Category 3 or
higher) 328 feet (100 meters) for
10Base-T technology.
5 - 92
Installing Electronic Telephone Units

Electra Elite
Issue 7
5.9.3
Cabling
The information listed below applies when connecting the
VDH2(8)-U( ) ETU.
¥
Normally the 10Base-T cables connected to the
VDH2(8)-U( ) ETU cannot be directly connected to
another HUB or to a LAN terminal. A set of jumpers
is provided on the VDH2(8)-U( ) to turn off the
station abilities for ports 1~7. In this case LAN
terminals can be connected directly to the
VDH2(8)-U( ) ETU. Refer to Figure 5-50
VDH2(8)-U( ) ETU Jumpers for the layout of
jumpers on the KTU.
¥
Port 8 is unique because the station abilities cannot
be separated by changing a jumper setting like
ports 1~7. Port 8 is to be used for cascading HUBs.
Connect Port 8 either to another VDH2(8)-U( ) (Port
1~7) or an external HUB. In this case be sure to set
SW2 on the VDH2(8)-U( ) to =. If SW2 is set to X,
then Port 8 is used as a regular coreline connection.
Refer to Figure 5-51 10Base-T Cable Connections.
¥
The VDH2(8)-U( ) ETU can be used with 10Base-2
and 10Base-T cables. VDH2(8)-U( ) ETU HUBs can
be cascaded using 10Base2 cables. The 10Base2
connector can also be used to connect the
VDH2(8)-U( ) ETU to a LAN backbone. (Refer to
Figure 5-52 VDH2(8)-U( ) ETU.) In this case, the 8
port is still used for coreline. The 10Base2 cable
interconnecting VDH2(8)-U( ) ETUs must be greater
than 0.5 meters. Care should be taken so the
10Base2 cables are neatly coiled. When the
10Base2 cables are connected to the VDH2(8)-U( )
BNC connector, a terminating plug must be used if
this is the last device on the cable. Refer to Figure
5-53 VDH2(8)-U( ) ETU Connections.
¥
The preferred method of cascading VDH2(8)-U( )
ETU hubs is using the 10Base-2 cables because it
does not reduce the quantity of station ports that the
ETU can provide.
System Hardware Manual
5 - 93

Issue 7
Electra Elite
Figure 5-50 VDH2(8)-U( ) ETU Jumpers

Figure 5-51 10Base-T Cable Connections
5 - 94
Installing Electronic Telephone Units

Electra Elite
Issue 7

BNC
Connector
Jacks (1~8)
Figure 5-52 VDH2(8)-U( ) ETU

Terminating
Plug

Figure 5-53 VDH2(8)-U( ) ETU Connections
System Hardware Manual
5 - 95

Issue 7
Electra Elite
5.9.4
Installing the VDH2(8)-U( )
¥
The 10Base-T ports on the VDH2(8)-U( ) ETU use
4-wire polar cables.
¥
When connecting a VDH2(8)-U( ) ETU to a Multiline
Terminal, avoid using under-carpet cables because
the device becomes susceptible to outside noises. It
is better to use EIA/TIA round cables instead of flat
cables. When under-carpet cables are used, you
must follow the installation instructions provided by
the cable manufacturer. Also consider these
precautions:
·
Limit the under-carpet cable length to 65 feet.
·
When using multiple pair cabling to connect
the VDH2(8)-U( ) units to the multiline terminal,
do not include analog lines in the same cable.
¥
When connecting a VDH2(8)-U( ) ETU, use the
FCE-U10 Unit for proper wiring. Lead the cable
connected to the ETUs out through the clamp on the
KSU as shown in Figure 5-54 Front Cover Extender
for VDH2(8)-U( ) ETUs. Refer to 3.3 Installing a
Front Cover Extender (FCE-U10 Unit) in Chapter 4
on page 4-13.
¥
A maximum of 9 VDH2(8)-U( ) ETUs can be
installed in Slots S1~S8 in any system KSU.
5 - 96
Installing Electronic Telephone Units

Electra Elite
Issue 7

FC Extender
Figure 5-54 Front Cover Extender for
VDH2(8)-U( ) ETUs
Figure 5-51 10Base-T Cable Connections shows cable
connections to the LAN using 10Base-T cabling. Use an
EIA/TIA category 3 (or higher) unshielded twisted pair
cable.

Do not use 10Base-T cable for overhead or outdoor
wiring.
System Hardware Manual
5 - 97

Issue 7
Electra Elite
5.9.5
Switch Settings and Jumpers
Refer to Table 5-42 VDH2(8)-U( ) ETU Default Switch
Settings and Table 5-43 Jumper Settings.
Table 5-42 VDH2(8)-U( ) ETU Default Switch Settings
Switch
Setting
Description
SW1
N/A
Reset Switch
SW2
X Port 8 Normal Use Mode
Defines Port 8
(LAN Cable Integration)
communication mode.
= Port 8 10Base-T
cascades to another
VDH2(8)-U( ) ETU or
HUB

Table 5-43 Jumper Settings
Port
Jumper
Setting
JP1
Both 1 and 2 LAN connection only
1
JP2
Both 2 and 3 LAN station integration (default)
JP3
Both 1 and 2 LAN connection only
2
JP4
Both 2 and 3 LAN station integration (default)
JP5
Both 1 and 2 LAN connection only
3
JP6
Both 2 and 3 LAN station integration (default)
JP7
Both 1 and 2 LAN connection only
4
JP8
Both 2 and 3 LAN station integration (default)
JP9
Both 1 and 2 LAN connection only
5
JP10
Both 2 and 3 LAN station integration (default)
JP11
Both 1 and 2 LAN connection only
6
JP12
Both 2 and 3 LAN station integration (default)
JP13
Both 1 and 2 LAN connection only
7
JP14
Both 2 and 3 LAN station integration (default)
5 - 98
Installing Electronic Telephone Units

Electra Elite
Issue 7
5.9.6
LED Indications
LED indications are located on both sides of the ETU as
shown in Figure 5-55 VDH2(8)-U( ) LED Indications.
Figure 5-55 VDH2(8)-U( ) LED Indications
Table 5-44 VDH2(8)-U( ) ETU LED Indications
LED
Description
On
Flashing Off
LIVE
ETU status
Operation stopped,
Normal Operation
No Power
power on
1
LAN connection
Green
Not Used
LAN inactive
LAN Connection
2
LAN connection
Not Used
LAN inactive
established
3
LAN connection
Not Used
LAN inactive
Orange
4
LAN connection
Terminal is
Not Used
LAN inactive
Transmitting
5
LAN connection
Not Used
LAN inactive
6
LAN connection
Not Used
LAN inactive
7
LAN connection
Not Used
LAN inactive
8
LAN connection
Not Used
LAN inactive
9
10Base2 status
10Base2 sending
Not Used
10Base2 inactive
System Hardware Manual
5 - 99

Issue 7
Electra Elite
Table 5-44 VDH2(8)-U( ) ETU LED Indications (Continued)
LED
Description
On
Flashing Off
10
Intercom status
Intercom channel on
Not Used
No intercom terminal
some channel in use
used.
5.9.7
Connectors
The VDH2(8)-U( ) ETU has three connectors:
¥
CN1
Connects to the backboard.
¥
CN2 CH1~7
Connects to Multiline Terminals.
¥
CN2 CH8
Connects to Multiline Terminal or
cascades to another HUB.
¥
CN3
Connects 10Base-2 cascade
cables from another HUB or
mainframe LAN.
When SW2 is set to X, the following table indicates the pin
assignments for the RJ-45 pins for CN2 ~ CH8.

In the tables below, TD indicates Transmit Data and RD
indicates Receive Data.
Normal
Pin
Signaling
6
TD-
3
TD+
2
RD-
1
RD+
When SW2 is set to =, the following table indicates the pin
assignments for the RJ-45 pins for CN2 ~ CH8.
Cascade
Pin
Signaling
6
RD-
3
RD+
2
TD-
1
TD+

Cables that connect a terminal to a HUB are straight, and
cables that connect HUB-to-HUB are crossed. Coreline
uses straight cables only.
5 - 100
Installing Electronic Telephone Units

Electra Elite
Issue 7

RJ-45
RJ-45
RJ-45 Straight
1
1
2
2
3
3
6
6
RJ-45
RJ-45
RJ-45 Reversed
1
1
2
2
3
3
6
6
Figure 5-56 Cable Connection Comparison
System Hardware Manual
5 - 101

Issue 7
Electra Elite
5.10
VMS(2)/(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU
5.10.1
Description
The VMS(2)/(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU is a 2-, 4-, or 8-port Digital
Voice Mail system.
This ETU is a PC platform installed in the Electra Elite
192 and contains hard disk space for voice recording
storage and application software. A digital signal
processor/voice processing section handles the following
functions:
¥
DTMF detection
¥
DTMF generation
¥
General tone detection
¥
FAX CNG tone detection
¥
PCM compression for audio recording/playback
¥
Automatic gain control (AGC)
¥
A serial port (direct connect speeds up to 19.2
Kbps) to connect external modem
This ETU provides 2-, 4-, or 8-ports for digital voice mail.
The 8-port configuration requires a DSP-F-21 Unit. Refer
to Table 5-45 Configuration Support Table.

Table 5-45 Configuration Support Tab le
Function
Configuration Support
Applications
Automated Attendant/Voice Mail with call
forwarding (release transfer)
Automated Attendant/Voice Mail without call
forwarding (await answer transfer)
Voice Mail only (No transfer)
Call Forwarding
Supported
Connections
Connects to backplane connector of the KSU
Hardware
One VMS(2)/(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU
Message Notification
Through message waiting lamps
Operator Console
100 (default)
Positive disconnect: Digital Signal
5 - 102
Installing Electronic Telephone Units

Electra Elite
Issue 7
Table 5-45 Configuration Support Table (Continued)
Function
Configuration Support
Telephone
One of the following telephones is required to
program Electra Elite System data:
DTP/DTH/DTR-8D-1 TEL
DTU-8D-2 TEL
DTP/DTH/DTR-16D-1 TEL
DTU-16D-2 TEL
DTP/DTH/DTR-32D-1 TEL
DTU-32D-2 TEL
ETW-16DC-1/2 TEL
ETW-16DD-1/2 TEL
ETW-24DS-1/2 TEL
DSP-F-21 Unit
Adds four additional voice mail ports
Required by VMS(8)-U( ) ETU
MDM-F-20 Unit
Used for remote connection
5.10.2
Installation
Only one VMS(2)/(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU can be installed in each
system in any S1~S8 slot in any system KSU.

The system can have one FMS(2)/(4)/FMS(8)-U( ) ETU,
one CTI/VP(4)/(8)/(12)/(16)-U( ) ETU or one VMS/FMS/
CMS-U( ) in place of VMS.

System Hardware Manual
5 - 103

Issue 7
Electra Elite
8-port VMS(8)-U( ) ETU shown
Option Kit required for remote
with 4-port auxiliary DSP installed.
maintenance is purchased
For VMS(2)/(4)-U( ) ETU, the
separately.
auxiliary is not required.
DIP Switch
Up = Off
Down = On
9-pin RS-232
COM 2 Ports
Modem Port RJ-11
Make Busy Switch
COM 1
Local Connection
Figure 5-57 VMS( )-U10 ETU
5 - 104
Installing Electronic Telephone Units

Electra Elite
Issue 7
5.10.3
Switch Settings
Refer to Table 5-46 VMS(2)/(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU Switch
Settings for Revision Q30931 v 6.65 or lower.
For Revision Q00631 v 6.68 or higher, refer to Table 5-47
VMS DIP Switch Functions.
Table 5-46 VMS(2)/(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU Switch Settings
Switch
Description
1
N

ormally Off
(On to enable COM1)
2
N

ormally Off
When 1 and 2 are both On, COM1 is enabled
for HOSTKEY and the VM application is
stopped for Maintenance.
3
On to enable COM2 for remote
RS-232/RJ-11.
Off to allow COM1 local connection.
4

Not Used
Table 5-47 VMS DIP Switch Functions
DIP DIP DIP DIP
Description
1
2
3
4
ON
To enable HostKey and run Manufacturing Test
(NEC Production only
ON
ON
To enable HostKey with floppy disk redirection and
run Manufacturing Test (NEC Production only
ON
To connect to CoSession using modem instead of
direct cable connection
ON
To start BRU Host with direct cable connection
ON
ON
To start BRU Host with modem connection
ON
ON
To connect to CoSession using direct cable
connection but not start voice mail software
(Troubleshooting or Maintenance Mode)
Used for Revision Q00631 v 6.68 or Higher
System Hardware Manual
5 - 105

Issue 7
Electra Elite
5.10.4
LED Indications
Table 5-48 VMS(2)/(4)(8)-U( ) ETU LED Indications
LED
Description
On
Flashing Off
LIVE
ETU status
Receiving power
Not Used
No Power
CH1
Port status (2, 4, 8)
Busy
Not Used
Idle/Not used
CH2
Port status (2, 4, 8)
Busy
Not Used
Idle/Not used
CH3
Port status (4, 8)
Busy
Not Used
Idle/Not used
CH4
Port status (4, 8)
Busy
Not Used
Idle/Not used
CH5
Port status (8 only)
Busy
Not Used
Idle/Not used
CH6
Port status (8 only)
Busy
Not Used
Idle/Not used
CH7
Port status (8 only)
Busy
Not Used
Idle/Not used
CH8
Port status (8 only)
Busy
Not Used
Idle/Not used
MB
MB Switch status
ON
Not Used
OFF
BIOS
BIOS Error status
BIOS Error
Not Used
No error
BCLR
Application status
Red DOS started
Not Used
Idle
(VM not ready)
Green VM running
Orange Error
If BCLR LED is orange, check error type on console screen. After error is corrected, LED automatically
changes to green. Do Not connect link between console and ETU until BCLR turns green during booting.
HDD
Hard Disk status
Not Used
Hard Disk active **
Hard Disk inactive

Do not reset the ETU while the HDD LED is flashing.
5.10.5
Connectors
The VMS(2)/(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU has four connectors:
¥
CN1
Connects to the backboard
¥
9-pin RS-232(COM2)
Not used (MDM-F-20 Unit)
¥
RJ-11 modem port(COM2)
Remote connector on serial interface (MDM-F-20
Unit)
5 - 106
Installing Electronic Telephone Units

Electra Elite
Issue 7
¥
9-pin RS-232(COM1)
Local Serial connector on main ETU for direct
connection.
5.10.6
Installation Precautions
The ETUs used in this system make extensive use of
CMOS technology that is very susceptible to static
electricity.

Static discharge must be avoided when handling
ETUs.
Always use the following precautions:
¥
Wear a grounding strap anytime you handle the
ETU.
¥
Make all ETU DIP switch setting changes before
inserting it in the KSU. Ensure that KSU is off.
¥
Carry ETU in a conductive polyethylene bag to
prevent static electricity damage.
System Hardware Manual
5 - 107

Issue 7
Electra Elite
SEC
TION 6

OPTIONAL ETUS
This section describes optional Electronic Telephone Units that provide
additional functions for an Electra Elite system.
6.1
ACD(8)-U( ) ETU
6.1.1
Description
The ACD(8)-U( ) ETU interfaces the Elite ACD Plus Server
to the Electra Elite KSU. Elite ACD Plus provides
Windows-based software programs to enhance the ACD
features of the Electra Elite Key Telephone System.
COM 1
Figure 5-58 ACD(8)-U( ) ETU
6.1.2
Installation
Only one ACD(8) can be installed in slot S1~S8 in any
system KSU.
5 - 108
Installing Electronic Telephone Units

Electra Elite
Issue 7
6.1.3
LED Indications
Table 5-49 ACD(8)-U( ) ETU LED Indications
LED
Description
On
Flashing Off
LIVE
ETU status
Receiving power
Not Used
No Power
CH1
Port status
Busy
Not Used
Idle/Not used
CH2
Port status
Busy
Not Used
Idle/Not used
CH3
Port status
Busy
Not Used
Idle/Not used
CH4
Port status
Busy
Not Used
Idle/Not used
CH5
Port status
Busy
Not Used
Idle/Not used
CH6
Port status
Busy
Not Used
Idle/Not used
CH7
Port status
Busy
Not Used
Idle/Not used
CH8
Port status
Busy
Not Used
Idle/Not used
MB
MB Switch status
ON
Not Used
OFF
BIOS
BIOS Error status
BIOS Error
Not Used
No error
BCLR
Application status
Red DOS started
Not Used
Idle
(ACD not ready)
Green ACD running
If BCLR LED is orange, check error type on console screen. After error is corrected, LED automatically
changes to green. Do Not connect link between console and ETU until BCLR turns green during booting.
HD
Compact Flash status
Not Used
Compact Flash
Compact Flash
active **
inactive

Do not reset the ETU while the HD LED is flashing.
6.1.4
Connectors
The ACD(8)-U( ) ETU has two connectors:
¥
J9
Connects to the backboard
¥
9-pin
RS-232(COM1)
Local Serial connector for
direct connection.
6.1.5
Installation Precautions
The ETUs make extensive use of CMOS technology that is
very susceptible to static electricity.

Static discharge must be avoided when handling ETUs.
Always use the following precautions:
¥
Wear a grounding strap anytime you handle the ETU.
System Hardware Manual
5 - 109

Issue 7
Electra Elite
¥
Make all ETU DIP switch setting changes before
inserting it in the KSU. Ensure that Make Busy switch
is off.
¥
Carry ETU in a conductive polyethylene bag to
prevent static electricity damage.
5 - 110
Installing Electronic Telephone Units

Electra Elite
Issue 7
6.2
BSU(2)-U( ) ETU
6.2.1
Description
The BSU(2)-U( ) ETU provides the connection for Zone
Transceivers.
Figure 5-59 BSU(2)-U( ) ETU
6.2.2
Installation
Up to eight ETUs can be installed in slots S1~S8 in any
system KSU.
6.2.3
Switch Settings
The default switch settings are shown in Table 5-50
BSU(2)-U( ) ETU Default Switch Settings.
System Hardware Manual
5 - 111

Issue 7
Electra Elite
Table 5-50 BSU(2)-U( ) ETU Default Switch Se ttings
SW1
Description
Momentary Switch
BSU ETU Reset
SW2-1
Description
Off
Reports BSU ID to Main S/W
(Master)
On
Does not report BSU ID to Main S/W
(Slave)
SW2-2
Description
Off
Boot by Flash memory (Default)
On
Boot from E-Prom (IC30)
SW2-3
Description
Off
Normal Operation (Default)
On
Test Mode
SW2-4
Description
Off
Watch Dog Timer On (Default)
On
Watch Dog Timer Off

P P
r r
e es
ssising SW
ng SW1 2 i
intn
eterru
rruptp
sts a
a
ll s
ll Wirerv
le ic
s e a
s
n
us d
ers
c caus
onne e
c s
t a
ed t s
o t e
h c
e ond i
BSU(2 n
)-itia
U( l
)iza
E t
Tion.
U.
Us Th
e is
this
s
sww
it itc
ch h
s
only hou
as ld
a
no
last r t be
esort us
.
ed in an
5 - 112
Installing Electronic Telephone Units

Electra Elite
Issue 7
6.2.4
LED Indications
Table 5-51 LED Indications
LED
Description
On
Flashing Off
Layer 1: Up
Layer 1: Up
Layer 1: Down
1
Link Status for ZT1
Layer 2: Up
Layer 2: Down
Layer 2: Down
Layer 1: Up
Layer 1: Up
Layer 1: Down
2
Link Status for ZT2
Layer 2: Up
Layer 2: Down
Layer 2: Down
3
Not used
Always Off
4
5
Status for ZT1
Refer to Table 5-52 ZT Status Table for LEDs 5 and 6
6
Status for ZT2
7
Not used
Always Off
8
9
BSU Status
Alarm
Normal Operation
Not Operating
Operation stopped
10
LIVE
Normal Operation
No Power
(Power still on)
System Hardware Manual
5 - 113

Issue 7
Electra Elite
Table 5-52 ZT Status Table for LEDs 5 and 6
Lamp Off
Line is not Connected
Lamp On indications are shown below.
No Flicker (ZT is in standby)
On
Lamp
Off
Time (0.2s)
Flash cycle is 0.1 seconds (Not Supported)
On
Lamp
Time (0.2s)
Off
Flash cycle is 0.2 seconds. Remaining indications depend on the
number of PS connections.
1 PS connection
On
Lamp
Off
Time (0.2s)
2 PS connections
On
Lamp
Off
Time (0.2s)
3 PS Connections (ZT is busy)
On
Lamp
Time (0.2s)
Off
5 - 114
Installing Electronic Telephone Units

Electra Elite
Issue 7
6.2.5
Connectors
The BSU(2)-U( ) ETU has two connectors:
¥
CN1
Connects to the backboard
¥
CN2
For future use
6.2.6
ZT II Connections
MDF
RJ-45
RJ-45
T1
1
R1
ZT
2
T2
3
4
R2
5
T3
6
7
R3
8
T4
R4
T5
RJ-45
RJ-45
R5
1
T6
ZT
2
R6
3
4
T7
5
R7
6
T8
7
8
R8
Figure 5-60 BSU(2)-U( ) ETU Connections
System Hardware Manual
5 - 115

Issue 7
Electra Elite
6.3
CCH(4)-U( ) ETU
6.3.1
Description
The Common Channel Handler is an optional Interface ETU that
provides a common channel signal through the DTI-U30 ETU to a
K-CCIS network and controls the signaling between the KTS and
the CPU. Each CCH ETU supports four K-CCIS links.
Only one CCH(4)-U( ) ETU can be installed in each system.

Figure 5-61 CCH(4)-U10 ETU
6.3.2
Installation
The CCH(4)-U( ) ETU can be installed in any IF slot in the
basic B64-U10 KSU or any expansion KSU in the Elite 192
system. Only one CCH(4)-U( ) ETU can be installed in a
system.
5 - 116
Installing Electronic Telephone Units

Electra Elite
Issue 7
6.3.3
Switch Settings
Default switch settings are shown in the following table.
Table 5-53 CCH(4)-U( ) ETU Default Switch Settings
Switch
Setting/Description
SW1
Momentary Switch to reset the CCH ETU.
When this switch is pressed, all K-CCIS users connected
to the CCH ETU are interrupted. Use this switch only
after all other options have failed.
SW21
Off:
Normal Operation (Default)
On:
Test Mode
SW22
Off:
Boot from Flash Memory (Default)
On:
Boot from E-PROM (IC30)
SW23
Off:
Normal Operation (Default)
On:
Test Mode
SW24
Off:
Watch Dog Timer On (Default)
On:
Watch Dog Timer Off
6.3.4
LED Indications
Table 5-54 CCH(4) LED Indications
LED
Description
On
Flashing Off
1
Link status for CCH1
Layer 2: Up
Not Used
Layer 2: Down
2
Link status for CCH2
Layer 2: Up
Not Used
Layer 2: Down
3
Link status for CCH3
Layer 2: Up
Not Used
Layer 2: Down
4
Link status for CCH4
Layer 2: Up
Not Used
Layer 2: Down
5
Link status for CCH1
Data sent/received Not
Used
Idle
6
Link status for CCH2
Data sent/received Not
Used
Idle
7
Link status for CCH3
Data sent/received Not
Used
Idle
8
Link status for CCH4
Data sent/received Not
Used
Idle
9
CCH status
Alarm
Normal Operation
Not Operating
10
LIVE
Operation stopped
Normal Operation
No Power
(Power still on)
System Hardware Manual
5 - 117

Issue 7
Electra Elite
6.3.5
Connectors
The CCH(4)-U( ) ETU has two connectors:
¥
CN1
Connects to the backboard
¥
CN2
Performs maintenance functions
6.3.6
Connections
Physical connections to the MDF are not required for the CCH
ETU.
5 - 118
Installing Electronic Telephone Units

Electra Elite
Issue 7
6.4
ECR-U( ) ETU
6.4.1
Description
The ECR-U( ) ETU provides external relay control for
Zone Paging systems (3 relays), External Ringing control
(4 relays), Night Chime ringing control (1 relay), and two
general purpose relays.
There are two audio jacks. One provides the both-way
audio-for-paging system. The other provides a tone
output for External Tone Ringing and Night Chime.
6.4.2
Installation
Only one ECR-U( ) can be installed in slots S1~S8 in the
system.
6.4.3
LED Indications
Live LED indications are listed below.
¥
Blinking Red
Normal Operation
¥
Steady Red
Operation Stopped (power On)
¥
Off
No Power
Busy LED indications are listed below.
¥
Steady Red
Some Relays Are Busy
¥
Off
All Relays Are Idle
System Hardware Manual
5 - 119

Issue 7
Electra Elite

External BGM
Source
Maximum power capacity
for RLYs 1~3 is 10 W.
Pin 2
External
Amplifier
Pin 1
CN 2 Connector
SPKR OUT
RLY 1
Zone A
RLY 2
Zone Paging
Zone B
Output from
MDF
RLY 3
Zone C
Pin 3
CN 2 Connector
SPKR OUT
Pin 4
CN 3

External
External
Paging
Amplifier
RCA
Jack
Figure 5-62 ECR-U( ) Block Diagram
5 - 120
Installing Electronic Telephone Units

Electra Elite
Issue 7
6.4.4
Connectors
Refer to Table 5-55 Connector Descriptions (CN2) and
Figure 5-63 ECR-U( ) ETU.
The ECR-U10 ETU has four connectors:
¥
CN1
Connects to the Backboard
¥
CN2
Contacts for Relays
¥
CN3
Both-way Audio Connection for External
Paging
¥
CN4
Audio output for Tone Ringer and Night
Chime
Table 5-55 Connector Descriptions (CN2)
Pin Number
Description
13~16
Not Used
12
General Purpose Relay #1
11
10
General Purpose Relay #0
9
5~8
Not Used
4
Zone Paging Audio Input
3
2
External Paging BGM input
1
Refer to Table 4-1 MDF Cable Connections for all other
ECR-U( ) cable connections.
System Hardware Manual
5 - 121

Issue 7
Electra Elite
Figure 5-63 ECR-U( ) ETU
6.4.5
Specifications
¥
Relays
All relays are rated 24 Vdc at
500 mA
¥
External Tone
Output Power -10 dBm
¥
Ringer/Night Chime
Output Impedance 600
¥
External Paging
Output power -10 dBm
¥
Output Impedance
600
5 - 122
Installing Electronic Telephone Units

Electra Elite
Issue 7
6.5
PBR( )-U( ) ETU
6.5.1
Description
The Pushbutton Receiver (PBR) ETU detects and
translates DTMF tones generated by Single Line
Telephones, modems, or facsimile machines. This ETU is
required when the four built-in CPUB( )-U( ) ETU PBR
channels are not enough to support all the PBR
requirements of the system, or the CPUB( )-U( ) ETU PBRs
are dedicated to the VRS(4)-U( ) ETU.
Figure 5-64 PBR( )-U( ) ETU
System Hardware Manual
5 - 123

Issue 7
Electra Elite
6.5.2
Installation
Only one PBR( )-U( ) ETU can be installed in slots S1~S8
to provide four PBR circuits. Four circuits are built-in on
the CPUB( )-U( )for a maximum of eight PBR circuits.
6.5.3
LED Indications
Live LED indications are listed below.
¥
Blinking Red
Normal Operation
¥
Steady Red
Operation Stopped (power On)
¥
Off
No Power
LED 1 indications are listed below.
¥
On
Some circuit(s) are receiving DTMF
signaling
¥
Off
All PBR(s) are idle
6.5.4
Connectors
The PBR( )-U( ) ETU has one connector:
¥
CN1
Connects to the backboard
5 - 124
Installing Electronic Telephone Units

Electra Elite
Issue 7
6.6
VRS(4)-U( ) ETU
6.6.1
Description
The Voice Recording Service ETU provides record/
playback of voice messages for the Automated Attendant,
Voice Prompt, and Delay Announcement features. The
VRS(4)-U( ) ETU must use the built-in PBR circuits on the
CPUB( )-U( ) ETU for Automated Attendant or DISA.
Figure 5-65 VRS(4)-U( ) ETU
Each VRS(4)-U( ) ETU has four record/playback
channels. The maximum voice recording time for each
channel is 240 seconds. The technician can select one of
four message lengths. The available message lengths
and the maximum number of messages that can be
recorded are listed in the table below.
System Hardware Manual
5 - 125

Issue 7
Electra Elite

Maximum Number of
Message Length
Recorded Messages
15 seconds
16
30 seconds
8
60 seconds
4
120 seconds
2
6.6.2
Installation
A maximum of two VRS(4)-U( ) ETUs can be installed in
slots S1~S8 in any system KSU.
6.6.3
Switch Settings
Refer to Table 5-56 VRS(4)-U( ) ETU Default Switch
Settings.
Table 5-56 VRS(4)-U( ) ETU Default Switch Settings
Switch Settings
Function
Recording decibel
SW11
SW12
SW13
adjustment
Off
Off
Off
0 decibels (default)
On
Off
Off
1 decibel
Off
On
Off
2 decibels
On
On
Off
3 decibels
Off
Off
On
4 decibels
On
Off
On
5 decibels
Off
On
On
6 decibels
On
On
On
7 decibels
On
Record Gain
SW1-4
Off
Record Pad (default)
SW2
N/A
Test/Reset Switch
5 - 126
Installing Electronic Telephone Units

Electra Elite
Issue 7
6.6.4
LED Indications
Table 5-57 VRS(4) LED Indications
LED
Description
On
Flashing Off
BSY 1
Channel 1 status
Busy
Not Used
Idle
BSY 2
Channel 2 status
Busy
Not Used
Idle
BSY 3
Channel 3 status
Busy
Not Used
Idle
BSY 4
Channel 4 status
Busy
Not Used
Idle
LIVE
ETU status
Operation stopped
Normal operation
No power
(power On)
6.6.5
Connectors
The VRS(4)-U( ) ETU has one connector:
¥
CN1
Connects to the backboard
6.6.6
Pins
Two pins, SP1 and SP2, are located on the top right of
the VRS ETU. These short pins are for maintenance. Do
not change the factory default settings on these pins.
Pins 2 and 3 are short-circuited.
System Hardware Manual
5 - 127

Issue 7
Electra Elite
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
5 - 128
Installing Electronic Telephone Units

Chapter 6
Installing Electra Elite
Multiline Terminals
6th Tab

Installing Electra Elite
Multiline Terminals
Chapter 6
SEC
TION 1

GENERAL
INFORMATION
The Electra Elite192 system provides several different Multiline Terminals,
an Attendant Console, and several adapters that allow peripheral
equipment to be attached to the Multiline Terminals. With the exception of
the VDD-U Unit, the adapters can also be used with Dterm Series E
Multiline Terminals. This chapter describes each terminal, console, and
adapter and provides applicable installation instructions.
SEC
TION 2

MULTILINE TERMINALS
2.1
DTP-2DT-1 TEL
This digital nondisplay Multiline Terminal has two programmable
line keys (each with a 2-color LED), eight function keys, a built-in
speakerphone, headset connection, and a large LED to indicate
incoming calls and messages.
A maximum of 119 DTP-2DT-1 TELs can be installed in the Electra
Elite 192 system.
The combined total of all Electra Elite Multiline Terminals that can
be installed in an Electra Elite 192 system is 120.

Figure 6-1 DTP-2DT-1 TEL
System Hardware Manual
6 - 1

Issue 7
Electra Elite
2.2
DTU-8-1 TEL
This digital nondisplay Multiline Terminal has eight programmable
line keys (each with a 2-color LED), eight function keys, a built-in
speakerphone, headset jack, a large LED to indicate incoming calls
and messages, and compatibility with ADA-U, APA-U, APR-U,
CTA-U, CTU(C), CTU(S), HFU-U, or VDD-U Unit.
The DTP-8-1 TEL is comparable and can also be used with the
Electra Elite system.
A maximum of 119 DTU/DTP-8-1 TELs can be installed in the
Electra Elite 192 system.
The combined total of all Electra Elite Multiline Terminals that can
be installed in an Electra Elite 192 system is 120.

Figure 6-2 DTU-8-1 TEL Multiline Terminal
6 - 2
Installing Electra Elite Multiline Terminals

Electra Elite
Issue 7
2.3
DTU-8D-2 TEL
This digital Multiline Terminal has eight programmable line keys
(each with the 2-color LED), eight function keys, a built-in
speakerphone, headset jack, a Large LED to indicate incoming
calls and messages, and compatibility with ADA-U, APA-U,
APR-U, CTA-U, CTU(C), CTU(S), HFU-U, or VDD-U Unit.
This terminal also has a 3-line, 24-character, adjustable Liquid
Crystal Display (LCD) and four softkeys.
The DTP-8D-1 TEL is comparable and can also be used with the
Electra Elite system.
A maximum of 120 DTU-8D-2/DTP-8D-1 TELs can be installed in
the Electra Elite 192 system.
The combined total of all Electra Elite Multiline Terminals that can
be installed in the Electra Elite 192 system is 120.
Figure 6-3 DTU-8D-2 TEL Multiline Terminal
System Hardware Manual
6 - 3

Issue 7
Electra Elite
2.4
DTU-16-1 TEL
This digital nondisplay Multiline Terminal has 16 programmable line
keys (each with a 2-color LED), eight function keys, a built-in
speakerphone, headset jack, a large LED to indicate incoming calls
and messages, and compatibility with ADA-U, APA-U, APR-U,
CTA-U, CTU(C), CTU(S), HFU-U, or VDD-U Unit.
The DTP-16-1 TEL is comparable and can also be used with the
Electra Elite system.
A maximum of 119 DTU/DTP-16-1 TELs can be installed in an
Electra Elite 192 system.
The combined total of all Electra Elite Multiline Terminals that can
be installed in an Electra Elite 192 system is 120.

Figure 6-4 DTU-16-1 TEL Multiline Terminal
6 - 4
Installing Electra Elite Multiline Terminals

Electra Elite
Issue 7
2.5
DTU-16D-2 TEL
This digital Multiline Terminal has 16 programmable line keys (each
with a 2-color LED), eight function keys, a built-in speakerphone,
headset jack, a large LED to indicate incoming calls and
messages, and compatibility with ADA-U, APA-U, APR-U, CTA-U,
CTU(C), CTU(S), HFU-U, or VDD-U Unit.
The DTP-16D-1 TEL is comparable and can also be used with the
Electra Elite system.
This terminal also has a 3-line, 24-character, adjustable Liquid
Crystal Display (LCD) and four softkeys.
A maximum of 120 DTU-16D-2/DTP-16D-1 TELs can be installed
in an Electra Elite 192 system.
The combined total of all Electra Elite Multiline Terminals that can
be installed in an Electra Elite 192 system is 120.

Figure 6-5 DTU-16D-2 TEL Multiline Terminal
System Hardware Manual
6 - 5

Issue 7
Electra Elite
2.6
DTU-32-1 TEL
This digital nondisplay Multiline Terminal has 16 programmable line
keys (each with a 2-color LED), 16 one-touch keys, eight function
keys, a built-in speakerphone, headset jack, a large LED to indicate
incoming calls and messages, and compatibility with ADA-U,
APA-U, APR-U, CTA-U, CTU(C), CTU(S), HFU-U, and VDD-U
Units.
The DTP-32-1 TEL, is comparable and can also be used with the
Electra Elite system.
System software can be changed so this Multiline Terminal can
have 24 programmable line keys and 8 one-touch keys.
A maximum of 119 DTU/DTP-32-1 TELs can be installed in an
Electra Elite 192 system.
The combined total of all Electra Elite Multiline Terminals that can
be installed in an Electra Elite 192 system is 120.

Figure 6-6 DTU-32-1 TEL Multiline Terminal
6 - 6
Installing Electra Elite Multiline Terminals

Electra Elite
Issue 7
2.7
DTU-32D-2 TEL
This digital Multiline Terminal has 16 programmable line keys (each
with a 2-color LED), 16 one-touch keys, eight function keys, a
built-in speakerphone, headset jack, a large LED to indicate
incoming calls and messages, and compatibility with ADA-U,
APA-U, APR-U, CTA-U, CTU(C), CTU(S), HFU-U, or VDD-U Unit.
This terminal also has a 3-line, 24-character, adjustable Liquid
Crystal Display (LCD) and four softkeys.
System software can be changed so this Multiline Terminal can
have 24 programmable line keys and eight one-touch keys.
The DTP-32D-1 TEL is comparable and can also be used with the
Electra Elite system.
A maximum of 120 DTU-32D-2/DTP-32D-1 TELs can be installed
in an Electra Elite 192 system.
The combined total of all Electra Elite Multiline Terminals that can
be installed in an Electra Elite 192 system is 120.

Figure 6-7 DTU-32D-2 TEL Multiline Terminal
System Hardware Manual
6 - 7

Issue 7
Electra Elite
2.8
DCU-60-1 CONSOLE
The Attendant Console has 60 programmable line keys (each with
a 2-color LED). These 60 line keys can be programmed as Direct
Station Selection keys, function keys, or as outside line keys. An
external power supply (AC adapter) is provided with the Attendant
Console.
A maximum of four DCU-60-1 Consoles can be installed in an any
Electra Elite 48/192 system. An Attendant Position can have four
associated DCU-60-1 Consoles.

Figure 6-8 DCU-60-1 Console
6 - 8
Installing Electra Elite Multiline Terminals

Electra Elite
Issue 7

SECTION 3

SINGLE LINE
TELEPHONES
3.1
DTP-1-1 or DTP-1-2 TEL
The Single Line Telephone is a fully modular terminal with a Flash
key, redial key, 3-level receive volume control, 2-level ring volume
control, data jack, and message waiting lamp. Each terminal
requires an SLT(1)-U10 ADP or SLI(4)/(8)-U10 ETU.
A maximum of 118 DTP-1-1 or DTP-1-2 TELs can be installed in
the Electra Elite 192 system.
Figure 6-9 DTP-1-1 TEL Single Line Telephone

The H switch setting for the receive volume control should
only be used by hearing impaired individuals, otherwise
hearing damage may occur. This telephone complies with
HAC (Hearing Aid Compatible) volume control defined by
section 68.317 of the FCC Rules and Regulations, 1996
edition.

The H switch setting for the receive volume control should
only be used by hearing impaired individuals, otherwise
hearing damage may occur. This telephone complies with
HAC (Hearing Aid Compatible) volume control defined by
section 68.317 of the FCC Rules and Regulations, 1996
edition.
System Hardware Manual
6 - 9

Issue 7
Electra Elite
3.2
DTP-1HM-1 or DTP-1HM-2 TEL
The Single Line Telephone is a fully modular terminal with a flash
key, redial key, 3-level receive volume control, 2-level ring volume
control, data jack, message waiting lamp, and eight programmable
Feature Access/Speed Dial keys. Each terminal requires an
SLT(1)-U10 ADP or SLI(4)/(8)-U10 ETU.
A maximum of 112 DTP-1HM-1 or DTP-1HM-2 TELs can be
installed in the Electra Elite 192 system.
Figure 6-10 DTP-1HM-1 TEL Single Line Telephone

The H switch setting for the receive volume control should
only be used by hearing impaired individuals, otherwise
hearing damage may occur. This telephone complies with
HAC (Hearing Aid Compatible) volume control defined by
section 68.317 of the FCC Rules and Regulations, 1996
edition.

The H switch setting for the receive volume control should
only be used by hearing impaired individuals, otherwise
hearing damage may occur. This telephone complies with
HAC (Hearing Aid Compatible) volume control defined by
section 68.317 of the FCC Rules and Regulations, 1996
edition.
6 - 10
Installing Electra Elite Multiline Terminals

Electra Elite
Issue 7
SEC
TION 4

CONNECTING A DTU/
The instructions for connecting a Multiline Terminal to the system applies
DTP TERMINAL TO THE
to all of the Electra Elite Multiline Terminals.
SYSTEM
1.
Plug the telephone cord into the modular jack on the bottom side of
the Multiline Terminal. The handset is also attached to the bottom
side of the Multiline Terminal.
Figure 6-11 Connecting a Multiline Terminal to the System
2.
Lead the telephone and handset cords through the appropriate
grooves.

Figure 6-12 Leading Line Cords on a Multiline Terminal
System Hardware Manual
6 - 11

Issue 7
Electra Elite
SEC
TION 5

CONNECTING DCU
An Attendant Console can be attached to a Multiline Terminal using the
ATTENDANT CONSOLE
following procedures.
TO A MULTILINE
TERMINAL
1.
Turn the Multiline Terminal and the Attendant Console face down.
2.
Using the joining plate provided with the Attendant Console, attach
the plate to the Multiline Terminal and the Attendant Console.
3.
Connect the line cord and the AC adapter to the indicated locations
on the bottom of the Attendant Console.

Line Cord Jack
AC Adapter Plug
Figure 6-13 Connecting the Line Cord and AC Adapter when Installing a
DCU Attendant Console
4.
When the Attendant Console and the Multiline Terminal are properly
connected, they sit side-by-side as shown in Figure 6-14 DCU
Attendant Console and Multiline Terminal.
5.
Make sure that the AC adapter, supplied with the Attendant Console,
is used. Using a different AC adapter may cause problems. Check
that the supplied voltage matches that specified for the adapter and
plug it in an outlet.
6 - 12
Installing Electra Elite Multiline Terminals

Electra Elite
Issue 7

Figure 6-14 DCU Attendant Console and Multiline Terminal
SEC
TION 6

ADJUSTING THE DTU/
DTP LCD
Electra Elite display Multiline Terminals have an adjustable Liquid Crystal
Display (LCD). The LCD can be adjusted by pushing down or pulling up
as desired.
Figure 6-15 Adjusting the DTU/DTP LCD
System Hardware Manual
6 - 13

Issue 7
Electra Elite
SEC
TION 7

INSTALLING DTU/DTP
7.1
Line Card and Plastic Panel Installation
LINE CARDS AND
PLASTIC PANELS
Line key designations are entered on the Line Card that is then
placed on the Multiline Terminal to provide a quick reference of key
designations. The Line Cards can be changed as necessary. The
Plastic Panel is placed on top of the Line Card to hold it in place.
1.
Place the Line Card over the keys on the Multiline Terminal.
2.
Place the tabs on the bottom of the plastic panel in the
grooves at the terminal bottom, and press top right and left
ends to secure plastic panel to the Multiline Terminal. Refer to
Figure 6-16 Installing Line Card and Plastic Panel on a DTU/
DTP Multiline Terminal an d Figure 6-17 Installing Plastic
Panel on a DTU/DTP Multiline Terminal.

Figure 6-16 Installing Line Card and Plastic Panel on a DTU/DTP
Multiline Terminal
6 - 14
Installing Electra Elite Multiline Terminals

Electra Elite
Issue 7
Figure 6-17 Installing Plastic Panel on a DTU/DTP Multiline Terminal
7.2
Plastic Panel Removal
Lift the right corner, raise the panel, and slide the bottom away from
the Multiline Terminal.
Pulling on the bottom of the plastic panel to
remove it could cause panel damage.
Figure 6-18 Removing the Plastic Panel from the DTU/DTP
Multiline Terminal
System Hardware Manual
6 - 15

Issue 7
Electra Elite
SEC
TION 8

REMOVING DTU/DTP
If the softkeys on the Multiline Terminal are not used, they can be removed
SOFTKEYS
using the following procedure:
1.
Remove the softkeys by pulling the softkey plate upward as shown in
Figure 6-19 Removing DTU/DTP Softkeys.
Figure 6-19 Removing DTU/DTP Softkeys
6 - 16
Installing Electra Elite Multiline Terminals

Electra Elite
Issue 7
SEC
TION 9

ADJUSTING DTU/DTP
The base plate on the Electra Elite Multiline Terminal is hinged to allow
MULTILINE TERMINAL
adjustment to raise or lower the terminal.
HEIGHT
1.
Turn the Multiline Terminal upside down and locate the tabs as
shown in Figure 6-20 Locating the Adjustment Tabs on the DTU/DTP
Multiline Terminal.
Figure 6-20 Locating the Adjustment Tabs on the DTU/DTP
Multiline Terminal
2.
Push the adjustment tabs and raise the base plate until it locks.
Figure 6-21 Raising the Base Plate on the DTU/DTP Multiline Terminal
System Hardware Manual
6 - 17

Issue 7
Electra Elite
3.
The length of the cord can be adjusted by pulling the line cord though
the groove in the bottom of the Multiline Terminal.
Figure 6-22 Adjusting the Line Cord Length
4.
To lower the base plate on the Multiline Terminal, push on the
adjustment tabs and push the base plate downward.
Tab
Figure 6-23 Lowering the Base Plate on the Multiline Terminal
6 - 18
Installing Electra Elite Multiline Terminals

Electra Elite
Issue 7
SECTION 10

INSTALLING A Dterm ®
CORDLESS LITE OR
Dterm ® CORDLESS II
TERMINAL
10.1
Selecting an Installation Location
Select a location to avoid excessive heat or humidity. The base
unit should be placed on a desk or tabletop near a standard 120
Vac outlet and within reach of the telephone line connection on the
Electra Elite Multiline Terminal. Keep the base unit and the
handset away from sources of electrical noise (e.g. fluorescent
lighting).
Figure 6-24 Dterm Cordless Lite Terminal
System Hardware Manual
6 - 19

Issue 7
Electra Elite
Figure 6-25 Dterm Cordless II
10.2
Connecting the Telephone Cords
The Dterm Cordless Lite or Cordless II terminal is connected to the
telephone line and to the host telephone using two telephone line
jacks on the back of the Base Unit: LINE IN and LINE OUT.

Observe the following warnings during
installation.
¥
Never install telephone wiring during a lightning storm.
¥
Never touch uninsulated telephone wires or terminals unless
the telephone line has been disconnected at the network
interface.
¥
Use caution when installing or modifying telephone lines.
1.
Unplug the telephone line cord from the host telephone, and
connect it to the LINE IN jack.
6 - 20
Installing Electra Elite Multiline Terminals

Electra Elite
Issue 7
2.
Using the telephone line cord supplied with the Dterm
Cordless Terminal, connect the LINE OUT jack to the host
telephone jack.
10.3
Applying Power to the Base Unit
1.
Plug the AC Adapter cord into the AC Adapter input jack on
the Base Unit.

Use only the AC Adapter supplied with the Dterm
Handset Cordless Terminal.
2.
Plug the AC Adapter into a standard 120 Vac wall outlet.
3.
Route the power cord where it does not create a trip hazard or
where it could become chafed and create a fire or other
electrical hazards.

The AC Adapter furnished with this phone can be
equipped with a polarized line plug (a plug having one
blade wider than the other). This plug fits into the power
outlet only one way. When you cannot insert the plug
fully into the outlet, reverse the plug. When the plug still
does not fit, contact your facilities coordinator about
replacing the obsolete plug. Do not alter the shape of
the blades of the polarized plug.
Line IN from
Telephone Jack
Line OUT to Host
Figure 6-26 Connecting the Base Unit
System Hardware Manual
6 - 21

Issue 7
Electra Elite
SECTION 11

INSTALLING Dterm ®
HANDSET CORDLESS
TERMINAL
11.1
Selecting an Installation Location
Select a location for the DTP-16HC-1 TEL to avoid excessive heat
or humidity. The base unit should be placed on a desk or tabletop
near a standard 120 Vac outlet and within reach of the telephone
line connection on the Electra Elite Multiline Terminal. Keep the
base unit and the handset away from sources of electrical noise
(e.g., fluorescent lighting).
11.2
Connecting the Telephone Cord
The Base Unit of the DTP-16HC-1 Tel has two jacks on the back:
LINE and DC24V.
Observe the following warnings during
installation.
¥
Never install telephone wiring during a lightning storm.
¥
Never touch uninsulated telephone wires or terminals unless
the telephone line has been disconnected at the network
interface.
¥
Use caution when installing or modifying telephone lines.
Using the telephone line cord supplied with the terminal, connect
the LINE jack to the telephone line.
6 - 22
Installing Electra Elite Multiline Terminals

Electra Elite
Issue 7

Figure 6-27 Dterm Handset Cordless Terminal
11.3
Applying Power to the Base Unit
1.
Power to charge the battery is supplied from the Telephone
line.
2.
An ACA-U Unit must be installed in the optional DC24V jack
on the Base Unit to provide power for the Dterm Handset
Cordless terminal.
3.
Plug the ACA-U Unit into a standard 120 Vac wall outlet.
4.
The power level between the Handset and the Base is
10mW.
5.
When the ACA-U Unit is used, route the power cord where it
does not create a trip hazard or where it could become
chafed and create a fire or electrical hazard.
System Hardware Manual
6 - 23

Issue 7
Electra Elite
SECTION 12

INSTALLING A Dterm ®
ANALOG CORDLESS
TERMINAL
12.1
Selecting an Installation Location
Select a location to avoid excessive heat or humidity. The base
unit should be placed on a desk or tabletop near a standard 120
Vac outlet and within reach of the telephone line connection on the
Electra Elite Multiline Terminal. Keep the base unit and the
handset away from sources of electrical noise (e.g. fluorescent
lighting).
Figure 6-28 Dterm Analog Cordless Terminal
12.2
Connecting the Telephone Cord
The DTR-1R-1 Dterm Analog Cordless terminal is connected to an
analog port on the KSU using one of the following: SLI(4)/(8)-U( )
or OPX(2)-U( ) ETU, SLT(1)-U( ) ADP, or APR-U Unit connected to
the multiline terminal. A TEL LINE jack is located on back of the
base unit of the Dterm Analog Cordless terminal.
Observe the following warnings during
installation.
¥
Never install telephone wiring during a lightning storm.
6 - 24
Installing Electra Elite Multiline Terminals

Electra Elite
Issue 7
¥
Never touch uninsulated telephone wires or terminals unless
the telephone line has been disconnected at the network
interface.
¥
Use caution when installing or modifying telephone lines.
Using the telephone line cord supplied with the Dterm Analog
Cordless terminal, connect the TEL LINE to the telephone line.
12.3 Applying Power to the Base Unit
1.
Plug the AC Adapter connector in the DC IN 9V jack.
2.
Route the power cord where it does not create a trip hazard or
where it could become chafed and create a fire or other
electrical hazards.
3.
Plug the AC Adapter in a standard 120 Vac wall outlet.

The AC Adapter furnished with this phone should be
equipped with a polarized line plug (a plug having one
blade wider than the other). This plug fits into the power
outlet only one way. When you cannot insert the plug
fully into the outlet, reverse the plug. When the plug still
does not fit, contact your facilities coordinator about
replacing the obsolete plug. Do not alter the shape of
the blades of the polarized plug.
System Hardware Manual
6 - 25

Issue 7
Electra Elite
SECTION 13

Dterm ® PS II
13.1
Description
This terminal has wireless communication with a Zone Transceiver
(ZT II) that is directly connected to the system. Refer to Figure 6-29
Dterm PS II Wireless Terminal.
Figure 6-29 Dterm PS II Wireless Terminal
6 - 26
Installing Electra Elite Multiline Terminals

Electra Elite
Issue 7
SECTION 14

WALL MOUNTING THE
DTP-1-1 OR DTP-1-2
TEL AND DTP-1HM-1
OR DTP-1HM-2 TEL
14.1
Hanger Hook
1.
Remove the hook from the unit.
Figure 6-30 Removing the DTP Hook
2.
Turn the hook over (back to the front) with the tab toward the
top.
Figure 6-31 Turning the Hook Over
System Hardware Manual
6 - 27

Issue 7
Electra Elite
3.
Slide the hook on its glides back down into position forming
the hanger hook for the handset.
Figure 6-32 Sliding the Hook into Position
14.2
Using Installed Modular Wall Plate
1.
Unscrew the three screws on the unit to remove the plate.
Figure 6-33 Removing the Screws
6 - 28
Installing Electra Elite Multiline Terminals

Electra Elite
Issue 7
2.
Replace the plate and screw in the two positions. (One
remaining screw can be screwed in at the original third
position.)
Figure 6-34 Replacing the Plate and Screw
3.
Loosen the screws on the wall telephone plate to protrude a
bit.
Figure 6-35 Protruding Screws
System Hardware Manual
6 - 29

Issue 7
Electra Elite
4.
Install the telephone with the plate on the protruding screws.
Figure 6-36 Mounting the Telephone
6 - 30
Installing Electra Elite Multiline Terminals

Chapter 7
Installing Optional
Equipment
7th Tab

Installing Optional
Equipment
Chapter 7

SECTION 1

GENERAL
INFORMATION
Optional equipment enhances the Electra Elite 192 system. This
equipment can be purchased separately from the system and added as
the customer business grows. Except as noted, these adapters can be
installed on Electra Elite Multiline Terminals. With the exception of the
VDD-U Unit, the adapters can also be used with Dterm Series E Multiline
Terminals.
A Multiline Terminal can have up to three adapters installed at the same
time. When attaching an APR-U, CTA-U, CTU(C)-U, CTU(S)-U, HFU-U,
or VDD-U Unit, an external power supply is required. Only one power
supply is needed even when more than one adapter is installed.
When an adapter is installed for the first time into a telephone, the base
cover on the Multiline Terminal may have to be modified. The base cover
has two access panels that are removed before the cover can be closed
over the adapters to complete the installation.

SECTION 2

PREPARING MULTILINE
TERMINAL FOR
ADAPTER
INSTALLATION
To prepare the Multiline Terminal for adapter installation:
1.
Unplug the telephone cord from the terminal.
2.
Turn the terminal upside down. Push the tabs indicated in Figure 7-1
Raising the Base Plate, and raise the inner area of the base plate.
System Hardware Manual
7 - 1

Issue 7
Electra Elite
Figure 7-1 Raising the Base Plate
3.
Insert a flat head screwdriver into A in Figure 7-2 Unlocking Tab and
press straight down until tab unlocks.
Figure 7-2 Unlocking Tab
7 - 2
Installing Optional Equipment

Electra Elite
Issue 7
4.
Lightly press the right side of leg shown as B in Figure 7-3 Releasing
Right Tab, insert a flat head screwdriver at C. Press straight down
until other tab unlocks.
Figure 7-3 Releasing Right Tab
5.
Open and remove the bottom cover by rotating counterclockwise as
shown in Figure 7-4 Removing Bottom Cover.
Figure 7-4 Removing Bottom Cover
System Hardware Manual
7 - 3

Issue 7
Electra Elite
6.
When an adapter is being installed, press tabs A and B to remove the
dummy end from the base plate as shown in Figure 7-5 Removing
Base Plate Dummy End.
Figure 7-5 Removing Base Plate Dummy End
7.
Cut the dummy end in half as shown in Figure 7-6 Cutting Dummy
End in Half.
Figure 7-6 Cutting Dummy End in Half
7 - 4
Installing Optional Equipment

Electra Elite
Issue 7
8.
When the adapter is installed in connector 1 as shown in Figure 7-7
Installing Adapter in Connector 1, Install the dummy end B as shown
in Figure 7-8 Installing Dummy End B.
Figure 7-7 Installing Adapter in Connector 1
Figure 7-8 Installing Dummy End B
9.
When the Adapter is installed in Connector 2, install dummy end A in
the other slot.
System Hardware Manual
7 - 5

Issue 7
Electra Elite
SEC
TION 3

INSTALLATION
3.1
ACA-U Unit (AC Adapter)
PROCEDURES
This unit provides power to ancillary devices, Attendant Consoles,
or the DTP-16HC-1 TEL. Except for the DTP-16HC-1 TEL, the
ACA-U Unit must be connected to an adapter that is installed on a
Multiline Terminal. When more than one adapter is installed on a
Multiline Terminal, only one ACA-U Unit is necessary.
The power requirements for the ACA-U Unit are:
¥
Input: 120V AC, 60 Hz, 30W
¥
Output: 24V DC, 750 mA
¥
Polarity:

3.1.1
Connecting the ACA-U Unit
1.
Unplug the line cord from the Multiline Terminal and
unplug the ACA-U Unit from the AC outlet. (Failing
to do this can damage the unit and/or the Multiline
Terminal.)
2.
Prepare Multiline Terminal for adapter installation.
Refer to Section 2 Preparing Multiline Terminal for
Adapter Installation.
3.
Locate the AC Adapter plug on the ancillary device
that is connected to the bottom of the Multiline
Terminal and plug in the AC Adapter.
7 - 6
Installing Optional Equipment

Electra Elite
Issue 7

AC Adapter Plug
Figure 7-9 ACA-U Unit Connection
3.2
ADA-U Unit (Ancillary Device Adapter)
Ancillary Device Adapters allow connection of a tape recorder to all
DTP/DTU Multiline Terminals except DTP-2DT-1 and
DTP-16HC-1.
When installing an ADA-U Unit, first connect the cables to the
ADA-U Unit, set the dip switches, and then install the ADA-U Unit
on the Multiline Terminal.
3.2.1
Installing an ADA-U Unit on a Multiline Terminal
1.
Unplug the telephone cord from the Multiline
Terminal.
2.
Prepare Multiline Terminal for adapter installation.
Refer to Section 2 Preparing Multiline Terminal for
Adapter Installation.
3.
Plug the ADA-U Unit connector into the receptacle
connector on the back of the Multiline Terminal.
Snap the ADA-U Unit into the hooks on the Multiline
Terminal to secure it.
System Hardware Manual
7 - 7

Issue 7
Electra Elite

Figure 7-10 Attaching the ADA-U Unit to the Multiline
Terminal
4.
Replace base plate.
5.
Lead the audio cable out through the groove on the
base cover. Connect the telephone cord.
Figure 7-11 Leading the Audio Cable Out from the
ADA-U Unit
7 - 8
Installing Optional Equipment

Electra Elite
Issue 7
3.2.2
Connecting Cables to the ADA-U Unit
Cable terminal connectors are located on the right side of
the ADA-U Unit. Cables should be connected on this unit
before installing the unit on the Multiline Terminal.
Terminals
Figure 7-12 ADA-U Unit
1.
Cut off the plug on one end of the cable.
2.
Locate the adapter terminals on the right side of the
unit as illustrated in Figure 7-12 ADA-U Unit.
3.
Remove the cap on the adapter terminal to expose
the metal receptacle. Push the cable in the
applicable receptacle, and replace the cap. Line up
the slot on the cap with the slot on the metal
receptacle to ensure proper contact. Refer to Figure
7-13 Attaching Cables to the ADA-U Unit.
Figure 7-13 Attaching Cables to the ADA-U Unit
System Hardware Manual
7 - 9

Issue 7
Electra Elite
4.
Insulate the end of the cable that needs to be
shielded with insulating tape.
Table 7-1 ADA-U Cable Connections provides a list
of cable connections to ADA-U ADP terminals and
describes the specifications for the terminals.
Table 7-1 ADA-U Cable Connectio ns
Terminal
Cables to Connect
Terminal Specifications
Number
When warning tone is not being sent from Input Terminal:
T1 and T2 are enabled for tone
the recorder, connect wire pair input from
generating device when switches
T1
tone generator to T1:T2. The warning
SW1-3 and SW1- 4 are OFF.
tones from the generator are sent to T1:T2
on a dedicated wire pair while the speech (When switches SW1- 3 and SW1-4 are ON, a
path is sent from the ADA-U on T3:T4 over humming sound may be recorded due to impedance
a separate wire pair to the recorder.
mismatch.)
T2
Input Impedance on T1 and T2: 100K
Input Level on T1 and T2: 15 dB ~ 40 dB
Connect recorder device wire pair speech Input/Output Terminal:
input to T3:T4.
Refer to dip switch settings in Table 7-2 ADA-U Unit
When the recorder used supplies a Switch Settings.
T3:T4
warning tone, this tone may also be sent
over the T3:T4 wire pair back to the
terminal.
Connect the bare end of the control cable.
When a Multiline Terminal is idle, this contact is
closed. When the Multiline Terminal goes off-hook
(using the handset, headset, or speakerphone), this
T5
contact is open.
When recorder owner manual specifies start on
open circuit, connect T5 and T6.
Connect the shielded end of the control Provides common connection for control cable.
T6
cable.
Connect the bare end of the control cable.
When the Multiline Terminal is idle, this contact is
open. When the Multiline Terminal is busy (using the
handset, headset, or speakerphone), this contact is
T7
closed.
When recorder owner manual specifies start on
closed circuit, connect T6 and T7.
T8
Unused
T9
7 - 10
Installing Optional Equipment

Electra Elite
Issue 7
Table 7-1 ADA-U Cable Connections (Continued)
Notes:

When recording in handsfree (half-duplex) mode using the built-in speakerphone, the record warning
tone may not be audible to the far-end party.

The transmit recording level is lower than the receiving voice level for intercom calls; the transmit
recording level for CO calls is normal.

Depending on the recording device(s), separate cables may be required for the warning tone and
speech path. In this case, connect the warning tone cables to input terminals T1 and T2 on the
ADA-U Unit. (T3 and T4 are used as the tape recorder input.)

When remote control of the recorder is necessary, the record start/stop control is provided by
connecting to T5 (or T7) and T6 on the ADA-U Unit. (Connecting to T5 or T7 is determined by the
specifications of the recorder.)

When a warning Tone is provided from the recording equipment, it should be input via T3 and T4 on
ADA-U Unit. Do not use T1 and T2 to input Beep Tone.

Conversations cannot be recorded from terminals connected to an APR-U Unit. Speakerphone calls
through the HFU-U Unit cannot be recorded.
3.2.3
Switch Settings
The DIP Switch is located at the bottom center of the
ADA-U Unit. The DIP Switch allows a technician to
configure the board to specific settings. Figure 7-14
ADA-U Unit Switch Settings shows the default settings.
Terminals
Dip Switch
Default Settings
Figure 7-14 ADA-U Unit Switch Settings
System Hardware Manual
7 - 11

Issue 7
Electra Elite
The following switch settings should be made on the
ADA-U Unit to enable or disable the record start warning
tone. Switch settings should be made before installing the
ADA-U Unit in the Multiline Terminal. Refer to Table 7-2
ADA-U Unit Switch Settings.

Table 7-2 ADA-U Unit Switch Settings
Switch
Setting
Description
When the ADA-U provides
SW11
Off
control to the recorder,
SW1-1 must be On.
SW12
Off
Leave Off
Warning Tone from
SW13
SW14
recording device over
same wire pair as speech
ON
ON
SW13
path.
and
Warning
Tone from
SW1-4
SW13
SW14
recorder or generator
equipment on dedicated
OFF
OFF
wire pair to recorder MIC
input
SW15
SW16
Input impedance is 600
SW15
OFF
ON
and
SW16
SW15
SW16
Input impedance is less
than 30
ON
OFF
When warning tone from
SW17
ON
any device is sent to
telephone
SW18
Off
Leave Off

Do not connect T1 and T2 when switches SW1-3 and SW1-4
are ON.
7 - 12
Installing Optional Equipment

Electra Elite
Issue 7
3.3
APA-U Unit (Analog Port Adapter)
The Analog Port Adapter without Ringer is the interface for
installing Single Line Telephones, Modems, Credit Card Readers,
Wireless Headsets, NEC VoicePoint/VoicePoint Plus Conferencing
unit, and other compatible analog devices. The APA-U Unit does
not generate a ringing signal. One user-adjustable switch with two
settings is provided on the adapter. Setting 1 allows impedance to
be set to 600 for devices such as modems. Setting 2 is used for
complex impedance devices such as a Single Line Telephone.

Figure 7-15 APA-U Unit
3.3.1
Installing APA-U Unit on any DTP/DTU Multiline Terminal
except DTP-2DT-1 and DTP-16HC-1
1.
Prepare Multiline Terminal for adapter installation.
Refer to Section 2 Preparing Multiline Terminal for
Adapter Installation.
2.
Plug the unit into the receptacle connector inside
the base plate. Refer to Figure 7-16 Attaching the
Unit to the Multiline Terminal.

The APA-U Unit does not require an ACA-U Unit to
supply external power.
System Hardware Manual
7 - 13

Issue 7
Electra Elite
3.
Close the base plate, and snap the cover in place.
Figure 7-16 Attaching the Unit to the Multiline Terminal
4.
Install a ferrite core (provided with the APA-U Unit)
by looping line cord through the core between the
terminal (1 inch from the terminal) and ESI(8)-U10
ETU. This core is only used with the APA-U Unit.
5.
Plug in the power cord on the AC adapter and the
telephone cord in the jack.
3.3.2
Switch Settings
The APA-U Unit has one switch.
Figure 7-17 APA-U Unit Switches
7 - 14
Installing Optional Equipment

Electra Elite
Issue 7
Refer to Table 7-3 APA-U Unit Switch Settings for SW3.
Table 7-3 APA-U Unit Switch Settings for SW3
Switch
Description
Sets impedance to 600 for devices such as
SW31
modems or facsimile machines
Used for complex impedance devices such as
SW32
Single Line Telephones.
3.3.3
Connecting Cables on the APA-U Unit
Plug the telephone cord from the Single Line Telephone
into the modular jack on the APA-U Unit. Refer to Figure
7-18.
Limit the cable length from the APA-U Unit to the Single
Line Telephone to a maximum of 50 feet.
Figure 7-18 Connecting Cables on the APA-U Unit
System Hardware Manual
7 - 15

Issue 7
Electra Elite
3.4
APR-U Unit (Analog Port Ringer)
The Analog Port Adapter with Ringing is the interface for installing
Single Line Telephones, modems, NEC VoicePoint/VoicePoint Plus
Conferencing unit, and other compatible analog devices. The
APR-U Unit also generates ringing signals. By providing ring
generation, the user can install a personal fax machine or an
answering machine for convenience. Two user-adjustable
switches are provided on the adapter; one allows for 600 or a
complex impedance interface to devices such as a modem or
Single Line Telephone, the second switch (SW1) is set to position
2.
An AC Adapter is required.
If a CTA-U, CTU(C)-U, CTU(S)-U, HFU-U or VDD-U Unit and an
APR-U Unit are both installed, only one AC Adapter is required.
ACA-U Unit
(AC Adapter)
Figure 7-19 APR-U Unit
3.4.1
Installing an APR-U Unit on any DTP/DTU Multiline
Terminal except DTP-2DT-1 and DTP-16HC-1
1.
Prepare Multiline Terminal for adapter installation.
Refer to Section 2 Preparing Multiline Terminal for
Adapter Installation.
2.
Plug the unit into the receptacle connector inside
the base plate. Refer to Figure 7-20 Attaching the
Unit to the Multiline Terminal.
7 - 16
Installing Optional Equipment

Electra Elite
Issue 7

Figure 7-20 Attaching the Unit to the Multiline Terminal
3.
Plug the cord of the ACA-U Unit (AC adapter) into
the jack on the APR-U Unit. Lead the telephone
cord out through the groove in the base as shown in
Figure 7-21 Leading the Telephone Cord Out from
the Unit.
Figure 7-21 Leading the Telephone Cord Out from the
Unit
System Hardware Manual
7 - 17

Issue 7
Electra Elite
4.
Close the base plate, lead the AC adapter cord out
through the hole, and snap the cover in place.
Figure 7-22 Closing the Base Plate Cover
5.
Install a ferrite core (provided with the APR-U Unit)
by looping line cord through the core between the
terminal (1 inch from the terminal) and ESI(8)-U( )
ETU. This core is only used with the APR-U Unit.
6.
Plug in the power cord on the AC adapter and the
telephone cord in the jack.
7 - 18
Installing Optional Equipment

Electra Elite
Issue 7
3.4.2
Switch Settings
The APR-U Unit has two switches.
Figure 7-23 APR-U Unit Switches
Refer to Table 7-4 APR-U Unit Switch Settings for SW1
and SW3.
Table 7-4 APR-U Unit Switch Settings for SW1 and SW3
Switch
Description
SW11
Do not use
A Single Line Telephone and Multiline
Terminal are used alternately.
SW12
(The Multiline Terminal and the APR-U Unit
share the same B1 channel.)
Sets impedance to 600 for devices such as
SW31
modems or facsimile machines.
Used for complex impedance devices such as
SW32
Single Line Telephones.
System Hardware Manual
7 - 19

Issue 7
Electra Elite
3.4.3
Connecting Cables on the APR-U Unit
Plug the telephone cord from the Single Line Telephone
in the modular jack on the APR-U Unit.
Limit the cable length from the APR-U Unit to the Single
Line Telephone to a maximum of 50 feet.
Figure 7-24 Connecting Cables on the APR-U Unit
7 - 20
Installing Optional Equipment

Electra Elite
Issue 7
3.5
CTA-U Unit (Computer Telephony Application)
Computer Telephony Application allows a DTP or DTU Multiline
Terminal connection to a PC. The PC can perform all Multiline
Terminal functions using a TAPI-compatible application software.
Figure 7-25 Attaching an Electra Elite Multiline Terminal to a PC
The CTA-U Unit is attached to the bottom of any DTP/DTU Multiline
Terminal except DTP-2DT-1 and DTP-16HC-1.
ACA-U Unit (AC
Adapter)
Figure 7-26 CTA-U Unit
System Hardware Manual
7 - 21

Issue 7
Electra Elite
3.5.1
Installing the CTA-U Unit
1.
Prepare Multiline Terminal for adapter installation.
Refer to Section 2 Preparing Multiline Terminal for
Adapter Installation.
2.
Plug the unit into the receptacle connector inside
the base plate on the Multiline Terminal. Refer to
Figure 7-27 Attaching the Unit to the Multiline
Terminal.
Figure 7-27 Attaching the Unit to the Multiline
Terminal
3.
Close the base plate.
3.5.2
Connecting the Cables on the CTA-U Unit
Connect the RS-232C cable from the computer to the
connector on the CTA-U Unit as shown in Figure 7-28
Connecting the RS-232C Cable to the CTA-U Unit on the
Multiline Terminal.
7 - 22
Installing Optional Equipment

Electra Elite
Issue 7

Figure 7-28 Connecting the RS-232C Cable to the CTA-U
Unit on the Multiline Terminal
3.5.3
Installing the Driver on the PC
Using the setup disk provided with the CTA-U Unit install
the driver on your PC. Refer to the CTA installation Guide
for instructions on installing CTA setup disks.
3.6
Computer Telephony Adapter with USB Interface
The CTU adapter connects to a PC USB port to provide telephony
and sound device control. The general functions of the CTU
include:
¥
Telephony Control
The application is based on the Microsoft Telephony
Application Programming Interface (TAPI) and provides call
handling on the PC (e.g., call, answer, Hold, Transfer,
Conference, or Caller ID).
¥
User Interface to support Dterm Emulation
This function provides the functions of Dterm such as normal
telephone indications, LCD, Line keys, or Hookswitch.
¥
Sound Support
Allows voice recording or recording playing on an audio
device assigned to the PC. Voice Mail and Live Record are
supported on the PC.
¥
Supports Plug and Play
System Hardware Manual
7 - 23

Issue 7
Electra Elite
¥
Headset Operation
When user uses CTU and TAPI and sets data for Telephony
Service Provider (TSP), the headset button can be controlled
by TSP.
¥
USB Interface
This adapter uses Full Speed (12Mbps) as defined in the
USB Specification.
3.6.1
CTU(C)-U Unit Connections
This unit is a Computer Telephony Application adapter to
connect a Universal Serial Bus to a Coreline port on the
VDH2(8)-U( ) ETU and can be connected to any DTP/
DTU Multiline Terminal except DTP-2DT-1 and
DTP-16HC-1.
A required AC Adapter is provided with the unit.
The following connections are required:
¥
AC Adapter
¥
Multiline Terminal jack labeled LINE
¥
PC USB port
¥
Coreline interface to VDH2(8)-U( ) ETU
¥
LAN cable to PC
DC 24V (ADP)
USB Cable to
PC
To VDH Port
To PC NIC Card
To DTP or DTU Multiline Terminal
Figure 7-29 CTU (C)-U Unit
7 - 24
Installing Optional Equipment

Electra Elite
Issue 7
3.6.2
CTU(S) Unit Connections
This unit is a Computer Telephony Application adapter to
connect a Universal Serial Bus to an ESI(8)-U( ) ETU and
can be connected to any DTP/DTU Multiline Terminal
except DTP-2DT-1 and DTP-16HC-1.
A required AC Adapter is provided with the unit.
The following connections are required:
¥
AC Adapter
¥
Multiline Terminal jack labeled LINE
¥
PC USB port
¥
ESI port to ESI(8)-U( ) ETU
DC 24V (ADP)
USB Cable to PC
To ESI port
To DTP or DTU Multiline Terminal
Figure 7-30 CTU (S)-U Unit
System Hardware Manual
7 - 25

Issue 7
Electra Elite
3.7
DBM(B)-U10 Box and DBM(E)-U10 Box Message Display
Boards
The DBM(B)-U10 basic Message Display Board is connected to
the ESI(8)-U10 ETU to provide a message waiting LED for voice
mailboxes of personnel without a normal telephone. Each board
has eight message waiting LEDs, and up to eight boards can be
installed in the Electra Elite 192 system to support 64 LEDs.
The DBM(E)-U10 expansion Message Display Board has eight
message waiting LEDs and is connected to the DBM(B)-U10 or
another expansion board. Each DBM(B)-U10 basic board can
support up to five expansion boards and 40 additional LEDs.
The total number of LEDs is 384, but the Electra Elite 192 System
can only support up to 200 mailbox indications. Multiple locations
of the same mailbox are permitted. Refer to Figure 7-31
DBM(B)-U( ) & DBM(E)-U( ) Message Display Boards and Figure
7-32 Maximum Display Indications.
Figure 7-31 DBM(B)-U( ) & DBM(E)-U( ) Message Display Boards
7 - 26
Installing Optional Equipment

Electra Elite
Issue 7
Figure 7-32 Maximum Display Indications
3.7.1
Connecting DBM(E)-U( ) Box to DBM(B)-U( ) Box or
Another DBM(E)-U( ) Box
1.
Use wire cutters to remove the cutout on right side
of DBM(B)/(E) cover. Refer to Figure 7-33
Removing Cutout. Place the provided edge
protector on the top of the cutout.
System Hardware Manual
7 - 27

Issue 7
Electra Elite
Figure 7-33 Removing Cutout
2.
Remove the display plate from DBM(B)/(E) and
DBM(E), and peel off the cover sheet on both.
3.
Insert protruding side of the cable from the DBM(E)
in DBM(B) CN7 or in CN7 of the previous DBM(E).
4.
Slide the bracket on DBM(E) being installed into the
groves on DBM(B)/(E) and tighten the nuts and
bolts. Refer to Figure 7-34 Connecting the Bracket.
Figure 7-34 Connecting the Bracket
7 - 28
Installing Optional Equipment

Electra Elite
Issue 7
5.
Ensure that the internal end of the cable is
connected to DBM(E) CN2.

The second expansion board must have this
cable connected internally to DBM(E) CN3 and
externally to the first DBM(E) CN7. The third,
fourth, and fifth expansion board cables are
connected externally to the previous DBM(E)
CN7 and internally to CN4, CN5, and CN6
respectively.
6.
After all expansion boards are connected, place the
white cover sheets back on the DBM(B)-U( ) and all
expansion boards, and install the display panels.
3.7.2
Wall Mounting DBM(B)-U10 and Expansion Boards
1.
Refer to the template, and thread the included screw
into the wall at location for the top hole of the
DBM(B)-U( ) Box. Leave screw extended 1/8 inch.
Refer to Figure 7-35 Threading Screw into Wall.
Figure 7-35 Threading Screw into Wall
2.
Place hole for mounting over the screw, and Hang
the DBM(B)-U10 on the screw. Refer to Figure 7-36
Hanging DBM(B)-U( ) on Screw.
System Hardware Manual
7 - 29

Issue 7
Electra Elite
Figure 7-36 Hanging DBM(B)-U( ) on Screw
3.
Remove the display panel to access screws, and
thread the in place bottom screws on the outside
boards into the wall. Refer to Figure 7-37 Installing
Bottom Screws.
Figure 7-37 Installing Bottom Screws
7 - 30
Installing Optional Equipment

Electra Elite
Issue 7
4.
Tighten the top screw on the DBM(B)-U( ) Box.

When four or five expansion boards are used,
install the bottom screw on the middle unit as
well.
3.7.3
Connecting the DBM(B) to Power and ESI
1.
Refer to Figure 7-38 Connecting DBM(B)-U( ), and
Connect provided AC Adapter to the DBM(B)-U( ).
Figure 7-38 Connecting DBM(B)-U( )
2.
Connect the line cable to the DBM(B)-U( ).
3.
Place the clamp around the cables, insert the clamp
screw, and attach clamp to the DBM(B)-U( ).
4.
Refer to Figure 7-39 Connecting DBM(B)-U( ) to ESI
Port, and connect the display board system to ESI.
System Hardware Manual
7 - 31

Issue 7
Electra Elite
Figure 7-39 Connecting DBM(B)-U( ) to ESI Port
3.8
HFU-U Unit (Handsfree Unit)
The Handsfree Unit provides full-duplex handsfree communication.
Large areas may cause poor full-duplex operation. This unit comes
with the handsfree adapter and an external microphone. With
terminal upside down, facing from the bottom of the open cover,
install this unit in Telephone Slot 1.
Figure 7-40 HFU-U Unit
3.8.1
Installing an HFU-U Unit on any DTP/DTU Multiline
Terminal except DTP-2DT-1 and DTP-16HC-1
Refer to 3.4.1 Installing an APR-U Unit on any DTP/DTU
Multiline Terminal except DTP-2DT-1 and DTP-16HC-1
The instructions for installing these units are the same.
7 - 32
Installing Optional Equipment

Electra Elite
Issue 7
3.8.2
Installing the External Microphone
An external microphone can be installed on the
HFU-U Unit. These instructions apply to the external
microphone obtained from NEC. The microphone is
equipped with a mute button.
Figure 7-41 Microphone with Mute
1.
Plug the microphone cord into the jack on the
HFU-U Unit as shown in Figure 7-42 Attaching a
Microphone to a Multiline Terminal.

The microphone should be between one foot and
three feet away from the Multiline Terminal.
Minimum 1
Foot from
Multiline
Terminal
Figure 7-42 Attaching a Microphone to a Multiline
Terminal
System Hardware Manual
7 - 33

Issue 7
Electra Elite
3.8.3
Switch Settings
The HFU-U Unit uses 2-position switches SW1 and SW2.
Figure 7-43 HFU-U Unit Switches
Refer to Table 7-5 HFU-U Unit Switch Settings.
Table 7-5 HFU-U Unit Switch Settings
SW1
SW2
Description
Position
Position
Position
Position
1
2
1
2
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
Full Duplex (Default)
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
Half Duplex (6db mix ratio)
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
Half Duplex (12db mix ratio)
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
Half Duplex (18db mix ratio)

Full Duplex: In some large areas or noisy locations half duplex should be
used. The echo canceling ability of the HFU-U is limited.

Half Duplex: When voice clipping occurs, use a lower decibel setting.
7 - 34
Installing Optional Equipment

Electra Elite
Issue 7
3.9
PCT( )-U( ) Unit (PC Telephony Board)
The NEC PC Board is a multifunction PC-AT add-in card with
telephone, sound system, fax, and modem abilities and combines
multimedia audio, Telephone Application Programming Interface
(TAPI), and a 33.6K fax/data modem. The board is available with/
without the built-in modem.
The PC Board replaces an NEC desk set as the primary telephone
device; the telephone line from the wall now plugs directly into the
PC board instead of the desk set. The desk set can be connected
to the PC board and used as an adjunct or auxiliary telephone. An
external microphone and external speakers can also be connected
to the PC Board.
The PC Board allows telephone operations with a headset or
microphone and has the following audio abilities:
¥
Records audio from the calling or called party of a telephone
conversation
¥
Records audio from both parties of a telephone conversation
¥
Records audio (or music) from a microphone, line-level
device, or CD player
¥
Plays live or recorded audio (or music) through an adjunct
telephone, handset or stereo speakers
The PC Board uses Computer Technology Integration (CTI)
technology through Microsoft Windows 95 or higher to support
speech and data transmission, allow a variety of attachment
devices, and support complex calling features such as conference
calls, call waiting, and voice mail.
The PC Board supports the following terminals:
¥
Dterm Series III Multiline Terminals
¥
Dterm Series E Multiline Terminals
¥
Electra Professional Multiline Terminals
¥
Electra Elite Multiline Terminals
The NEC PC Telephony board can be installed on the ISA bus on
any IBM-compatible PC.
Refer to the PCT Installation Guide provided with the PCT-U for
installation instructions.
System Hardware Manual
7 - 35

Issue 7
Electra Elite
3.9.1
Connecting a MIC/Line-In
¥
When using the microphone input (MIC), connect an
electric condenser microphone. Phantom power
(-2.2 Vdc) is supplied.
¥
When using the line-level input (Line-In), connect to
a line-level device such as a CD or cassette player.
3.10
SLT(1)-U( ) ADP (Single Line Telephone)
The Single Line Telephone adapter provides an interface for Single
Line Telephones and other similar devices from an ESI ETU
channel. This adapter can be connected to any ESI port.
3.10.1
Connecting the SLT(1)-U( ) ADP to the System
1.
Connect one end of the RJ-11 to the ESI port on the
KSU and one end to the ESI jack on the SLT
Adapter.
2.
Connect one end of a second RJ-11 to the TEL jack
on the SLT Adapter and the other end to the Single
Line Telephone.
SLT(1)-U10 ADP
TEL
ESI
RJ-11
RJ-11
2-wire
2-wire
ESI
Figure 7-44 Connecting a Single Line Telephone to the
System Using an SLT(1)-U( ) ADP
7 - 36
Installing Optional Equipment

Electra Elite
Issue 7

ESI ETU
Modular Terminal
SLT(1)-U10 ADP
GN
Y
3
T
R
To ESI
4
RD
BL
Base Cord
ESI Port
Modular Terminal Connections
Single Line Telephone Connections
Figure 7-45 Connecting the SLT(1)-U( ) ADP
System Hardware Manual
7 - 37

Issue 7
Electra Elite
3.10.2
Wall Mounting the SLT(1)-U( ) ADP
1.
Remove the two screws from the top to open the
SLT Adapter as shown in Figure 7-46 Removing
Screws from SLT(1)-U( ) ADP.
Figure 7-46 Removing Screws from SLT(1)-U( ) ADP
2.
Using the two provided wood screws, attach the unit
to the wall. Close the unit and secure with the two
screws that were previously removed.
Figure 7-47 Attaching the SLT(1)-U10 ADP to the
Wall
7 - 38
Installing Optional Equipment

Electra Elite
Issue 7
3.11 VDD-U Unit (Voice/Data Unit for Digital Terminals)
This unit provides the station and LAN split for digital terminals.
This adapter can be installed on any Electra Elite Multiline Terminal
except DTP-2DT-1 and DTP-16HC-1. It is used when LAN and
telephone lines are incorporated into one cable.
Figure 7-48 VDD-U Unit
3.11.1
Installing a VDD-U Unit on a Multiline Terminal
Refer to 3.5 CTA-U Unit (Computer Telephony
Application). The instructions for installing these units are
the same.
3.11.2
Connecting Cables to the VDD-U Unit
1.
If the Multiline Terminal is already connected to the
ESI(8)-U( ) ETU, unplug the telephone cord.
2.
Plug the cable from the VDH2(8)-U( ) ETU and from
the PC LAN board into the modular jacks on the
VDD-U Unit. The jacks are labeled. Plug the cable
from the VDD-U Unit into the modular jack on the
Multiline Terminal.
Limit the cable length from the VDH to the PC via
the VDD to a maximum of 328 feet (100 meters).

When LAN cables are reversed on the VDD-U Unit,
the unit is not damaged, but the Multiline Terminal
does not operate.
System Hardware Manual
7 - 39

Issue 7
Electra Elite

LAN Cable to
VDH2(8)-U10
LAN Cable
to PC
Figure 7-49 Connecting the Cables on the VDD-U Unit
3.12
Wall Mounting
Any Electra Elite Multiline Terminal can be mounted on a wall.
Multiline Terminals can be wall mounted by using the base unit that
comes with the Multiline Terminal or by using the WMU-U Unit to
accommodate adapters that are installed on the Multiline Terminal.
3.12.1
Removing and Remounting the Handset Hanger
1.
Remove the hanger by sliding it out of the slot.
2.
Install it back in its original position so that the
hanger protrudes providing a rest for the handset.
(This procedure applies when using either the base
unit or the WMU-U Unit.) Refer to Figure 7-50
Positioning the Handset Hanger for the steps for
removing and remounting the handset hanger.
7 - 40
Installing Optional Equipment

Electra Elite
Issue 7

Figure 7-50 Positioning the Handset Hanger
3.12.2
Wall Mounting using the Base Unit
1.
Refer to Section 2 Preparing Multiline Terminal for
Adapter Installation, and perform Steps 1~5.
2.
Press both sides of the base cover and turn it left to
remove it.
3.
Rotate base cover 180°, and install it again on the
Multiline Terminal.
4.
Remove the shaded base plate knockout shown on
Figure 7-51 Removing the Knockout with nippers.
System Hardware Manual
7 - 41

Issue 7
Electra Elite

Figure 7-51 Removing the Knockout
5.
Assemble the base plate and base cover.
6.
As illustrated in Figure 7-52 Attaching the Base
Plate to the Wall, attach the base plate and base
cover assembly (wide end down) to the posts on the
locally provided and installed wall plate. Place
locally provided screws in the nodes on the base
plate and secure the assembly to the wall.

Nodes
Nodes
Posts
Figure 7-52 Attaching the Base Plate to the Wall
7 - 42
Installing Optional Equipment

Electra Elite
Issue 7
When using a modular jack instead of a wall plate,
put the modular jack inside the base unit as shown
in Figure 7-53 Wall Mounting Using a Modular Jack.
Use the locally provided screws to attach the base
unit directly to the wall.
Figure 7-53 Wall Mounting Using a Modular Jack
Plug the line cord into the jack on the wall plate,
wrap the extra cord and secure it with a tie wrap,
and lead the line cord out through the groove in the
side of the base unit.

Figure 7-54 Plugging in the Line Cord Using a Wall
Jack
System Hardware Manual
7 - 43

Issue 7
Electra Elite
When using a modular jack instead of a wall plate,
plug the line cord into the modular jack, wrap the
extra cord and secure it with a tie wrap, and lead the
line cord out through the groove in the side of the
base unit.
Figure 7-55 Plugging in the Line Cord Using a
Modular Jack
7.
With the base plate and base cover assembly
attached to the wall, hook the two bottom tabs on
the base cover into the tab slots on the base of the
Multiline Terminal.
Base Unit
Multiline
Terminal
Line Cord
Wall
Tab
Tab Slots
Figure 7-56 Attaching the Bottom Tabs of the Multiline
Terminal to the Base Cover
7 - 44
Installing Optional Equipment

Electra Elite
Issue 7
8.
Push up on the Multiline Terminal and lock the top
tabs on the base cover into the tab slots on the base
of the Multiline Terminal. Turn terminal slightly
clockwise to interface with base cover. Figure 7-57
Attaching the Top Tabs of the Multiline Terminal to
the Base Plate shows how the Multiline Terminal is
attached.
Tab Slots
Multiline
Terminal
Tabs
Line Cord
Wall
Wall Mount
Unit
Figure 7-57 Attaching the Top Tabs of the Multiline
Terminal to the Base Plate
9.
When properly installed, the wall-mounted Multiline
Terminal looks similar to the one shown in Figure
7-58 Installed Wall Mount Unit.

Do not adjust the tilt panel after the Multiline
Terminal is mounted on the wall.
System Hardware Manual
7 - 45

Issue 7
Electra Elite

Figure 7-58 Installed Wall Mount Unit
3.12.3
Installing the Wall Mount Unit and Mounting the Multiline
Terminal Using the WMU-U Unit
When installing any Adapter unit, a separate WMU-U Unit
must be purchased to accommodate this unit.
1.
Remove the line cord, base plate and base cover
from the Multiline Terminal as shown in the previous
section.
7 - 46
Installing Optional Equipment

Electra Elite
Issue 7
2.
Cut off the tabs on the adapter as shown in Figure
7-59 Removing the Tabs from the Adapter.

Figure 7-59 Removing the Tabs from the Adapter
3.
Remove the tabs from the WMU-U Unit as shown in
Figure 7-60 Removing the Tabs from the WMU-U
Unit. (Tabs removed depends on the Multiline
Terminal type.)
Cut
Cut
Cut
Cut
Cut
DTP/DTU-8-1 TEL
DTP/DTU-32-1 TEL
DTP-8D-1/DTU-8D-2 TEL
DTP-32D-1/DTU-32D-2 TEL
DTP/DTU-16-1 TEL
DTP-16D-1/DTU-16D-2TEL
DCU-60-1 CONSOLE
Figure 7-60 Removing the Tabs from the WMU-U Unit
4.
Bundle the cord from the modular jack leaving about
eight inches. Use a tie wrap to secure the bundled
cord.
System Hardware Manual
7 - 47

Issue 7
Electra Elite
5.
Place the bundled line cord in the space between
the WMU-U Unit and the wall. Lead the line cord out
through the slits as shown in Figure 7-61 Leading
the Line Cord out of the WMU-U Unit.
Figure 7-61 Leading the Line Cord out of the
WMU-U Unit
6.
Attach the WMU-U Unit to the posts on the wall
plate (locally provided). Place locally provided
screws in the nodes on the WMU-U Unit and secure
the WMU-U Unit to the wall.
Nodes
Posts
Nodes
Figure 7-62 Attaching the Wall Mount Unit to the Wall
7 - 48
Installing Optional Equipment

Electra Elite
Issue 7
7.
Connect the line cord to the Multiline Terminal.
8.
With the WMU-U Unit attached to the wall, hook the
two bottom tabs on the WMU-U Mount Unit in the
tab slots on the Multiline Terminal. Then push the
two top tabs on the WMU-U Unit into the tab slots on
the Multiline Terminal. When the adapter has a
power supply, lead the AC adapter cord out through
the opening at the bottom of the Multiline Terminal.
Refer to Figure 7-63 Attaching the Multiline Terminal
to the WMU-U Unit.

WMU-U Unit
Multiline
Terminal
Adapter
Tab Slots
Wall
Figure 7-63 Attaching the Multiline Terminal to the WMU-U Unit
System Hardware Manual
7 - 49

Issue 7
Electra Elite
3.12.4
Removing the Multiline Terminal from the Base Cover
To remove the Multiline Terminal from the base cover, lift
the Multiline Terminal to disengage top tabs, turn it slightly
counter clockwise to unlock lower tabs on base cover,
and remove it.
Figure 7-64 Removing the Multiline Terminal from the Base
Cover
3.12.5
Removing the Multiline Terminal from the WMU-U Unit
To remove the Multiline Terminal from the WMU-U Unit,
lift the Multiline Terminal to disengage top tabs and lower
the terminal from the WMU-U Unit.
7 - 50
Installing Optional Equipment

Electra Elite
Issue 7
3.13 Music on Hold
The Electra Elite 192 KSU allows a Music on Hold source to be
connected to the Electra Elite system. Internal or external music
sources can be used. When an internal music source is used
(digital music), external music on hold is not available.
3.13.1
Connecting Audio Sources to the KSU
Connect the plug end into the audio jack on the side of
the base KSU.
Voice Message or
Audio Shielded
any Music Source
Cable
Output
MOH
IN
Power
Terminal
Figure 7-65 Music Source Connections
3.14 Station Background Music
Station Background Music can be provided using an internal or an
external source. The same connection method used for Music on
Hold is used for Station Background Music.
3.15 Paging Connections
When connecting background music, the ECR-U( ) ETU is used for
the interface with Paging In/Out, Background Music (External
Speaker) Out and/or External Tone Ringer/Night Chime Out.
System Hardware Manual
7 - 51

Issue 7
Electra Elite
3.16
Connecting a KSU to a Personal Computer
To use the Automatic Call Distribution (ACD), Least Cost Routing
(LCR), Wireless, and PC Programming, specialized software must
installed in the user PC and the PC must be connected via a serial
port to the KSU.
3.16.1
Connecting the PC to the KSU
Using RS-232C straight cable, connect the PC to one of
the COM ports on the side of the KSU. Refer to Figure
7-66 Connecting a PC to the KSU.
The functions and the communication port connections
are:
Function
Port
Least Cost Routing (LCR)
COM 1
PC Programming
COM 1
Wireless Programming
COM 1
Station Message Detail
COM 2
Recording (SMDR)
Automatic Call
COM 4
Distribution (ACD)
Serial-port characteristics include:
Characteristic
Value
38.4 K
Baud Rate
(maximum)
Parity
None
Stop Bit
1 stop bit
Data Bit
8 bits
Port Type
DCE
7 - 52
Installing Optional Equipment

Electra Elite
Issue 7

Figure 7-66 Connecting a PC to the KSU
3.16.2
Connecting the Printer to the KSU
When using the charge control ability, connect the printer
to the KSU to allow the printing of the charge data.
Connect the printer to the serial port on the side of the
KSU with an RS-232C straight cable. Use the COM 2 port
to connect the printer.
3.16.3
Remote Programming Using the Built-in Modem (Modem
Kit Unit)
PC programming abilities include Remote Programming.
Connect the CO line to the modem extension number.
The following characteristics apply to the built-in modem.
Characteristic
Value
Baud Rate
14.4Kpbs
Parity
None
Stop Bit
1
Data Bit
8
System Hardware Manual
7 - 53

Issue 7
Electra Elite
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
7 - 54
Installing Optional Equipment

Chapter 8
Installing Dterm Series i
Equipment
8th Tab

Installing Electra Elite IPK and
Dterm Series i Equipment
Chapter 8
SEC
TION 1

GENERAL
INFORMATION
The Electra Elite 192 system supports the Electra Elite IPK and Dterm
Series i Multiline Terminals, an Attendant Console, and several adapters
that allow peripheral equipment to be attached to the Multiline Terminals.
This chapter describes each terminal, console, and adapter and provides
applicable installation instructions.
SEC
TION 2

MULTILINE TERMINALS
2.1
DTR-2DT-1 TEL
This digital Multiline Terminal has two programmable line keys
(each with a 2-color LED), nine function keys, a built-in
speakerphone, a Large LED to indicate incoming calls and
messages, and a data jack to connect analog SLT.
Optional adapters cannot be installed in this terminal.
A maximum of 119 DTR-2DT-1 TELs can be installed in the Electra
Elite 192 system.
Figure 8-1 DTR-2DT-1 TEL Multiline Terminal
System Hardware Manual
8 - 1

Issue 7
Electra Elite
2.2
DTH/DTR-8-1 TEL
This DTH (for Electra Elite IPK) or DTR (for Series i) digital non-
display Multiline Terminal has eight programmable line keys (each
with a 2-color LED), nine function keys, a built-in speakerphone,
headset jack, a large LED to indicate incoming calls and
messages, and compatibility with AD(A)-R, AP(A)-R, AP(R)-R, or
CT(A)-R Unit.
A Directory button is provided to perform scrolling for Caller ID, and
a Message button is provided to directly access voice mail.
A maximum of 119 DTH/DTR-8-1 terminals can be installed in the
Electra Elite 192 system.
The combined total of all Electra Elite Multiline Terminals that can
be installed in an Electra Elite 192 system is 120.

Figure 8-2 DTH/DTR-8-1 TEL Multiline Terminal
8 - 2
Installing Electra Elite IPK and Dterm Series i Equipment

Electra Elite
Issue 7
2.3
DTH/DTR-8D-1 TEL
This DTH (for Electra Elite IPK) or DTR (for Series i) digital
Multiline Terminal has eight programmable line keys (each with the
2-color LED), nine function keys, a built-in speakerphone, headset
jack, a Large LED to indicate incoming calls and messages, and
compatibility with AD(A)-R, AP(A)-R, AP(R)-R, or CT(A)-R Unit.
A Directory button is provided to perform scrolling for Caller ID, and
a Message button is provided to directly access voice mail.
This terminal also has a 3-line, 24-character, adjustable Liquid
Crystal Display (LCD) and four softkeys.
A maximum of 120 DTH/DTR-8D-1 terminals can be installed in
the Electra Elite 192 system.
The combined total of all Electra Elite Multiline Terminals that can
be installed in the Electra Elite 192 system is 120.
Figure 8-3 DTH/DTR-8D-1 TEL Multiline Terminal
System Hardware Manual
8 - 3

Issue 7
Electra Elite
2.4
DTH/DTR-16D-1 TEL
This DTH (for Electra Elite IPK) or DTR (for Series i) digital
Multiline Terminal has 16 programmable line keys (each with a 2-
color LED), nine function keys, a built-in speakerphone, headset
jack, a large LED to indicate incoming calls and messages, and
compatibility with AD(A)-R, AP(A)-R, AP(R)-R, or CT(A)-R Unit.
A Directory button is provided to perform scrolling for Caller ID, and
a Message button is provided to directly access voice mail.
This terminal also has a 3-line, 24-character, adjustable Liquid
Crystal Display (LCD) and four softkeys.
A maximum of 120 DTH/DTR-16D-1 terminals can be installed in
an Electra Elite 192 system.
The combined total of all Electra Elite Multiline Terminals that can
be installed in an Electra Elite 192 system is 120.

Figure 8-4 DTH/DTR-16D-1 TEL Multiline Terminal
8 - 4
Installing Electra Elite IPK and Dterm Series i Equipment

Electra Elite
Issue 7
2.5
DTH/DTR-32D-1 TEL
This DTH (for Electra Elite IPK) or DTR (for Series i) digital
Multiline Terminal has 16 programmable line keys (each with a 2-
color LED), 16 one-touch keys, nine function keys, a built-in
speakerphone, headset jack, a large LED to indicate incoming calls
and messages, and compatibility with AD(A)-R, AP(A)-R, AP(R)-R,
or CT(A)-R Unit.
A Directory button is provided to perform scrolling for Caller ID, and
a Message button is provided to directly access voice mail.
This terminal also has a 3-line, 24-character, adjustable Liquid
Crystal Display (LCD) and four softkeys.
System software can be changed so this Multiline Terminal can
have 24 programmable line keys and eight one-touch keys.
A maximum of 120 DTH/DTR-32D-1 terminals can be installed in
an Electra Elite 192 system.
The combined total of all Electra Elite Multiline Terminals that can
be installed in an Electra Elite 192 system is 120.

Figure 8-5 DTH/DTR-32D-1 TEL Multiline Terminal
System Hardware Manual
8 - 5

Issue 7
Electra Elite
2.6
DCR-60-1 CONSOLE
The Attendant Console has 60 programmable line keys (each with
a 2-color LED) that can be programmed as Direct Station Selection
keys, function keys, or as outside line keys. An external power
supply (AC adapter) is provided with the Attendant Console.
A maximum of four DCR-60-1 Consoles can be installed in an
Electra Elite 192 system. An Attendant Position can have four
DCR-60-1 Consoles associated with it.

Figure 8-6 DCR-60-1 Console
8 - 6
Installing Electra Elite IPK and Dterm Series i Equipment

Electra Elite
Issue 7

SECTION 3

SINGLE LINE
TELEPHONES
3.1
DTR-1-1 TEL
The Single Line Telephone is a fully modular terminal with a Flash
key, redial key, 6-level receive volume control, 4-level ring volume
control, 3-tone ring pitch, data jack, and message waiting lamp.
Each terminal requires an SLT(1)-U( ) ADP or SLI(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU.
A maximum of 24 DTR-1-1 TELs can be installed in an Electra Elite
48 system.

Figure 8-7 DTR-1-1 TEL Single Line Telephone

The H switch setting for the receive volume control should only be
used by hearing impaired individuals, otherwise hearing damage
may occur. This telephone complies with HAC (Hearing Aid
Compatible) volume control defined by section 68.317 of the FCC
Rules and Regulations, 1996 edition.
System Hardware Manual
8 - 7

Issue 7
Electra Elite
3.2
DTR-1HM-1 TEL
The Single Line Telephone is a fully modular terminal with a flash
key, Redial key, Speaker key, Hold key, 6-level receive and
speaker volume control, 4-level ring volume control, 3-tone ring
pitch, data jack, message waiting lamp, and eight programmable
Feature Access/Speed Dial keys. Each terminal requires an
SLT(1)-U( ) ADP or SLI(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU.
A maximum of 119 DTR-1HM-1 TELs can be installed in an Electra
Elite 192 system.
Figure 8-8 DTR-1HM-1 TEL Single Line Telephone

The H switch setting for the receive volume control should only be
used by hearing impaired individuals, otherwise hearing damage
may occur. This telephone complies with HAC (Hearing Aid
Compatible) volume control defined by section 68.317 of the FCC
Rules and Regulations, 1996 edition.
8 - 8
Installing Electra Elite IPK and Dterm Series i Equipment

Electra Elite
Issue 7
SECTION 4
CONNECTING ELECTRA
To connect a DTH/DTR Multiline Terminal Multiline to the system
ELITE IPK AND SERIES
proceed as follows:
i TERMINALS TO THE
SYSTEM
1.
Plug the telephone cord in the modular jack on the bottom
side of the Multiline Terminal. The handset is also attached
to the bottom side of the Multiline Terminal.
Figure 8-9 Connecting a DTH/DTR Terminal to the System
2.
Attach the telephone cord through the groove shown on
Figure 8-10 Leading Line Cord on a DTH/DTR Terminal.
System Hardware Manual
8 - 9

Issue 7
Electra Elite

Figure 8-10 Leading Line Cord on a DTH/DTR Terminal
SEC
TION 5

CONNECTING DCR
An Attendant Console can be attached to a Multiline Terminal using the
ATTENDANT CONSOLE
following procedures.
TO A MULTILINE
TERMINAL
1.
Turn the Multiline Terminal and the Attendant Console face down.
2.
Using the joining plate provided with the Attendant Console, attach
the plate to the Multiline Terminal and the Attendant Console. Refer
to Figure 8-11 Joining DCR Console to a Terminal.
8 - 10
Installing Electra Elite IPK and Dterm Series i Equipment

Electra Elite
Issue 7
Figure 8-11 Joining DCR Console to a Terminal
System Hardware Manual
8 - 11

Issue 7
Electra Elite
3.
Connect the line cord and the AC adapter to the indicated locations
on the bottom of the Attendant Console. Refer to Figure 8-12
Connecting the Line Cord and AC Adapter When Installing a DCR
Attendant Console.
Figure 8-12 Connecting the Line Cord and AC Adapter When Installing a
DCR Attendant Console
4.
When the Attendant Console and the Multiline Terminal are properly
connected, they sit side-by-side as shown in Figure 8-13 DCR
Attendant Console and Multiline Terminal.
Figure 8-13 DCR Attendant Console and Multiline Terminal
8 - 12
Installing Electra Elite IPK and Dterm Series i Equipment

Electra Elite
Issue 7

Ensure that the AC adapter, supplied with the Attendant
Console, is used. Using a different AC adapter may
cause problems. Check that the supplied voltage
matches that of the adapter and plug it in an outlet.

SECTION 6

ADJUSTING THE DTH/
DTR LCD
DTH/DTR display Multiline Terminals have an adjustable Liquid Crystal
Display (LCD). The LCD can be adjusted by pushing downward or upward
as desired.
Figure 8-14 Adjusting the DTH/DTR LCD
S
ECTION 7

INSTALLING DTH/
Line key designations are entered on the Line Card that is then placed on
DTR LINE CARDS
the Multiline Terminal to provide a quick reference of key designations.
AND PLASTIC
The Line Card can be changed as necessary. The Plastic Panel is placed
PANELS
on top of the Line Card to hold it in place.
Refer to Figure 8-15 Removing the Line Panel, and lift to remove the Line
Panel.
System Hardware Manual
8 - 13

Issue 7
Electra Elite
Figure 8-15 Removing the Line Panel
8 - 14
Installing Electra Elite IPK and Dterm Series i Equipment

Electra Elite
Issue 7
5.
Place the Line Card over the keys on the Multiline Terminal.
Figure 8-16 Placing Line Card on the Line Panel
6.
Install the plastic panel over the line card and push the
corners of the Plastic panel until they click in place. Refer to
Figure 8-17 Installing Plastic Panel on DTH/DTR Multiline
Terminal.
System Hardware Manual
8 - 15

Issue 7
Electra Elite

Figure 8-17 Installing Plastic Panel on DTH/DTR Multiline
Terminal

SECTION 8

ADJUSTING DTH/DTR
The base plate on DTH/DTR Multiline Terminals is hinged. The
MULTILINE TERMINAL
bottom part can be adjusted to raise or lower the terminal height.
HEIGHT
1.
Turn the Multiline Terminal upside down, grasp as shown in
Figure 8-18 Raising DTH/DTR Multiline Terminal Height, and
pull up until the Base Cover latches click.
8 - 16
Installing Electra Elite IPK and Dterm Series i Equipment

Electra Elite
Issue 7
Figure 8-18 Raising DTH/DTR Multiline Terminal Height
2.
To lower the Base Cover, press the indicated left and right
tabs inward and press down. Refer to Figure 8-19 Lowering
the Base Cover on the DTH/DTR Multiline Terminal.
Figure 8-19 Lowering the Base Cover on the DTH/DTR Multiline
Terminal
System Hardware Manual
8 - 17

Issue 7
Electra Elite
SEC
TION 9

REMOVING OR
INSTALLING THE BASE
COVER
To remove the Base Cover proceed as follows:
1.
Extend the Base Cover.
2.
Press tabs shown on Figure 8-20 Removing Base cover, and
slide the Base Cover in the arrow direction until it clicks.
Figure 8-20 Removing Base cover
To install the Base Cover, place the four tabs in their applicable slots, and
pull the cover in the direction of the arrows until it clicks in place.
8 - 18
Installing Electra Elite IPK and Dterm Series i Equipment

Electra Elite
Issue 7
Figure 8-21 Installing Base Cover
System Hardware Manual
8 - 19

Issue 7
Electra Elite
SECTION 10

INSTALLING
Assemble the abbreviated dialing table as shown in Figure 8-22
ABBREVIATED DIALING
Assembling the Abbreviated Dialing Table.
TABLE
Figure 8-22 Assembling the Abbreviated Dialing Table
8 - 20
Installing Electra Elite IPK and Dterm Series i Equipment

Electra Elite
Issue 7
Install abbreviated dialing table on the terminal as shown in Figure 8-23
Installing Abbreviated Dialing Table on the Terminal.
Figure 8-23 Installing Abbreviated Dialing Table on the Terminal
SECTION 11

WALL MOUNTING THE
DTH/DTR
TELEPHONE
11.1
Hanger Hook
1.
Remove the hook from the unit.
Figure 8-24 Removing the Hook
System Hardware Manual
8 - 21

Issue 7
Electra Elite
2.
Turn the hook with the tab toward the top.
3.
Slide the hook on its glides back down into position forming
the hanger hook for the handset.
Figure 8-25 Sliding the Hook into Position
11.2
Installing the Base Cover on the Wall
1.
Raise and remove the Base Cover. Refer to Section 9
Removing or Installing the Base Cover.
2.
Remove cutout shown in Figure 8-26 Removing Cutout with
nippers.
Figure 8-26 Removing Cutout
8 - 22
Installing Electra Elite IPK and Dterm Series i Equipment

Electra Elite
Issue 7
3.
Plug line cord in the wall receptacle, leave about 8 inches of
cord and bundle the rest as shown in Figure 8-27 Bundling
Line Cord.

Figure 8-27 Bundling Line Cord
4.
Turn the Base Cover upside down, feed the line cord in the
cutout and attach it to the wall using 6 screws as shown in
Figure 8-28 Installing Base Cover.
Figure 8-28 Installing Base Cover
System Hardware Manual
8 - 23

Issue 7
Electra Elite
5.
Install the telephone over the four tabs on the Base Cover,
and push down until it clicks in place.
Figure 8-29 Installing the Telephone
6.
Install the Line cord as shown in Figure 8-30 Plugging in Line
Cord.
Figure 8-30 Plugging in Line Cord
8 - 24
Installing Electra Elite IPK and Dterm Series i Equipment

Electra Elite
Issue 7
7.
Push spare line cord behind the telephone as shown in
Figure 8-31 Hiding Excess Cord.
Figure 8-31 Hiding Excess Cord
8.
To remove the telephone, press the tabs at the bottom as
shown in Figure 8-32 Removing the Telephone, and push up
on the Telephone until it comes loose.
Figure 8-32 Removing the Telephone
System Hardware Manual
8 - 25

Issue 7
Electra Elite
11.3
Installing Base Cover on a Switch Box
1.
Install the Base Cover as shown in Figure 8-33 Installing
Base Cover on Switch Box.
Figure 8-33 Installing Base Cover on Switch Box
2.
Install telephone.
Figure 8-34 Wall Installation Complete
8 - 26
Installing Electra Elite IPK and Dterm Series i Equipment

Electra Elite
Issue 7
11.4
Installing Telephone Using WM-R Unit
When adapters are used, the telephone must be installed on the
wall using the WM-R Unit.
1.
Attach WM-R Unit using 6 screws as shown in Figure 8-35
Installing WM-R Unit on the Wall. Place excess line cord in
the space in the back of the WM-R Unit.
Figure 8-35 Installing WM-R Unit on the Wall
System Hardware Manual
8 - 27

Issue 7
Electra Elite
2.
Install the telephone as shown in Figure 8-36 Installing
Telephone on WM-R Unit.
Figure 8-36 Installing Telephone on WM-R Unit
SECTION 12

INSTALLING DTH/DTR
OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT
Optional equipment for the DTH/DTR Multiline Terminals enhances the
Electra Elite 192 system. This equipment can be purchased separately
from the system and added as the customer business grows.
DTH/DTR Multiline Terminals can have up to two adapters installed at the
same time.
When attaching an AP(R)-R Unit, an external power supply is required.
Only one power supply is needed even if more than one adapter is
installed.
8 - 28
Installing Electra Elite IPK and Dterm Series i Equipment

Electra Elite
Issue 7
SECTION 13

PREPARING DTH/DTR
MULTILINE TERMINAL
FOR ADAPTER
INSTALLATION
To prepare the DTH/DTR Multiline Terminal for adapter installation:
1.
Unplug the telephone cord from the terminal.
2.
Turn the terminal upside down.
3.
Grasp in the middle of the hollow spaces at the top and pull up until;
the retaining tabs click to raise the base plate. Refer to Figure 8-37
Raising the Base Plate.
Figure 8-37 Raising the Base Plate
System Hardware Manual
8 - 29

Issue 7
Electra Elite
4.
Press down on the tabs indicated in Figure 8-38 Removing the DTH/
DTR Base Plate, and push forward on the base plate to remove it.
Figure 8-38 Removing the DTH/DTR Base Plate
8 - 30
Installing Electra Elite IPK and Dterm Series i Equipment

Electra Elite
Issue 7
5.
When an adapter is installed for the first time in a terminal, the base
cover on the Multiline Terminal must be modified. Two adapters can
be installed in the terminal, and two separate cutouts are provided.
Remove the applicable cutout/cutouts on the bottom of the base plate
with nippers. When only one adapter is being installed and it needs
an AC-R Unit for power, remove only the Right cutout as shown in
Figure 8-39 Modifying Base Cover.

Figure 8-39 Modifying Base Cover
6.
Turn the base plate with bottom down and release two tabs at the top
for each end cover (shown shaded) corresponding to applicable base
plate cutout/cutouts and remove the cover/covers.
7.
Remove the applicable dummy end/ends with nippers.
8.
When An AC-R Unit is required for power, remove the cutout on the
right side of the base plate (with the bottom facing up) to
accommodate the power adapter cord.
System Hardware Manual
8 - 31

Issue 7
Electra Elite
SECTION 14

INSTALLATION
14.1
AC-R Unit (AC Adapter)
PROCEDURES
This unit shown on Figure 8-40 AC-R Unit provides power to
ancillary devices or DTR Attendant Consoles. The AC-R Unit must
be connected to an adapter that is installed on a Multiline Terminal.
When more than one adapter is installed on a Multiline Terminal,
only one AC-R Unit is necessary.
Figure 8-40 AC-R Unit
The power requirements for the AC-R Unit are:
¥
Input: 110~240V AC, 50/60 Hz, 45 VA
¥
Output: 27V DC, 750 mA
¥
Polarity:

14.1.1
Connecting the AC-R Unit
1.
Unplug the AC-R Unit from the AC outlet. (Failing to
do this can damage the unit and/or the Multiline
Terminal.)
2.
Prepare Multiline Terminal for adapter installation.
Refer to Section 13 Preparing DTH/DTR Multiline
Terminal for Adapter Installation on page 8-29.
8 - 32
Installing Electra Elite IPK and Dterm Series i Equipment

Electra Elite
Issue 7
3.
The Plug Puller shown in Figure 8-40 AC-R Unit is a
hollow cylindrical sleeve with a post and a circular
rim on the base. The plug of the adapter is inserted
in this hole, and the sleeve is pulled over the back of
the plug to seat the post that can then be used to
unplug the adapter.
4.
Locate the plug on the ancillary device that is
connected to the bottom of the Multiline Terminal
and plug in the AC Adapter.
Figure 8-41 AC-R Unit Connection to Adapter
System Hardware Manual
8 - 33

Issue 7
Electra Elite
14.2
AD(A)-R Unit (Ancillary Device Adapter)
This Ancillary Device Adapter, shown on Figure 8-42 AD(A)-R Unit,
allows connection of a tape recorder to all DTH/DTR Multiline
Terminals except DTR-2DT-1 as shown on Figure 8-43 Connecting
DTH/DTR to Recorder.
Figure 8-42 AD(A)-R Unit
Figure 8-43 Connecting DTH/DTR to Recorder
8 - 34
Installing Electra Elite IPK and Dterm Series i Equipment

Electra Elite
Issue 7
14.2.1
Switch Settings and Wiring
When voice calls are only recorded, Remove the cover
for the DSW Switch with nippers, and set the switches as
shown in Figure 8-44 AD(A)-R Switch With Default
Settings and wire between the AD(A) and recorder as
shown in Figure 8-46 DSW Switch Settings for Sending
Voice Calls to Terminal.
Table 8-1 AD(A)-R Unit Switch Settings provides a
breakdown of the DSW switch settings.

Table 8-1 AD(A)-R Unit Switch Settings
Switch
Default Settings
Description
When the AD(A)-R
provides control to the
DSW 1
Off
recorder, DSW 1 must be
On.
Warning Tone from any
DSW 2
Off
device is sent to terminal
when DSW 2 is On.
To get a warning Tone
from the recording device
DSW 3
DSW 4
over same wire pair as
On
On
speech path, both
DSW 3
switches must be Off.
and
To get a warning Tone
DSW 4
from the recorder or
DSW 3
DSW 4
generator equipment on
On
On
dedicated wire pair to
recorder MIC input, DSW
3 must be Off.
DSW 5
On
Must be Off for debugging
Must be On to Upgrade
DSW 6~ 8
Off
Firmware
Connects to Series i DTR.
SW1-1
SW1
SW1-2 selects
IP Phone-IRT
600 Input Impedance.
SW2-1
SW2-2 selects
SW2
Complex Impedance for
SLTs
SW3
Not Installed

Do not connect T1 and T2 when DSW switches 3 and 4 are
On.
System Hardware Manual
8 - 35

Issue 7
Electra Elite
.
Figure 8-44 AD(A)-R Switch With Default Settings
Figure 8-45 AD(A) Connection for Recording Only
8 - 36
Installing Electra Elite IPK and Dterm Series i Equipment

Electra Elite
Issue 7
5.
When sending recorded calls to the terminal, Set the
DSW Switch to settings shown in Figure 8-46 DSW
Switch Settings for Sending Voice Calls to Terminal
and connect wiring to recorder as shown in Figure
8-47 Connections for Sending Calls to The Terminal.
Figure 8-46 DSW Switch Settings for Sending Voice Calls to Terminal
Figure 8-47 Connections for Sending Calls to The Terminal
14.2.2
Installing Core and Shielded Cable
1.
Remove the screw shown on Figure 8-48 Removing
Cover and carefully open the AD(A)-R Unit.
Figure 8-48 Removing Cover
System Hardware Manual
8 - 37

Issue 7
Electra Elite
2.
Insert cable into the AD(A)-R Unit terminal, fit a cap
(included with the Unit) over the cable and push to
anchor it as shown in Figure 8-49 Core Cable
Installation. The core cable should be inserted with
its cover. The shielded cable should be bundled
before inserting it in the terminal.
3.
Feed the installed cable out through the CN2
window as shown in Figure 8-50 Cable Access Port.
Figure 8-49 Core Cable Installation
Figure 8-50 Cable Access Port
8 - 38
Installing Electra Elite IPK and Dterm Series i Equipment

Electra Elite
Issue 7
14.2.3
Installing the AD(A)-R Unit on a DTH/DTR Multiline
Terminal
1.
Unplug the telephone cord (and the AC-R Unit cord
if installed) from the Multiline Terminal.
2.
Prepare Multiline Terminal for adapter installation.
Refer to Section 13 Preparing DTH/DTR Multiline
Terminal for Adapter Installation.
3.
Plug the A and B tabs in adapter slots as shown on
Figure 8-51 Attaching the AD(A)-R Unit to the
Multiline Terminall, and press down on the adapter
until it clicks into place.

Figure 8-51 Attaching the AD(A)-R Unit to the Multiline Terminal
4.
Install the Base Cover and the line cord.
14.2.4
AD(A)-R Connections and Specifications
Table 8-2 AD(A)-R Cable Connections provides a cable
connections list and describes the specifications for the
AD(A)-R Unit.
System Hardware Manual
8 - 39

Issue 7
Electra Elite
Table 8-2 AD(A)-R Ca b l e C o n n e c t i o n s
Terminal
Cables to Connect
Terminal Specifications
Number
When warning tone is not being sent from
Input Terminal:
the recorder, connect wire pair input from
T1 and T2 are enabled for tone generating device
tone generator to T1:T2. The warning
when DSW switches 3 and 4 are OFF.
tones from the generator are sent to T1:T2
on a dedicated wire pair while the speech
(When DSW switches 3 and 4 are ON, a humming
T1
path is sent from the Input/Output
sound may be recorded due to impedance
Terminal:
mismatch.)
T2
Refer to dip switch settings in Table 8-1
AD(A)-R Unit Switch Settings. on T3:T4
Input Impedance on T1 and T2: 100K
over a separate wire pair to the recorder.
Input Level on T1 and T2: 15 dB ~ 40 dB
Connect recorder device wire pair speech
Input/Output Terminal:
input to T3:T4.
Refer to dip switch settings in Table 8-1 AD(A)-R
When the recorder used supplies a
Unit Switch Settings.
T3:T4
warning tone, this tone may also be sent
over the T3:T4 wire pair back to the
terminal.
Connect the bare end of the control cable.
When a Multiline Terminal is idle, this contact is
closed. When the Multiline Terminal goes off-hook
(using the handset, headset, or speakerphone), this
T5
contact is open.
When recorder owner manual specifies start on
open circuit, connect T5 and T6.
Connect the shielded end of the control
Provides common connection for control cable.
T6
cable.
Connect the bare end of the control cable.
When the Multiline Terminal is idle, this contact is
open. When the Multiline Terminal is busy (using
the handset, headset, or speakerphone), this
T7
contact is closed.
When recorder owner manual specifies start on
closed circuit, connect T6 and T7.
T8
Unused
T9
Unused
Connect recorder device wire pair speech
Input/Output Terminal:
input to REC Jack.
Refer to dip switch settings in Table 8-1 AD(A)-R
REC
When the recorder used supplies a
Unit Switch Settings.
Jack
warning tone, this tone may also be sent
through the REC Jack wire pair back to the
terminal.
8 - 40
Installing Electra Elite IPK and Dterm Series i Equipment

Electra Elite
Issue 7
Table 8-2 AD(A)-R Cable Connections (Continued)
Notes:

When recording in handsfree (half-duplex) mode using the built-in speakerphone, the record warning
tone may not be audible to the far-end party.

The transmit recording level is lower than the receiving voice level for intercom calls; the transmit
recording level for CO calls is normal.

Depending on the recording device(s), separate cables may be required for the warning tone and
speech path. In this case, connect the warning tone cables to input terminals T1 and T2 on the AD(A)-R
Unit. (T3 and T4 are used as the tape recorder input.)

When remote control of the recorder is necessary, the record start/stop control is provided by
connecting to T5 (or T7) and T6 on the ADA-U Unit. (Connecting to T5 or T7 is determined by the
specifications of the recorder.)

When a warning Tone is provided from the recording equipment, it should be input via T3 and T4 on
AD(A)-R Unit. (Do not use T1 and T2 to input Beep Tone.)

Conversations cannot be recorded from terminals connected to an AP(R)-R Unit.

System Software S7000 or higher is required.
System Hardware Manual
8 - 41

Issue 7
Electra Elite
14.3
AP(A)/AP(R)-R Unit (Port Adapter)
The Analog Port Adapter without Ringer AP(A) or Analog Port
Adapter with Ringer AP(R) is the interface for installing Single Line
Telephones, Modems, Credit Card Readers, Wireless Headsets,
NEC VoicePoint/VoicePoint Plus Conferencing unit, and other
compatible analog devices. The AP(R)-R Unit generates ringing
signals and requires an AC-R Unit. Refer to Figure 8-52 AP(A)/
AP(R)-R Unit and Switches. Refer to Figure 8-53 Typical
Connection for an example.
Figure 8-52 AP(A)/AP(R)-R Unit and Switches
Figure 8-53 Typical Connection
8 - 42
Installing Electra Elite IPK and Dterm Series i Equipment

Electra Elite
Issue 7
14.3.1
Installing AP(A)-R or AP(R)-R Unit on any DTH/DTR
Multiline Terminal except DTR-2DT-1
1.
Prepare Multiline Terminal for adapter installation.
Refer to Section 13 Preparing DTH/DTR Multiline
Terminal for Adapter Installation.
2.
Set the SW1, SW3 and DSW switches to default
settings shown in Table 8-3 AP(A)-R/AP(R)-R Unit
Switch Settings. Use nippers to remove the cover
over the DSW switch.

Table 8-3 AP(A)-R/AP(R)-R Unit Switch Settings
Switch
Setting/Description
SW1
1 (default)
Sets impedance to 600 for devices such as
SW31
modems or facsimile machines
Used for complex impedance devices such as
SW32
Single Line Telephones.
DSW
System Hardware Manual
8 - 43

Issue 7
Electra Elite
3.
Hook tabs A and B in the slots on the Multiline
Terminal as shown in Figure 8-54 Attaching the
AP(A)/AP(R)-R Unit to the Multiline Terminal, and
press down until the unit clicks into place.
Figure 8-54 Attaching the AP(A)/AP(R)-R Unit to the
Multiline Terminal
4.
Close the base plate, and snap the cover in place.
5.
Install the ferrite core (provided with either Unit)
about 2 inches from the line cord plug as shown in
Figure 8-55 Installing Ferrite Core.
6.
Connect the line cord to the unit. Limit the cable
length from the AP(A)/AP(R)-R Unit to the Single
Line Telephone to a maximum of 50 feet.
Figure 8-55 Installing Ferrite Core
7.
For the AP(R)-R only, plug the AC adapter power
cord in the indicated AP(R)-R Unit receptacle and
connect it to a power source.
8 - 44
Installing Electra Elite IPK and Dterm Series i Equipment

Electra Elite
Issue 7
8.
Install the extended base plate.
14.4
CT(A)-R Unit (Computer Telephony Adapter)
Computer Telephony Adapter shown in Figure 8-56 CT(A)-R Unit
allows a DTH/DTR Multiline Terminal connection to a PC. The PC
can perform all Multiline Terminal functions using a
TAPI-compatible application software.
Figure 8-56 CT(A)-R Unit
14.4.1
Typical Connection using an ESI/ESIC
Refer to Figure 8-57 Typical Connection for ESI/ESIC.
Figure 8-57 Typical Connection for ESI/ESIC
System Hardware Manual
8 - 45

Issue 7
Electra Elite
14.4.2
Typical Connection using VDH ETU
Refer to Figure 8-58 Typical Connection Using VDH ETU.
Figure 8-58 Typical Connection Using VDH ETU
14.4.3
Installing the CT(A)-R Unit
1.
Prepare Multiline Terminal for adapter installation.
Refer to Section 13 Preparing DTH/DTR Multiline
Terminal for Adapter Installation.
8 - 46
Installing Electra Elite IPK and Dterm Series i Equipment

Electra Elite
Issue 7
2.
Set CT(A)-R Unit switches to default settings. Refer
to Table 8-4 CT(A)-R Unit Switch Settings.
Table 8-4 CT(A)-R Unit Switch Settings
Switch
Setting/Description
SW1
1 (default)
Sets impedance to 600 for devices such as
SW31
modems or facsimile machines.
Used for complex impedance devices such as
SW32
Single Line Telephones.
DSW
3.
Hook tabs A and B in the slots on the Multiline
Terminal as shown in Figure 8-59 Attaching the
CT(A)-R Unit to the DTH/DTR Multiline Terminal,
and press down until the unit clicks into place.
Figure 8-59 Attaching the CT(A)-R Unit to the DTH/DTR
Multiline Terminal
4.
Install the extended base cover.
System Hardware Manual
8 - 47

Issue 7
Electra Elite
5.
Install the line cord.
6.
Install the headset and anchor it in the cord slot as
shown in Figure 8-60 Installing and Anchoring
Headset.
Figure 8-60 Installing and Anchoring Headset
7.
Connect the RS-232C cable from the computer to
the connector on the CT(A)-R Unit as shown in
Figure 8-61 Connecting the RS-232C Cable to the
CT(A)-R Unit on the Multiline Terminal .
Figure 8-61 Connecting the RS-232C Cable to the
CT(A)-R Unit on the Multiline Terminal
8 - 48
Installing Electra Elite IPK and Dterm Series i Equipment

Electra Elite
Issue 7
14.4.4
Installing the Driver on the PC
Using the setup disk provided with the CT(A)-R Unit
install the driver onto your PC. Refer to the CT(A)
installation Guide for instructions on installing CT(A)
setup disks.
14.5
Removing or Installing BS(E)-R Key Unit
This unit can be removed as follows:
1.
Remove the Line Card and Line Panel from the Multiline
Terminal.
2.
Pull the tab on the right side of the key unit and lift out the unit
to the left as shown in Figure 8-62 Removing Key Unit.
Figure 8-62 Removing Key Unit
Install this unit as follows:
1.
Insert the two tabs on the left of the key unit in the slots as
shown in Figure 8-63 Installing Key Unit.
System Hardware Manual
8 - 49

Issue 7
Electra Elite
Figure 8-63 Installing Key Unit
2.
Push the unit to the left and press down until it clicks into
place.
3.
Install the Line Card and Line Panel.
8 - 50
Installing Electra Elite IPK and Dterm Series i Equipment

Chapter 9
Installing Electra
Professional Equipment
9th Tab

Installing Electra
Professional Equipment
Chapter 9
SEC
TION 1

GENERAL
INFORMATION
Electra Professional Multiline Terminals can be installed on an Electra Elite
192 system providing inexpensive migration to the Electra Elite system.
This chapter provides instructions for connecting these terminals to the
Electra Elite 192 system.
SEC
TION 2

ELECTRA
PROFESSIONAL
MULTILINE TERMINALS
The following Electra Professional Multiline Terminals can be connected to
the Electra Elite system.
ETW-8-1/2 TEL
ETW-16DC-1/2 TEL
ETW-16DD-1/2 TEL
ETW-24DS-1/2 TEL
EDW-48-1/2 DSS/BLF Console
System Hardware Manual
9 - 1

Issue 7
Electra Elite

SECTION 3

CONNECTING AN
3.1
Modular Terminal Connections
ELECTRA
PROFESSIONAL
3.1.1
Connecting Multiline Terminals, Attendant Add-On
M
Consoles, and SLT Adapters
ULTILINE TERMINAL
TO THE ELECTRA
When connecting Electra Professional Multiline Terminals,
ELITE SYSTEM
Attendant Add-On Consoles, or SLT Adapters to the MDF
or IDF, individually twisted 1-pair cabling must be used.
Refer to Figure 9-1 Modular Terminal Connections for
Multiline Terminals and Attendant Add-On Consoles for an
illustration of connections.
To
MDF
YL
BK
Station
Cable
Y
B
Modular
Terminal
Figure 9-1 Modular Terminal Connections for Multiline
Terminals and Attendant Add-On Consoles
9 - 2
Installing Electra Professional Equipment

Electra Elite
Issue 7
3.2
Attach a Multiline Terminal to the System
1.
Plug a telephone cord into the modular jack on the bottom
side of the Multiline Terminal.
2.
Lead the cord out through the cord groove as shown in
Figure 9-2 Connect an Electra Professional Multiline Terminal
to the Electra Elite 192 System.
Figure 9-2 Connect an Electra Professional Multiline Terminal
to the Electra Elite 192 System
SECTION 4
INSTALLING AN
4.1
Ancillary Device Adapter Installation
ANCILLARY DEVICE
ADAPTER IN THE
The ADA(1)-W Unit or the ADA(2)-W Unit can be installed in any
MULTILINE TERMINAL
Electra Professional multiline terminal in the system.
1.
Unplug the line and headset cords.
2.
Turn the multiline terminal upside down and place it on a dry
surface.
3.
Remove the knockout shown in Figure 9-3 Removing
Knockout.
System Hardware Manual
9 - 3

Issue 7
Electra Elite
Figure 9-3 Removing Knockout
4.
Plug the CN-1 connector on the adapter unit in the CN-4 jack
on the main board. Refer to Figure 9-4 Unit Installation.
Figure 9-4 Unit Installation
9 - 4
Installing Electra Professional Equipment

Electra Elite
Issue 7
5.
Install the ADA component side down in the multiline terminal
using the provided screw.
6.
Connect external device (e.g., fax, modem, or answering
machine) using the information provided in ETIs.
7.
When installing ADA(2)-W Unit, plug the AC/DC adapter in
the jack on the side of the unit.
8.
Test multiline terminal operation, and then test external
device operation.
SEC
TION 5

CONNECTING AN
An Attendant Console can be attached to a Multiline Terminal using the
ATTENDANT CONSOLE
following procedures.
TO A MULTILINE
TERMINAL
1.
Turn the Multiline Terminal and the Attendant Console face down.
2.
Using the joining plate provided with the Attendant Console, attach
the plate to the Multiline Terminal and the Attendant Console.
Attendant
Console
Multiline
Terminal
Figure 9-5 Connecting an Attendant Console to a Multiline Terminal
System Hardware Manual
9 - 5

Issue 7
Electra Elite
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
9 - 6
Installing Electra Professional Equipment

Chapter 10
System Maintenance
10th Tab

System Maintenance
Chapter 10
SEC
TION 1

INTRODUCTION
The technician can use this chapter to troubleshoot and diagnose
problems during and after system installation. The troubleshooting flow
charts and general test procedures aid the technician to identify possible
causes of the problem by defining the problem area.
Using the System Data Upload/Download feature, all System
Programming and Speed Dial data can be stored on disk for safe keeping.
After all System Programming is completed, it should be downloaded to a
disk for backup. If system memory fails, this data on the disk can be
uploaded and the memory restored.
SEC
TION 2

OPERATIONAL
The effectiveness of this maintenance section depends on the technician.
CURRENT AND
Due to external factors, the technician should not make any assumptions.
VOLTAGE CHECKS
For example, don't assume that a new power supply used to replace
another power supply is working properly. Check the output of the power
supply with a volt meter.
The ESI(8)-U10 ETU allows the measurement of +5V and 24V. This ETU
can be used in the expansion KSU for the power output measurements.
Refer to Table 10-1 Voltage Measurement. Before the technician can
troubleshoot, the correct tools must be available. Some of these are listed
below.
¥
Digital or Analog Multimeter that can read DC and AC current and
voltage and DC Resistance.
¥
Test Set (lineman) that has termination and monitor modes and
DTMF and DP dialing.
System Hardware Manual
10 - 1

Issue 7
Electra Elite
¥
Hand tools such as:
·
Screwdrivers (flat and Phillips head)
·
Pliers (long nose and diagonal)
·
Punch down tool
SEC
TION 3

OPERATIONAL TEST
3.1
General Information
PROCEDURES
When an Electra Elite 192 system is first powered up, an
initialization is performed. During this process the CPUB( )-U( )
ETU, located in the Basic KSU, scans each interface slot to
determine the hardware configuration used. This information is
stored in the resident system program memory with the system
default values. This section provides test procedures that are used
before, during, and after the initialization process.
3.2
Before Initializing
The technician must follow these steps before initializing the
system.
3.2.1
Cable Connections
All wiring for power supplies or flat cable connectors
should be checked for solid connections.
3.2.2
AC/DC Power
Check all power with an AC/DC multimeter. (Refer to
Table 10-1 Voltage Measurement.) Run this test with only
the CPUB( )-U( ) ETU and the ESI(8)-U( ) ETU installed.
10 - 2
System Maintenance

Electra Elite
Issue 7

Table 10-1 Voltage Measurement
Voltages
Tolerance Measuring
Points
ESI(8)-U10 ETU
+5 ± 0.25V
ESI(8)-U10
TP1 +5V
+5V
24 ± 0.25V
TP2 GND
-24V
TP3 24V
AC Voltage (117 Vac)
117 Vac ± 15%
AC Terminal Strip
Line to Neutral
117 Vac ± 15%
Line L to N
Line to Conduit Ground
.05 Vac (maximum)
Line L to G
Neutral to Conduit Ground
Line N to G
Ring Generator (SLT)
70 ~ 120 Vac @ 20 Hz *
Across Tip and Ring of
Ringing SLT
CO Line
25 ~ 50 mA
In series with Tip side of the
Off-hook line current
CO line at the MDF
* Ring voltage may be lower if the meter measures only 60 Hz signals.
3.2.3
Initialization Check
To determine if the system is initializing correctly, only the
Basic KSU, CPUB( )-U( ) ETU, one ESI(8)-U( ) ETU, and
terminals should be installed on the system. After
initialization, all the terminals assigned to the ESI(8)-U( )
ETU can be used for internal calls to one another. (By
default, these stations are assigned station numbers
100~107).
3.3
System Initialization
After the steps described in Section 3.2 Before Initializing are
performed and verified, the entire system should be initialized.
With power OFF, all interface and option cards can be installed in
the basic KSU. The technician can then power up the system to
perform a First Initialization. After the initialization, each station
display shows default time and date indications.
For example:
12:00 AM WED 1
System Hardware Manual
10 - 3

Issue 7
Electra Elite
3.4
After Initialization
Ensure the battery on the CPUB( )-U( )ETU is
connected to CN4 on the CPU.
Before any programming is attempted, connect the battery on the
CPUB( )-U( ) ETU to CN4 on the CPU. This prevents loss of
previously programmed data if the system loses power.
Check all ETU slots in software to ensure the initialization process
scanned the installed hardware correctly.
A general system operation check should be performed using
default values prior to system programming.
After all previous steps are performed and any problems corrected,
system programming is complete.
After System Programming is finished, the technician should
perform a Second Initialization. Performing the First Initialization a
second time causes all programming memory to be lost. Second
Initialization refreshes the system RAM without losing any memory.
This completes the installation procedure for the Electra Elite 192
system. The technician should check the operation of each
Multiline Terminal to ensure the system is working properly.
10 - 4
System Maintenance

Electra Elite
Issue 7

SECTION 4

TROUBLESHOOTING
4.1
Remote Administration and Maintenance
The Maintenance and Diagnostics feature can remotely access the
Electra Elite 192 system for maintenance and diagnostics. The
remote PC and the system are connected via a modem (built-in or
external).
4.2
Problem Solving
To find the cause, consider all problem symptoms carefully. As
each aspect of the problem is considered, the technician is guided
to a probable solution. The problem must be defined as accurately
as possible, so that the most efficient steps to the solution can be
taken. Flowcharts in the next section help define the problem.
4.2.1
System Down
This term describes one of the following situations:
¥
No access to internal dial tone on any Multiline
Terminal or Single Line Telephone is installed.
¥
No LED indication, display indication, or Multiline
Terminal is installed.
¥
No system tones are generated.
4.2.2
Partial Operation
This term refers to any situation that cannot be
completely described under the System Down conditions.
System Hardware Manual
10 - 5

Issue 7
Electra Elite
4.2.3
Reset
At times, the station and/or the ETU must be reset. The
following resets are used in the system.
¥
Terminal Reset Unplug the station line cord from
the station and then plug it back into the station.
¥
ETU Reset Press the RESET switch.
4.3
Flowcharts
Condition
Flowchart
Page
A. System Down
1. No Internal Dial Tone to any
A1
9-7
Multiline Terminal or SLT
2. No LED or Display Indications
A2
9-8
on any Multiline Terminal
B. Partial Operations
1. Radio Frequency Interference
B1
9-9
2. No or Intermittent CO/PBX Ring
C1
9-10
3. Call Dropping
C2
9-11
4. No Outside Dial Tone Access
C3
9-12
5. CO/PBX Dialing Problem:
C4
9-13
Cannot Dial Out on CO
C. Multiline Terminal Problems
1. Multiline Terminal Function
D1
9-14
2. Multiline Terminal Ringing
D2
9-15
3. Multiline Terminal Dial Tone
D3
9-16
Access
D. Single Line Telephone Problems
1. No Dial Tone Access on SLT
E1
9-17
2. No Ringing on SLT
E2
9-18
3. No Dial Access to SLT Features
E3
9-19
E. Low Volume Problems
F1
9-20
F. External Paging Problems
G1
9-21
G. SMDR Output Problems
H1
9-22
No Call Accounting System
10 - 6
System Maintenance

Electra Elite
Issue 7
A1
No internal Dial Tone to any Multiline Terminal or SLT

All DC
Incorrect or No DC Voltage
Voltages
Check AC Input
Correct?
Power.
Good
Turn system Off. Disconnect all
connectors and remove all printed
Bad

circuit boards e xcept C P U B ( )-U ( )
Correct AC Power
AC Power?
Problem.

and the first insta lle d E S I(8)-U ( )in
the basic K S U associated w ith the
program m ing station .
Good

Bad

Replace
PSU Fuses
Turn system On.

Dial Tone

Fuse(s).
F1 and F2
Di
al Tone on Multiline
good?
Terminal on 1st ESI(8)-U( )?
Good
Replace Corresponding

Power Supply.
No Dial Tone
Build system, one card

at a time until problem
reappears. Replace
Reset ESI(8)-U( ). If trouble
Yes

defective card.
persists, replace ESI(8)-U( ).
Problem
Done.
Solved?
No
Remove all ETUs but

Yes
one ESI, and retest.

Dial tone?
Build system
Yes

No
one card at a
Problem
time and
Solved?
1. If problem not solved, perform First Initialization
replace bad
and test. If trouble persists go to step 2.
ETU(s).
No
2. Replace CPUB( )-U( ) and test system using

default program.
Replace KSU.
System Hardware Manual
10 - 7

Issue 7
Electra Elite
A2
No LED or Display Indications on any Multiline Terminal
All DC
Incorrect or No DC Voltage

Check AC Input
Voltages

Power.
OK?
Good
Terminate one Multiline Terminal from
Bad

the basic KSU, 1st ESI(8)-U( )
Correct AC Power
AC Power?
(Programming Station) directly to
Problem.

MDF and test.

Good
Turn system off. Disconnect
Yes
No
connectors; remove all ETUs
Check

Terminal
except CPUB( )-U( ) and first
Bad

Station

Replace

PSU Fuses
I
ndications?
installed ESI(8)-U( ) in basic
Cabling.

Fuse(s).
F 1 and F 2

KSU, associated with the
G ood?
programming station.
Good
Replace Corresponding

Power Supply.
No Indication
Terminal
Installed

Indication?

Yes
Reset ESI(8)-U( ). If trouble
Problem
Done.
persists, replace ESI(8)-U( ).

Solved?
Correct
Indication
No
Rebuild System one card at
Correct

Remove all ETUs but
a time. If problem reappears
I

ndications?
one ESI, and retest.

replace defective card(s).
Yes
None
Build system
Problem
one card at a

time and
Solved?
1. If problem not solved, perform First Initialization

replace bad
and test. If trouble persists go to step 2.
ETU(s).
No
2. Replace CPUB( )-U( ) and test system using
default program.
Replace KSU.
10 - 8
System Maintenance

Electra Elite
Issue 7
B1
Radio Frequency Interference (RFI)

Is interference only on outside calls
or anytime station is off-hook?
Remove one CO line

On CO calls only

at MDF and test using
RFI Event?

standard SLT.
Multiline Terminal off-Hook
No

Check cable for the
RFI on CO

affected terminal(s).
Lines?

Mor
Yes
e than 1-pair

Twisted

No
Inform
Ground all unused
Twisted
Cable with 1-pair twisted
Telco.
pairs at MDF.
pair?
pair cable.

No
No

RFI Cleared?
RFI Cleared?
Yes
Yes
End
End

Foll ow the steps below, one at a time, and test after each step.
1.
Place a 0.01 microfarad ceramic capacitor (0.001 microfarad for FM Interference)
across receiver and transmitter elements in the Multiline Terminal handset.

2. Add a 0.01 microfarad ceramic capacitor from one transmit lead to one receive
lead.

System Hardware Manual
10 - 9

Issue 7
Electra Elite
C1

No or Intermittent CO/PBX Ring
Test to see if problem occurs
on one line or several lines.
One Line
Several Lines
C h e ck M e m o ry B lo cks 4 -0 1 a n d 4 -0 2 to

See if problem occurs on
ensure that line is programmed to

Occurrence?
all Multiline Terminals
ring on an installed station.
Assigned Ringing.

Yes
All Terminals

Occurrence?
Ringing

Assigned?
Not all terminals
No
Replace one terminal
that has problems.
Program ring assignment

Program station for off-hook and
.
and test.

Still have
day/night ring, deny DND feature,

Problem?
Not Cleared and test again.
Cleared
No
Yes
Yes
See if affected lines

No
can be isolated to

End.

Corrected?
Corrected?
One COI(8)-U( ) ETU.
Done.
Return defective Multiline
Terminal for repair.

Yes

Reset/ Replace
1 COI(8)-U10

COI(8)-U( ) ETU.
ETU?
No
Perform the following tests:
No

Yes
Check whether or not

1. Measure CO ring voltage with AC meter
Corrected?
affected lines can be
(100 Vac 20 Hz) at the MDDF.
.isolated to one KSU.

Done.
2. Perform Second Initialization.
3. Place external ringer in front of system on

wors t case CO line. Check if customer
No
Yes

can
hear external ringer at times when the

Replace Ribbon cable
system does not detect ringing on this line.

Basic KSU?

between KSUs.
4. If problem is not solved, perform First

Initialization and replace CPUB( )-U( ).
Test system using default program.
10 - 10
System Maintenance

Electra Elite
Issue 7
C2
Call Dropping
See if problem exists

on all Lines.
No
Yes
Calls

dropped on

all lines?

No
Yes
All

lines at same

time?

Check DC voltages
Check outside line key
with a meter and AC
after call drops.
power with a line
disturbance analyzer.

On
CO
Off
Have Telco check line circuits.
Line Key
Increase Automatic Release
Check COI(8)-U( )LED.
LED Status?
Signal Detection Time. Refer

to Memory Block 3-40.
Off

COI(8)-U( )

1. Perform Second Initialization.
LED Status?
If trouble persists go to step 2.

2. Replace COI(8)-U( ) ETU. Test.
On
Have Telco check
No
Perform First Initialization.

Line circuit(s).

Problem
Replace CPUB( )-U( ),

Solved?
and test system using
default program.
Yes
Return Defective ETU
for repair.
System Hardware Manual
10 - 11

Issue 7
Electra Elite
C3

No Outside Dial Tone Access

SLT

Multiline

Check for Internal
Terminal or SLT?

Dial tone.

Yes
All
No
No

Both

Terminals

Internal

affected?

Dial Tone?
Check for Internal

Dial tone.

Yes
1. Reset terminal

1. Perform Second
and test.
Check for Internal

Yes
Internal
Initialization.
2. Replace terminal
Dial tone.

2. Reset and test

Dial Tone?
OR

SLI(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU.

3. Reset ESI(8)-U( )

3. Replace and test
No
ETU and test.

No

SLI(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU.
Internal

4. Replace ESI(8)-U( )

and test.
Dial Tone?

Go to Flowchart

A1.

Leave an SLI(4)/(8)-
Yes
U( ) and an ESI(8) -
U( ) ETU installed.
Go to Flowchart A1.
Test for CO dial
tone at MDF with
1. Check Memory Blocks 4-07, 4-08,

test set, and check
and 4-19 for Station Restriction.

CO wiring.
2. Check Memory Block 4-09 for

Telephone to Tenant Assignment.
Yes
No

Check SW 1~8 on COI(8)-U( )
CO
Have Telco

ETU for proper switch setting.

Dial Tone?
check li
nes.

Check conduit and frame ground
to system for ground start trunks.

1.
Reset and test; replace COI(8)-U( ) ETU and test. If trouble persists go to 2.
2. Perform Second Initialization. If trouble persists go to 3.

3. Perform First Initialization. If trouble persists go to 4.
4. Replace CPUB( )-U( ) ETU, and test using default program.

10 - 12
System Maintenance

Electra Elite
Issue 7
C4

CO/PBX Dialing Problem: Cannot Dial Out on CO
Check CO lines at MDF
SLT
No
Yes
problem
Check Memory
with test set to see if

Block 4-95.

only?
they are DTMF or DP.
DTMF
DP
DTMF

Line type
DP or

program?
DTMF?

DP
Check CO lines at MDF
Check CO lines at MDF
with test set to see if
with test set to see if
Check Memory Block 3-92
t hey are DTMF or DP.
they are DTMF or DP.
Selection to ensure lines are

programmed for DP.

DTMF
DP
DP

DP or
DP or

DTMF?

DTMF?
Programmed

for?

DP
DTMF
DTMF
Program lines for DTMF.
Program lines for DP.
Program as DP.
Monitor Line with test set, and
verify if system is sending digits.
Yes

No

Digits Sent?

1. If lines are DTMF, increase the DTMF
1. Reset COI(8)-U( ) ETU. If trouble persists,

duration in Memory Block 3-15.
go to next step.

2. If lines are DP, choose 10 or 20 pps
2. Replace COI(8)-U( ) ETU, and test.

option in Memory Block 3-92.
3. Perform Second Initialization, and test.
3. Check off-hook CO line current.
4. Perform First Initialization, and test.
5. Replace CPUB( )-U( ) ETU.
System Hardware Manual
10 - 13

Issue 7
Electra Elite
D1
Multiline Terminal Function Problems

Yes

All
Go to Flowchart A2.
terminals?
No
Check Memory Block 7-2 for
correct Station Assignment.
No

Assignment
Reassign.

correct?

Yes

Yes
Problem

End.
Perform Multiline Terminal Self Test:
solved?
1. Unplug terminal line cord.
No
2. Hold down * and # together and plug in the line card.
3. Press each terminal key to test tones, LEDs, and key contacts.

4. Return terminal on-line by taking handset off-hook and then
return to on-hook.

Reset and test. Replace defective
terminal, and test.
Yes
No

Send terminal
Problem
Connect terminal directly

in for repair.
solved?
to MDF, and test.
No

Yes
Reset and test, and replace
Problem

Replace station cable.
ESI(8)-U( ) ETU.
solved?
Yes

No
1. Perform Second Initialization, and test.
Send ESI(8)-U( ) ETU
Problem
2. Perform First Initialization, and test.

in for repair.
solved?
3. Replace CPUB( )-U( ) ETU, and test using
default program.

10 - 14
System Maintenance

Electra Elite
Issue 7
D2

Multiline Terminal Ringing Problems
Intermittent

Go to Flowchart C1.
Problem?

Consistent
Check to see if problem occurs on CO
or internal calls (including station-to-
station or transferred calls).
Internal
CO

Check to see if station is

Problem?
Check Memory Block 4-12.
call forwarded or in DID.

Both

Yes
No
Check and adjust
Wrong
Yes
Program
Assignment?
Station in
volume control, and

again.
Call Forward
test again.

or DID?
No
Cancel
Check Memory Blocks
feature.
Yes

4-01 and 4-02 for ring
Problem
assignment.

Done.

Solved?
Yes
No
Wrong
Program
Reset/replace station,

Assignment?

again.
then reset or replace

ESI(8)-U( ) ETU.

No
Yes

Problem

Done.

Solved?
Reset/replace station,
then reset or replace
ESI(8)-U( ) ETU.
No
Yes
No
1. Perform Second Initialization, and test.

2. Perform First Initialization, and test.
Send terminal
Problem

3. Replace CPUB( )-U( ) ETU, and test

in for repair.

Solved?

using default program.
System Hardware Manual
10 - 15

Issue 7
Electra Elite
D3

Multiline Terminal Dial Tone Access Problems
Check to see if problem occurs
on CO or Internal call.
CO
Internal
CO or
Go to Flowchart C3.
Internal dial
Go to Flowchart A1.

tone?
Both
Go to Flowchart A1.
10 - 16
System Maintenance

Electra Elite
Issue 7
E1

No Dial Tone Access on SLT
Check Memory Block 7-1 for
SLI(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU
assignments.
Yes
No

Problem

End.
Assign Again.

Assignment
solved?

correct?

No
Yes
Both
CO
No CO
Check CO line dial tone
Replace SLT, and test.

or internal

on a Multiline Terminal.

dial tone?

Good
Bad
No
Yes

Internal

Problem
Go to Flowchart C3.

solved?
Replace SLT, and test.
Go to Flowchart C3.
Yes
Problem
Repair SLT.

solved?
No
1. Reset SLI(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU, and test.
2. Replace SLI(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU, and test.
3. Perform Second Initialization, and test.
Yes
Problem
Done.

solved?
No
Leave one SLI(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU, one ESI(8)-U( ) ETU, and
CPUB( )-U( ) ETU installed. Go to Flowchart A.
System Hardware Manual
10 - 17

Issue 7
Electra Elite
E2
Ringing Problem on SLT
Replace SLT.
Yes

Problem
SLT defective.

solved?

No
Check to see if ringing
problem is intermittent.

No
Check to see if SLT

Intermittent

Pr oblem?
is call forwarded.
Yes
No
Yes
Call
Cancel call

Forward?
Forwarding.

Check SLI(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU for

ring voltage output with AC
meter.
Pass
Fail

Check BLF indication

RSG Test?
Replace SLI(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU.
for station.

Busy

BLF

Te rm ina te S LT on M D F.

I
ndication?
Idle
1. Reset/replace SLI(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU, and test.
Busy
Idle
2. Perform Second Initialization, and test; then

perform First Initialization and test.
Check MDF
BLF

Check/replace

3. Change CPUB( )-U( ) ETU, and test
connection.
Ind

ication?
station cable.

using default program.
10 - 18
System Maintenance

Electra Elite
Issue 7
E3

No Dial Access to Features on SLT
C heck to see if S LT can access
internal or CO dial tone.
No

Access dial
Go to Flowchart E1.

tone?
Yes
Check Memory Block 4-17
for feature assignment.
No
Good
Feature
Program C.O.S. to

Done.
allowed?
allow feature, and test.
Yes
Bad
Check Memory Blocks 1-1-46,
1-1-47, and 1-1-48 for access
assignment.
No

Correct

Recheck feature access

Access Code?

with correct Access Code.
Yes
Recheck SLT features operation
selection to verify procedure for
feature.
System Hardware Manual
10 - 19

Issue 7
Electra Elite

F1

Low Volume Problems
No
Yes

All lines?

Yes
Yes
No

Bridge on

Remove it.

All stations?
s ystem CO

line?

No
Run a dB level test at DMARK
Replace
on lines with 1 kHz test tone.
Multiline SLT.
Move suspected bad line to
No less than -8dB at MDF is
good COI(8)-U( ) ETU port.
required.
Move good line to original
COI(8)-U( ) ETU port.
Yes

Report Problem
Less than
Port

Line

to Telco.
-8 dB?
Problem

on port or

No
line?
Reset or replace
Check line with dB
Replace COI(8)-U( ) ETU.
COI(8)-U( ), and
meter and/or contact
test again.
Telco.
Yes

Problem

solved?
Done.
No
1. Perform Second Initialization, and test.
2. Perform First Initialization, and test with

default program.
3. Replace CPUB( )-U( ) ETU.
10 - 20
System Maintenance

Electra Elite
Issue 7
G1

External Paging Problems
Yes
No

Amplifier

Install amplifier.

provided?

Place Test Set on output of
paging at ECR-U( ) ADP with all
external wiring removed.
Yes

External
No

pa ge heard on

test set?
External amplifier or
Check Memory Blocks 1-1-46,
wiring is defective.
1-1- 47, and 1-1-48 for correct
access code (external) for paging.

No

Ac cess Code

correct?
Yes
Pass
1. Reset/replace ECR-U( ) ADP, and test.
Retest using
2. Perform Second Initialization, and test; then
correct access
Done.

perform First Initialization and test.
code.
3. Replace CPUB( )-U( ) ETU, and test
Fail

using default program.

System Hardware Manual
10 - 21

Issue 7
Electra Elite

H1
SMDR Output Problems (No Call Accounting System)
No
Yes

Incoming

problem only?

Check Memory Block 1-5-26
No

Yes
for print selection.
Printer

RS-232C

compatible?
Compare each parameter between
SMDR requires
printer and MIFM-U( )Unit:
RS-232C connection.
1. Baud rate 300~4800
2. ASCII serial output
3. 7- or 8-bit word
4. 1 or 2 stop bits
Install MIFM-U( ) in
5. Even, Odd, or no Parity
Option or IF1~4 slot.
Yes

No

No
MIFM-U( )

Parameter
Set correct parameters.

in correct

match?
slot?
Yes
LED On
Off
On

LED1 on

If On/Off s w itc h o n M IF M -U ( )
Test for proper
MIFM

is o ff, tu rn it on .

operation.
ON or Off?
LED Off
Check MIFM-U( )
1. Refer to Installation Service Manual for
in another slot.

RS-232C cable connection.
2. Perform printer self test.
3. Use a breakout box, and ensure that pins
1. Perform second Initialization.
On

4 and 20 are logic high from printer to

Off
LED1 on
if LED is off:

MIFM-U10.

MIFM
2. Replace MIFM-U( ).

ON or Off?
if LED is off:
Recheck in
3. Replace CPUB( )-U( ).
No
Yes
original slot.

Replace printer
High?
or modify cable.
10 - 22
System Maintenance

Appendices
11th Tab

Glossary of Abbreviations
Appendix A
The following table includes common abbreviations used throughout this
document that are listed in alphabetical order.
Abbreviations
Definition
ACD
Automatic Call Distribution
Provides a cost-effective method for supervising incoming
telephone traffic and associated staff activity.
AIS
Alarm Indication Signal
Replaces the normal traffic signal when a maintenance
alarm indication is activated. An AIS signal is transmitted
downstream to indicate an upstream failure was detected.
BNC
Bayonet-Neill-Concelman
Connector for slim coaxial cables. This is similar to ones
used with Ethernet.
BPV
Bipolar Violation
Indicates the presence of two consecutive one bits of the
same polarity on a T carrier line.
BRI
Basic Rate Interface
ISDN subscriber interface. BRI has two bearer B-channels
at 64 Kbps per second and a D-channel at 16 Kbps per
second. The bearer B-channels are provided for PCM
voice, video conferencing, group 4 facsimile machines, and
other similar types of transmissions. The data D-channel is
used to bring in information about incoming calls and take
out information about outgoing calls. BRI can also be used
to access slow-speed data networks such as videotex and
packet switched networks.
BRI has two standards:
U Interface for 2-wire
T Interface for 4-wire
System Hardware Manual
A - 1

Issue 7
Electra Elite
Abbreviations
Definition
CRC
Cyclic Redundancy Check
CRC is a common method to establish that the data is
correctly received in data communications. This process
checks the integrity of a data block. A CRC character is
generated at the transmission end. Its value depends on
the hexadecimal value of the number of ones in the data
block. The transmitting device calculates the value and
appends it to the data block. The receiving end makes a
similar calculation and compares its results with the added
character. If there is a difference, the recipient requests
retransmission.
DN
Directory Number
Unique number (phone number) assigned to each
telephone or data terminal.
ISDN
Integrated Services Digital Network
An international plan to migrate the public switched network
to the universal implementation of standard digital
technology.
LSA
Line Synchronization Alarm Detection
An FT1 trunk looses frame synchronization. Frame
synchronization occurs when a given digital channel (time
slot) at the receiving end is aligned with the corresponding
channel (time slot) of the transmitting end as it occurs in the
received signal. Usually extra bits (frame synchronization
bits) are inserted at regular intervals to indicate the
beginning of a frame and for use in frame synchronization.
LCR
Least Cost Routing
A feature that automatically chooses the lowest cost phone
line to the destination.
OOF
Out-of-Frame Condition
During FT1 transmission, an Out-of-Frame error occurs
when two or more of four consecutive framing bits are in
error. When this condition exists for more than 2.5 seconds
a Red alarm is sent by the OOF detecting unit. Equipment
that receives this Red alarm responds with a Yellow alarm.
OPX
Off-Premise Extension
A telephone that is located in a different office or building
from the mail phone system. The OPX is connected by a
dedicated telephone line. This extension has all abilities of
the mail phone system.
A - 2
Glossary of Abbreviations

Electra Elite
Issue 7
Abbreviations
Definition
PRI
Primary Rate Interface
ISDN subscriber interface. PRI has 23 bearer B-channels
at 64 Kbps per second and a D-channel at 64 Kbps per
second. The bearer B-channels are provided for PCM
voice, video conferencing, group 4 facsimile machines, and
other similar types of transmissions. The data D-channel is
used to bring in information about incoming calls and take
out information about outgoing calls. PRI can also be used
to access slow-speed data networks such as videotex and
packet switched networks.
PRI has two standards:
U Interface for 2-wire
T Interface for 4-wire
SLIP
Serial Line Internet Protocol
An Internet protocol is used to run IP over serial lines such
as telephone circuits. IP is the Internet Protocol; the most
important of all protocols on which the Internet is based.
This protocol allows a packet to traverse multiple networks
before it reaches its final destination.
SMDR
Station Message Detail Recording
A feature that collects and records information on outgoing
calls by station.
SPID
Service Profile Identifier
ISDN service is ordered with certain parameters. The SPID
is an 8- to 12-digit number that uniquely identifies the
service ordered. The phone company assigns an SPID for
every phone number. Each ISDN BRI line usually has two
phone numbers.
The SPID is a label identifier that points to a particular
location on the telephone company central office memory
that stores the details of the ISDN services ordered. This
number is necessary for the operation of the ISDN phone,
fax, or PC software. Without this number, ISDN services
cannot be accessed.
VoIP
Voice over Internet Protocol
The ability to carry normal telephone-style voice over an IP-
based internet with POTS-like functionality, reliability, and
voice quality.
The Public Switched Telephone Network (PSTN) connects
to the LAN IP network through a VoIP gateway. Digitized
speech is transported through IP packets and can include
real-time conversation or voice mail. The IP network can be
public or private, and voice transport can be
telephone-to-telephone, computer-to-telephone, or
computer-to-computer.
System Hardware Manual
A - 3

Issue 7
Electra Elite
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
A - 4
Glossary of Abbreviations

192
SYSTEM HARDWARE MANUAL
NEC America, Inc.
Issue 7
(Series 8000)

Document Outline